Flemeis OF Syriac Grammar
VlLSON
GIFT OF
1/
ELEMENTS
OF
SYRIAC GRAMMAR
BY Aia
INDUCTIVE METHOD
BT
EGBERT DICK WILSON, Ph.D.
PROFESSOR OF OLD TESTAMENT LANGUAGES AND HISTORY IN THE WESTERN
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, ALLEGHENY, PA.
NEW YORK
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS
1891
Copyright, 1891, by
ROBERT DICK WILSON.
X?-^
Press of J. J. Little & Co.
Astor Place, New York
IfWft/^
TO
PROFESSOR EDUARD SACHAU,
WHO HAS DONE SO MUCH FOR THE PROMOTION
OF SEMITIC STUDIES,
THIS BOOK IS AFFECTIONATELY DEDICATED
BY ONE OF HIS AMERICAN STUDENTS
PKEPACE.
This Syriac grammar was undertaken six years ago at the
suggestion of Professor W. E. Harper, Ph.D. It is designed to
do in a measure for the Syriac language that which Professor
Harper's text-books have done for the Hebrew. In the orthogra-
phy and etymology the author has sought to draw his illustrative
examples, as far as possible, from the chrestomathy published in
his Makual of Syriac. These are denoted by the page and
line upon which they occur ; thus, 2. 2. after an example shows
that it is found on page 2, line 2, of the Manual. References to
the Bible are to the Peshito version when not otherwise indicated.
In the syntax, the author has aimed to give two examples, at
least, on which to base every rule, statement, or remark. It was
his object to adduce one of these examples from the Peshito ver-
sion and the other from some native classical source. It will be
noted that Joshua the Stylite, in the edition of Professor "W.
AVright, Addai the Apostle, by Professor George Phillips, D.D.,
and the Spicilegium Syriacum, by W. Cureton, have been more
frequently cited than any other original authorities. The reason
for this was that they are all accessible to American or English
students who may make use of the grammar. Indeed, it has been
the author^s hope that students, after they had mastered the
Mai^ual, would secure Joshua the Stylite, Addai the Apostle,
and the Spicilegium Syriacum (the last of which was a text-book
at Berlin some years ago), and continue their studies by reading
these books in the unpointed text in which they have been pub-
lished. The simplicity of the first, the intrinsic interest of the
second, which centres around Abgar^s letter to the Christ, and
the variety of style and literature of the third, give wings to the
student^s zeal and further his rapid progress while making him
unconscious of the labor of acquisition.
Thanks for aid in preparing the manuscript of this work are
Vi PREFACE.
due to Mrs. Ella Wilson Stewart, A.B. (Vassar), and to the Rev.
W. 0. Elterich, A.M.
The author has received inestimable assistance in regard to rules
and examples from the grammars of Hoffmann, Hoffmann-Merx,
Uhlemann, Phillips, Martin, and Agrell, but especially from those
of Duval and l^oldeke, though he has throughout conscientiously
worked up his material according to his own plan, and has
enriched the store of illustrations by hundreds of new citations.
The rules have been based upon the examples given, and it is
hoped by the author that they are not merely more numerous, but
better classified and more clearly defined than has ever before been
accomplished in English.
The examples have been taken from accessible sources, denoted
by the page and line, or by section, so that they can be readily
confirmed. In the syntax, when the examples could not be veri-
fied, the grammar from which they have been taken has been
noted.
The hope that this grammar would be a means of furthering
the study of Syriac by American students, and of throwing fresh
light upon the Sacred Scriptures, has encouraged the author, and,
as he thinks, justified him in the publishing of this book.
The plates for the first sixty pages were made by Messrs. Tuttle,
Moorhouse & Taylor, of Xew Haven, Conn. ; those for the remainder
by the firm of W. Drugulin, of Leipsic, Germany.
For convenience of cross reference, the order and arrangement
of Professor Harper's *' Elements'' and ''Syntax" have been fol-
lowed as closely as practicable. Those who wish to compare the
Syriac with the Hebrew can readily find where the two languages
agree and differ by following the index of this volume (upon which
much time and care have been expended in the effort to make it a
full and accurate guide to the contents), and by comparing it with
the indexes of Harper's or other Hebrew grammars.
In the citations, the following abbreviations occur :
A. A. or Ad. Ap. = Addai the Apostle ;
J. S. or Jos. Sty. = Joshua the Stylite ;
Spie. Syr. = Spicilegium Syriacum ;
Aphr. = Aphraates, by Professor W. Wright ;
Overbeck = S. Ephraemi Syri aliorumque opera selecta, by J. J. Overbeck.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Part First Orthography.
37.
Demonstrative Pronouns.
1.
The Alphabet.
38.
Relative and Possessive Pronouns.
2.
Signs with two Sounds.
39.
The Interrogative Pronouns.
3.
Pronunciation of Certain Signs.
40.
The Strong Verb.
4.
Peculiarities of Form of Letters.
41.
Verb Stems.
5.
Classification of Letters.
42.
General View of the Verb Stems.
6.
Vowel Signs.
43.
The P'al Perfect.
7.
Vowel Sounds.
44.
The Remaining Perfects.
8.
Diphthongs.
45.
The P'al Imperfect.
9.
Unvowelled Consonants.
46.
P'al Imperfects in A and E.
10.
Rukhokh and Kushoy.
47.
The Remaining Imperfects.
11.
Linea Occultans.
48.
The Imperative.
12.
Mehagyono and Marhetono.
49.
The Infinitives.
13.
Rebbuy.
50.
The Participles.
14.
Accent.
51.
The Verb with Suffixes.
15.
The Accents.
52.
Guttural Verbs.
16.
Syllables.
53.
Pe Nun Verbs.
17.
Kinds of Syllables.
54.
Il fi Verbs.
18.
Assimilation.
55.
Pe Olaph Verbs.
19.
Occultation.
56.
t Olaph Verbs.
20.
Addition.
57.
Lomadh Olaph Guttural Verbs.
21.
Transposition.
58.
Pe Yudh Verbs.
22.
Permutation.
59.
t Wau Verbs.
23.
Rejection.
60.
Lomadh Olaph Verbs.
24.
Otiose Letters.
61.
Lomadh Olaph Verbs with Suf-
25.
Quiescence.
fixes.
26.
Peculiarities of Gutturals.
62.
Doubly Weak Verbs.
27.
Peculiarities of Wau and Yudh.
63.
Quadriliterals.
28.
Quantity of Vowels.
64.
Anomalous and Defective Verbs.
29.
Euphony of Vowels.
65.
'Ith and Layt.
30.
Loss of Vowels.
66.
Inflection and Classification of
31.
The Half-Vowel.
Nouns.
32.
Shifting of Vowels.
67.
Nouns with one Short Vowel.
33.
New Vowels.
68.
Nouns with two Short Vowels.
69.
Nouns with one Short and one
Part Second Etymology.
Long Vowel.
34.
Inseparable Particles.
70.
Nouns with one Long and one
35.
Personal Pronouns.
Short Vowel.
36.
Pronominal Suffixes.
71.
Nouns with two Long Vowels.
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
72. Nouns with the Second Radical
Doubled,
73. Nouns with one or more Radicals
Doubled.
74. Nouns formed by Prefixes.
75. Nouns formed by Affixes.
76. Gender, Number, and State.
77. Nouns with Suffixes.
78. Declension.
79. First Declension of Masculines.
80. Second Declension of Masculines.
81. Third Declension of Masculines.
82. First Declension of Feminines.
83. Second Declension of Feminines.
84. Third Declension of Feminines.
85. Fourth Declension of Feminines.
86. Anomalies of Gender and Number.
87. Peculiar Anomalies of Nouns.
88. The Numerals.
89. The Particles.
Part Third Syntax.
90. The Collective Noun.
91. Gender of Noun.
92. Number of Noun.
93. Determination.
94. Apposition.
95. The Nominative Absolute.
96. The Genitive.
97. The Genitive with d.
98. The Genitive with Prepositions.
99. The Adjective.
100. Comparative and Superlative.
101. The Personal Pronoun.
102. The Demonstrative Pronoun.
103. The Interrogative Pronoun.
104. The Relative Pronoun.
105. The Reflexive Pronoun.
106. The Possessive Pronoun,
107. The Indefinite Pronoun,
108. Uses of Kul.
109. Uses of Medhem.
110. Numerals.
111. The Verb.
112. The Perfect.
113. The Imperfect.
114. The Imperfect Cojitinued.
115. The Imperative.
116. The Participle Active.
117. The Passive Participle.
1 1 8. Participles as Nouns.
119. The Infinitive Absolute.
120. The Infinitive Construct.
121. The Subject of the Verb.
122. Impersonal Verbs.
123. The Object of. the Verb.
124. The Verb with Indirect Object.
125. The Verb with two or more Ob
jects.
126. Passives, etc., with Objects.
127. Vses oth'wo.
128. Uses of '//A.
129. 'Hhidh and other Auxiliaries.
130. Verbal and Nominal Sentences
131. Simple Sentences.
132. The Interrogative Sentence.
133. Compound Sentences, Conjunc-
tive.
134. Alternative and Adversative Sen-
tences.
135. Complex Sentences.
136. Adjectival or Relative Sentences.
137. Adverbial Clauses or Sentences.
138. Conditional Sentences.
ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.
ALPHABET.
Jacobite. !
t
1
Names
of the Signs.
1^
o
-2 3
a-
5
il
1^
Jl
Eemarks:
English Equivalent
of the sound.
Olaph
1
V
K'
1
Spiritus lenis, h in hour.
Beth
w
sA
A
JD
2
b, bh.
Gomal
^
^
\
'^
-\
3
g,ffh.
Dolath
?
r
3
4
d,dh.
m
cn
01.
CO
5
h, always as in home.
Wau
o
a
o
6
w, as in wowwow.
Zain
1
V
\
7
z.
mth
^j0
ViiUlk
^
^
O)
8
chj as in loch.
Teth
^
w^
4
^
\
9
Emphatic t.
Yudh
s
\M
i*
-
A
10
y, as in your.
Koph
t
i-
A
a
^^
20
k or Tchf as in workhouse.
Lomadh
^.
V
1^
^
A
30
I,
Mim
>o
>a
:;
la
>l
40
m.
Mn
\
^5:
2
1
.^
50
n.
SemJcath
Off
yJl
tt
xa
09
60
s.
'^
'^
'^
^
^
J^
70
Peculiar guttural.
Pi
w
^a
s
a
^
80
P,f'
i^odhe
vi
5
JT
90
Like 88 in hiss.
Koph
s^
wA
^
A
XI
100
Guttural k.
Risch
5
r
1
200
r.
Shin
wJk/
w^
iA^
z
300
Always sh as in show.
Tau
Z
^
^
400
t, th.
2 ''.'* ELB3<0E^1JS: OJP SYRIAC.
1. Tlie.Si^;rJatG'il^ljaJb^t'{eeim^l] Ras twenty-two consonantal signs
or letters. The first letter of the 'name o'f each sign represents its sound ;
e. g. t^ "beth" is the name of the sign, "b" is its sound ; ]<^ "he" is the
name, "h" is the sound.
?2. (1) (a) l^'aloho' God [1:1) ; \^h] Wo' earth {1:1).
(b) See last syllable in examples under (1) (a).
(c) M^ d-'lo'yor (1 Cor. 9:26) ; lU^ mio-yo' (1 Cor. 10:26) ; >c|i
ko-yem (Matt. 13:1) (R. >a-^) ; "^U sho-yel (Matt. 5:42)
(R. '^U) ; ^.i^ 'o-yel (Matt. 15:11) (R. '^).
(2) ^ I > | ^ b'rishith (1:1); l^a-^ heshshukho' (1:2) ; Q^o no^
tub w'bhuh (1:1) ; ^1 'ap-pay (1:2).
Some signs stand for two or more sounds.
(1) I (Olaph) is generally
(a) a soft breathing, like h in "hour," or
(b) quiescent in a preceding vowel ; but sometimes it is
(c) pronounced as Yudh, e. g. when preceded or followed by another
Olaph, and in the active participle of verbs which have the
middle radical Wau, Olaph, or doubled.
(2) ^^ *-^^ ? ^ -s ^ with a point under them are aspirated ; with a
point above them they are unaspirated. See 9.
3. ooi hu (21:5); ^coi-J^ Phun (21:5); U^ pes-ho'.(21:8) ; oilo'i
ru-heh (1:2); >a_^^ mash-lem (21:2); M 'ar-'o' (1:1).
It is to be noted that oi is always pronounced like A in "home;"
^^ (h), like ch in " loch," or German ch in "Rache ;" "-^ (sh), like sh in
"show ;" and that '^ is "produced by a smart compression of the upper
part of the windpipe and forcible emission of the breath."
g 4. 1. 01^ kulleh (5:9) ; ^^1 akh (2:18) ; ]^^ 'aloho' (1:1) ; '^ 'al (1:2);
l-^^^a^ sh'mayo' (1:1); >a-^ Vim (5:9); |c<nJ nehwe' (1:3); ^
men (1:8) ; Vl 'al (1:2) ; '^^? didha' (5:14).
ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.
2. (1) IJ? d^lo' (5:9) ; li-^^ lagh'lilo' (24:5).
(2) joLl^d:!); a:^^: (23:14).
(3) ^U (14:4).
3. (1) Nl (23:12); Nl (3:5).
(2) ^l (23:1) ; .all. (23:2).
(3) cji:.(23:7); ^^^ (30:1).
(4) onijo (24:2) ; oil (24:12).
(5) '^clL (23:8) ; -5ia-iw^| (24:1).
(6) 1^ (24:16) ; c^^o (24:16) ; ^l) (24:17) ; ^^ (24:9).
4. \Lh] (1:1); i^L^, (1:4); ji (1:6); 1^ (1:1);" ^cci (1:1); oio^c
(1:2); l>-o(l:3); 1^^(1:13); 1^1(1:5); ^^^^ (1:6) ; 1^(1:1);
|In(l:l); ^(1:1); <^cZ (1:1).
1. The five letters, Koph, Lomadh, Mim, Nun, and 'L, have peculiar
forms at the end of words.
2. Lomadh before Olaph is perpendicular, like the latter, (1). Initial
Olaph follows the slant of a succeeding Lomadh, (2) ; but medial Olaph
remains perpendicular, (3). A medial Lomadh before a final Lomadh is
written as in '^^ (Matt. 9:33).
3. To be carefully distinguished are,
(1) Olaph, 1 , and Zain, } ;
(2) Beth, ^ , and Koph, ^ ;
(3) Dolath, ? , and Rish, '> ;
(4) Wau, o ^ and Koph, ^-o (Wau can be joined only to a letter
which precedes, but Koph to a letter preceding or following);
(5) Yudh, ^ , and Shin, ^^ ; and
(6) Lomadh, *-^ , and *E, ^, since they differ as to size only.
4. Olaph, Dolath, He, Wau, Zain, Sodhe, Rish, and Tau may be
connected with the letter which precedes, but not with the letter which
follows. The forms of Dolath (? or r), Rish (' or r), and Tau (^ or ^) are
somewhat dissimilar in the two cases. '
5. 1 , ^ , and o are called vowel letters.
1 , 01 , ^^ , and '^ are called gutturals.
4 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [H 5, 0.
? 5. Classification of Letters.
1.
Labials, ws ^ v-a
Dentals or ( , ^ ^^
Sibilants, \ \ ^ ^ "^
Linguals, ? ^ "^ J -^
Palatals, *-^ "* "^ "-^
Gutturals, | oi v-^ "^
Linguo-dental, '
2.
Vowel letters, I >*
1. According to their organic formation, consonants are classified
as (1) Labials, (2) Dentals or Sibilants, (3) Linguals, (4) Palatals, (5)
Gutturals, (6) Linguo-dentals.
2. The letters I , , and * were often used b}' the Syrians to
express the long vowel sounds and diphthongs ; and hence, they are
-called Yowel-letters.
? 6. Vowel Signs.
1. The vowel signs in use among the Jacobites, or Occidental
Sj^rians, are the Greek letters Alpha, Epsilon, Eta, Omikron, and
Upsilon, turned half over. They were introduced about 700 A. D., and
represent the pronunciation of the Syriac at that time. They are y (a)
Pethoho, (o) Zekofo, * (e) Kebhoso, - (i) Hebhoso, *> (u) 'Esoso.
[N'ote. The Nestorians used a different system of vowel points,
-f (a) Pethaha, e. g. ^^o (Pg. 1:2).
{a)Zekafa,>aili'(Ps. 1:1).
(e, i) Rebhasa arriha, >f^c (Ps. 1:1).
(e) Rebhasa karya, ^3- (Ps. 1:3).
(i) Hebhasa, jl-? (Ps. 1:5).
o (u, u) 'Esasa allisa, U' (Ps. 1:4).
(o, o) 'Esasa rewiha Uaz^ (Ps. 1:2).
The later Jacobites combined the points with the Greek letter system.
Among the Nestorians, (Zekafa) was pronounced like a in "father ;"
i 6.] ELEjyiENTS OF SYRIAC. 5
among the Jacobites, its equivalent was pronounced like o in "note."
The Jacobite Rebhoso and 'Esoso were separated into two signs and
sounds among the Nestorians.]
2. The names of the vowels are of Syriac origin, and are derived
from the position taken by the lips and teeth in their pronunciation.
Pethoho means opening, the mouth being wide open when it is pro-
nounced ; Zekofo means raising; 'Esoso, narrowing; Rebhoso, com-
pression; and Hebhoso, depression.
3. (1) ]^ 'aloho (1:1) ; U^ sh^mayo (1:1) ; M 'arV (1:1).
(2) jlo-fc-u heshshukho (1:2); \^^^ pesho (23:8); ^ men
(23:19); r^^^ hoyden (24:2); i-^ ger (24:3); ]^ 'one
(24:4) ; U^i^ 'erbe (24:4).
(3) ^^ b^rishith (1:1); ^ li (23:2); l^^? diyathiki
(23:18); oi^U? d^bhidheh (23:13); oio? ruheh (1:2);
^ol^i kulPkhun (23:18).
(1) Pethoho was pronounced like a in "hat;"
Zekofo, like o in "note."
(2) Rebhoso was pronounced like e in " met." When followed
by Yudh, it was pronounced like ey in "they;" as, also
when followed by Olaph.
(3) Hebhoso was pronounced like i in " machine ; "
'Esoso, like oo in "foot" or " fool."
4. r^? (23:8) ; vL*.o (23:17) ; U^ (23:1) ; jjl-f (23:7) ; >al2ui^
A A '^ Xi -4,
(23:13) ; l^r^ (24:4) ; 1^--^-.? (Rom. 8:2) ; oifiu^f (23:2) ; <^o?
(1:2); o^ (23:5).
All the vowels except 'Esoso may be written either above or below the line.
5. (1) M^ (Acts 23:20); \^ (23:3); ^? (23:5); ^^ (23:2);
c (23:5).
(2) jlol: (1:2); jll^ (1:5); V^ (2:11); Vj-:; (17:4);
p^a^ (17:14) J a,I:^4ji (J. S. 11:19) ; 1^ (1:1).
6 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 6,
Vowels may be written, (1) fully, i. e. with a homogeneous consonant,
or (2) defectively.
'Esoso is always written fully, except in '^ all and '^'^>4^ on account
of; and sometimes it is written fully even in these instances.
Remark. The homogeneous consonants, or v(Twel-letters [l 4. 5), are
? , , and >* .
(1) Olaph was written for a final 6 (coming from a final a, which it still
is among the Nestorians) or e (also for i derived from e, e. g. P among
the Jacobites is ni).
(2) Olaph was written also for a medial a (or 6), e (or f), e. g. ^l-s Peran
(Jacobite, Piran), ^^1^'' sonin (Jacobite, sanin) (J. S. 18:5).
(3) Olapli was written for a final a, and sometimes for a medial a, in
Greek words, e. g. l-^i^a^? Soyfxara.
(4) Yudh was written for i, and sometimes for* medial e, e. g. ^.a-i-o =
bish, ^ ? = den.
(5) Yudh was written for the diphthong ai, e. g. |2*--^ baito.
(6) Wau was written everywhere for u (except in '^ and "^^-J^^) and
also for Nestorian o.
(7) Wau was also written for the diphthong au [aw]^ e. g. c^ lau.
(8) >*] was found for i (e) ; - for iu or eu, e. g. r^^ = kin (Mt. 1:19),
a-J<nZl Ethh'niu (J. S. 3:11), v^gi n NM i 1 n'shamleu (J. S. 30:1).
(9) o stands for long o in the exclamation o\ Q f (J* S. 20:17), but c]
(J. S. 2:10) = o] or,
6. (1) l-al^ (J. S. 7:11) = 1-^ king; t-^-^^ = t^^^ counsel;
1^1 = \Ji J ji., (J. s. 6:4) = ji-? ; c<^ (J. S. 8:16) = o^ ;
c (J. S. 9:5) = c^ . ?iJ. (J. S, 23:20) = ?^ ; r-^=-^ (J. S.
23:21) = r^ ; ^^ (J. S. 4:11) = 1-^ ; ^t-^ (J. S.
3:19) = ^?1j.
(2) Ir^ (J. S. 9:19) = \r^ ; r^ (J. S. 2:11) = oij^ ; |^
(S. S. 28:16) = Ih=^ ; ^ = ^ (or ^) ; ^ (or r^^) =
^ ; ^^ (J. S. 8:3) = ^^ ; ^o-Jcri (J. S. 6:5) = ^^ ;
P^fl^ (J. S. 9:4) = \^o1d ; p^fl^ (J. s. 6:11) = l-i^ ; ^^
(J. S. 6:9) == -.(S ; ^01 (J. S. 3:22) = ^ .
I 7.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 7
(3) oijA (J. S. 2:11) = H^ ; ^^^ (J. S. 4:18) = ^^ ;
i^^o^^i^^] (J. S. 10:2) = L^JclJ^L-^] ; il^^ (S. S. 1:15) =
^.-^^ thoii art willing; ^--^^ (J. S. 1:9) = ^-^^^ ; ^-^^^ =
L^^(cf.^V. J.S.2:17); ^^^ (J. S.l:2) ; '^J^ ; 2^^
(J. 8.1:1) = ^^^^^^.
(1) In many manuscripts and books tte vowels and forms are denoted
by a system of diacritical points. See, for example, Joshua the Stylite,
and the Spicilegium Syriacum.
(2) In general, it may be said that the point above a letter stands
[a) for a as distinguished from e, i, u, or the half-vowel ;
{h) for 6 (a) as distinguished from all other vowels.
(3) Sometimes words have two points, both serving to differentiate the
form ; e. g. the 1st sing, has a point above, the 2d sing, a point below the
line ; but the 3d fem. sing, has a point above and one below.
Remark. Many manuscripts vary their pointings ; e. g. in Joshua the
9
Stylite (18:9, et al.), we have >a^ = >^ , because the Pe'al is usually
marked in this way ; whereas, elsewhere, the point is placed above, to
denote the same form.
7. Classification of Yowel Sounds.
1. (1) .1^1(1:2); V^(l:2);
^ (1:8); '^^Jvi (1:13). '"
b'ciQj (1:5); jlil^ol (2:6).
(2) ^(1:1); -icai(l:l); 1^(1:11).
L^ (1:7) ; ^^4 (1:9) ; P^ (22:1).
Lj^I (1:1) ; \1Ll^ (2:11) ; \L] (2:16).
Z X z
jIo-Li. (1:2); at^c^{l:2); c^ (22:5).
(3) lU b'ro' (1:1) ; U^ sh'mayo (1:1).
1. As to quantity vowels are
(1) Short, y . o^
(2) Long, ] ^^ .^ oJL
(3) Half, not written, but pronounced like e in " below."
h ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [g 7.
7 X k Jk
2. (1) V?u3 ; '^.-^uD ; wAOj-0 JioUncss ; >ca-9 heloved.
(2) Vii (Vm); |Ii2 ^^,i^; (l^Lil 1:2).
(3) ^^-^ (1:7) ; ^r^ e^/e (i^-^) ; 1^-? judgment ; ]^oh (1:1) ; v-sajs
(^iffl Nestorian) end (l^oio) ; >ca-Qj 7<e ^/ia?? s^a/icZ (>coii3J).
(4) ^J^ thousand ; -^\ (24:14); U:^ (24:5); ^'^ (6:11); Pl^
or JJ]^^" s;re; wcoi- (Ps. 1:3).
2. As to origin, vowels are
(1) Pure, a [a], (i), i, ii, u.
(2) Obscured, o (a), e, (o).
(3) Contracted, e, i, (6) u.
(4) Heightened, o (a) e, i.
Note. The letter in brackets is no longer found ; the letters in paren-
theses are found in the Nestorian, but not in the Jacobite, or West
Syriac. The Nestorian s pronounced -^ (Rebhasa arriha) sometimes as e,
sometimes as i.
3. (1) v^ , but ll^i^^ king; V^js he hilled, but ^-^^ she Ulled;
^ i>. 7 7 7
^^=1-= , but l-*'?2-s holiness; l'^ ^ ^*^ , but ^ ''"^'^ queen.
7 7 P 7
(2) () ^*^1 , 1-^1 pure; >-s he stood, ^J^oo she stood,
ty 7 X 7
{h) wsar , l^oja end; t-^ , M-"^ eye,
(c) '>^^}pure; h^-^^ wasp.
I X.
[d) h\^ from herro/ree; ]^\^ from happo violence.
3. As to value in inflection, vowels are
(1) Changeable, to wit : all half-vowels and all short vowels not in
sharpened syllables, and heightened vowels.
(2) Unchangeable, to wit :
(a) Vowels long by nature or contraction, except (Z>), those
derived from diphthongs,
(c) Short vowels in sharpened syllables, with a few excep-
tions ((?).
? 8, 9.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 9
8. Diphthongs.
1. (1) jiso- (1:6) ; ^mc].LLa::^l (23:7).
(2) ^arolj^l (6 :13) ; ^cia-I:^f (24:1) ; ^oia-Zlr:f (26:7).
(3) ^^o-J^^uJ (Mt. 21:38) ; ol^jjo (25:10).
2. (1) vj:^|(l:2); ^0^.^:1(25:1); ^1|?(25:9).
(2) ^i4^il(6:5); rTT^ (25:12); -^ (25:9).
(3) N^a^' s/p^Ti of plural.
\Yaw and Yudh at the end of a syllable, after a heterogeneous vowel,
form diphthongs. We have
1. (1) Waw after a, pronounced like ow in "how."
(2) G- pronounced e-oo, or like Italian eu in "eufonia."
(3) - , like ew in " mew."
2. (1) -^ , like the English adverb "ay.''
(2) * "- , like owi in "owing."
(3) ^o-^ ^ like uoy in " buoy/' when j-ou give the o the sound of o in
"do."
9. Unvowelled Consonants.
1. I^'f 'ar-'o' (1:1) ; h^=^ nuh-ro' (1:3) ; U^l ram-sho' (1:5).
2. B^rishith b*rc' sh^mnyo' w^yoth (1:1).
3. v-i.^0 (1:4); r^o (1:7); I^llJ, (1:7).
Note. \^'^r** joy ; ]^^^^^<^ ways ; ]^^'^i>o-=^ wisdom ; l^i-^ God.
In Syriac there is no sign to show that a consonant is without a vowel,
or that it is to be pronounced with a quickly uttered e sound, or half-
vowel. AVe have the facts, however, without the sign. See 1, 2.
3. The phenomena denoted in Hebrew by medial Sh'wa occurred in
Syriac also.
Note. Consonants sometimes take a helping vowel. See 32.
10 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [? 10, 11.
? 10. Orthographic Signs. Rukhokh and Kushoy.
1. (1) Zul-i(l:l); zl(l:l); |iall(l:2); r^ (1:6).
(2)010^0(1:2); ji:^o(l:7); ouii^ (1:13) ; ^L.^ (1:2).
(3) i-il? |joial:^(l:4); lX^:is \L^b (1:6).
2.(1)1^^(1:1); oio!;i(l:l); 1^^(1:2); ^alli^ (1:10) ; H m S
(1:12); c^(2:12); 1^^(2:13).
(2) wiif (1:2) ; jLi-Jil (1:10) ; ail'^ (3:12) ; ^^^^ (5:15) ;
(U^ (25:6).
(3)^1(2:18); ^A > lls (5:15); |^m(2:6); ciii* -if (3:5).
(4) fij (24:10) ; U4^ (24:17) ; iLl^?(24:l); Q-.^o (24:2).
1. Rukhokh {softening) is a point placed under the letters ^-^ , '^, ? ,
^ , >-2 , and -<^ , to show that they are to be aspirated. It occurs when-
ever one of these letters is preceded either (1) by a full vowel, or (2) by a
half -vowel.
(3) It is to be noted, also, that these letters may be aspirated when
the word immediately preceding them ends in a vowel.
2. Kushoy {Jiardening) is a point above the letters "-^ , ^, ? , ^ , '-^
and '^ , to show that they are unaspirated. It occurs
(1) When the aspirates are not preceded by a vowel or half -vowel.
(2) When they are preceded by a full vowel and are doubled.
(3) After all diphthongs, except in ^1
t> y
Note. ]i^-*- (3:8) and similar words are no exception, since the
Yudh is doubled, and we read hay-y^tho'.
(4) We have no sign to denote the doubling in any but the aspirate
letters. In many texts, it is omitted from them also.
I 11. The Linea Occultans
1.^^0(2:6); ]Z^| (5:10) ; ^oio^X^ (2:17) ; 1^-^^(11:2).
2. Uj] (2:17); PI (6:5); l^'l? (22:2); pH*i (26:15); iVi (26:19).
2 12.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 11
3. ^>^o? (21:7); c^]o (22:9); -^^^ (22:11); -^oioi. (23:13);
CLa^ (23:16).
4. ?^o (Lk. 1:72) ; ^p?ail.i (John 15:4) ; r-^'^il (1 Cor. 11:2).
5. W'^ (1 Tim. 6:11) ; <^2^ (1 Cor. 14:1) ; ^r^ (Mt. 21:5).
i?. '^^l (Acts 23:11) ; VdLi.] (Mt.21:21) ; ai^Li.] (Heb. 13:17).
A line, called the linea occultans, is put under certain letters to show
that, though written, they are not to be pronounced.
1. It occurs most commonly with an assimilated Nun or a silent He.
2. Olaph is occult when not preceded or followed by a vowel.
3. Waw and Yudh are never marked by the linea occultans, even when
at the end of a word and not preceded by a vowel.
'^ * -A . .
4. In 'fJ*^ to remember^ 'E receives the linea occultans to show that it
is to be pronounced like Olaph.
y 7
5. In ^'01 mn^ and ^'t^ daughter of^ rish has the linea occultans.
Remarh. In the Ethpe'el Imperative, a line occurs under the second
radical among the Jacobites and over it among the Nestorians. This line
has the force of Marhetono rather than of the Linea Occultans (cf. 12.2).
2X2. Mehagyono and Marhetono.
1. s^^l^] (6:9) ; ^^ooi (2:3) ; jLo^ wisdom (= \l^^>oLl) ; ^a^UJ
they shall ash (= ^i^) * 1 ).
2. (1) ]^i--- (2:15) ; -^^^ they have divided; 1^^ six; ^iu*. sixty.
(2) ^i = \1S^ (Kirsch, " Chrest.," p. 134) ; '^ My (J. S. 21:20);
c] (J. S. 1:1) ; c| (Kirsch, " Chrest.," p. 64:7).
1. Mehagyono isa sign placed under a letter to show that it is to be
pronounced with a short vowel.
2. (1) Marhetono is a line placed above a letter to show that it is to
be pronounced without a vowel.
(2) A diacritical line is used also to denote an abbreviation or a
number. On the of the interjection 1 we find eitlKjr a line or the
7
Greek Omega, to distinguish it from c| or.
Remark. For Marhetono with the Imv. Ethpe'el, see 1 11. Rem.
12 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [g 13.-15.
? 13. Sign of the plural.
1. >i*f(l:2); ]ii^(l:3);li^^l:12); Uo4{2:3); |iL:L(2:3).
2. l^li (1:13) ; 1^ (2:2) ; V^r^ (24:4).
3. ^kJiL^^o (24:11) ; ^VZ? (1:9).
/
1. Two points, called Rebbuy, are placed horizontally over a word to
indicate that it is plural.
2. One of these points may coincide with the diacritical point of the
Rish.
3. Rebbuy may stand with the dual also.
I 14, Accent.
In modern Syriac, the accent is on the penult ; the place of the
accent in ancient Syriac is still in dispute. There follows a summary
based on Duval :
1. The accent is generally on the penult.
2. The ultima receives it,
(a) In monosyllables.
{h) When it is a closed syllable with a long vowel,
(c) "When the first of two vowels is a helping vowel.
3. The antepenult never receives the accent, except when the sec-
ond vowel is a helping vowel.
I 15. The Accents.
An involved system of accents was used, especially for exegetical
purposes, in commentaries on the Scriptures. According to Ewald, they
were used, (1) to denote the relation of the parts of a chapter, (2) to
denote the divisions of the sentences, (3) to denote the grammatical rela-
tions between words, (4) to denote the sentiment, or rhetorical character-
istics of the sentence.
According to Bar Hebraeus, the number of the accents was forty.
In many manuscripts we have but two ; a single dot, like our period, for
short sentences, and four dots for longer. In the text of Walton's Pob^-
glott, four dots are used for paragraphs, and one for shorter periods ;
while two are used to separate protasis and apodosis, dependent from
principal sentences, and often the minor parts of subordinate sentences.
Three dots are used to call special attention to what precedes. See Gen.
1:5,7; and Matt. 24:30,3,43,47.
^ 16, 17..] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 13
16. Syllables.
1. jou^ 'a-lo-ho' (1:1) ; ] * ^ ^' sh'ma-yo' (1:1) ; (jq-i-.o w^hesh-sliu-
kho'(l:2).
2. M 'ar-'o' (1:1) ; ^oai h-'woth (1:1) ; oxlo^o (1:2).
Remarh 1. 1^^-^ six; ^-^^^ sixty ; "U^^ covered ; ^^-^ three; r^^
here; '^^-^ they were foolish.
Remarks. ]L[\^:%)'^ wiL^(15:8): 1^^1(17:15); ,aL^] (17:11).
1. A word has as many syllables as it has full vowels. A half-vowel
does not constitute a syllable.
2. Every syllable must begin with a consonant. It may begin with
two consonants, in which case the first takes a half-vowel.
Remark 1. In 1^^^ and ^^>-^ , and in later times in some other words,
there is no half -vowel ; e. g. 1^ = shto'.
Remark 2. Words beginning with ^ quiescing in := are exceptions to
this rule. According to some, they are to be pronounced, as they are
sometimes written, with an Olaph before them. According to Bar
Hebraeus, l^^r* is pronounced "ida'tho"' by the Jacobites, and "yida'-
tha' " by the Nestorians.
3. iL-ioI (15:7); '* ^ -^ 1 (15:5); <|i^[ (16:11); r^ji (16:15);
iLJi::^^^ (1:7).
3. At the end of a syllable, two consonants may be pronounced, though
more may be written.
17. Syllables.
1. 1^(1:1); llii.(l:l); |io(^Z(l:2).
2. ^ (1:1) ; ^coi (1:1) ; hL^ (1:6).
3. jlall (1:2) ; ^| (1:2) ; r^ (1:4).
.... p
hilled you ; ^ n * n\Sn your kings ; \^'r\ leper; l^oij gold ; j-als
7 7 7 7 Q 7 '^*'
4. I ^ ^ o (1:7) ; Iui.2^5 (1:7) ; ^'Lf^^ she made thee; ^Q^i^^i-^^ he
U_ 7 7
14 ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC. [ 18.
wing; 1^ *^ ^ goodness; \^'r^^ gospel ; ]^ ^n <i 1 hreath; l^^rS
hird; l^^t-^ tribes.
1. S3"llables which end in a vowel are called open.
2. Syllables ending in a consonant are called closed.
3. A closed syllable whose last consonant is doubled is called sharpened.
4. A syllable ending in a short vowel followed by a consonant with a
half -vowel is called half -open.
Note. The syllable is half -open, (a) in the 3d fern. sing. Perf. before
suffixes, (b) in the syllable before ^ and ^^^ when it does not end in a
diphthong, (c) in many nouns, especially before the feminine ending.
18. Euphony of Consonants. Assimilation.
1. \h\{-\^. |3J|) (24:1) ; 1^^ hrick (11:3).
wli[(l:2); oC^f ?VsAone (Lk.6:ll) ; '^ he shall keep [Ik. \V.2l) \
VLsiii (3:17) ; 'ilJ let shine (Mt. 5:16).
2. ]1iS\ (5:5); M (6:10) ; ]h^^ (15:9).
P, ^ P 0^ V Pi X
3. ]'^r^ church; ]^'^t-^ new ; ]^ ^ "^ simple; ^^^ A he assented ;
7 7
' '^ ^ l A he prepared.
7 7, . P 7
Remark. r^^^A it was hroken ; j^?? and that which was like.
4. wn^ (Mt. 13:2) ; -=^1 (Mt. 17:1).
1. At the end of a syllable, Nun is assimilated to the following conso-
nant, which is then doubled.
Note. Before ci this assimilation does not take place.
2. The Nun is sometimes written, though not pronounced. "When not
final, it then receives linea occultans.
3. When Taw is preceded or followed by Dolath or Teth, the first lin-
gual is assimilated to the second, and written with or without the linea
occultans.
i?. When one Taw or Dolath precedes another, both are unaspirated.
4. In the verb ^ "i"^^ to ascend^ where Semkath ends one syllable and
Lomadh begins another, the Lomadh is assimilated to the Semkath ; see
I 65. 8.
^ 19.] ELEMENTS OF SYllIAC. 16
19. Occultation.
1. (1) ]11]_ (2:17) ; PI (14:5 ; 22:14) ; PVi (14:1).
(2) >^Ujo my enemy ; rO^U^ your enemy.
2. (1) a. |coi un^ (3:17) ; |coi ^^-^ (5:9) ; ]cn j^ol en Ae was
a priest (Gen. 14:18).
5. ]o5i wco^ (25:7); ]coi ji] (27:6).
(2) Z^oil (6:7) ; ^^ (28:7) ; a^^o (29:14).
h-V V h. V y
(3) -^oiQ-1.1 (8:2); v>gi n\n 4i Sn (11:8); y^oin i \i N i 1 (22:3);
s^oici^ (22:13).
(4) ^oiil^ (22 :12) ; ocnjj] (22:15).
(5) liooCTJ Rome; jlroi^a (Eph. 3:12).
3. Viiial (1:12); jii:! (17:13) ; ^^^1^ (11:16).
4. r:^ >^ * ^^ -P we are killing.
5. |Z^ (Mt. 18:17); U^ (^t- 9:17); i^ (Mk. 16:17).
6. Iu-j[(6:10); Ul^ll(5:9); 1%-^ (12:9); ^ol^fi-J? (32:14).
|Li^ (Lk. 12:16) ; ^'J^ (Acts 7:21) ; ^'^ (1 Cor. 9:24).
7. o^jo (10:12) ; a^?o (10:15) ; ^t^] >^i^ (32:12).
Occultation occurs when a letter is written but not pronounced. It is
generally denoted hy tlie linea occultans. It occurs,
1. With Olaph, (1) at the beginning of a word when not followed by a
vowel ; (2) in the middle of a word when not preceded by a vowel.
2. With He, (1) In |coi {a) after a predicate adjective, participle or
noun, and [h] when an auxiliary verb.
(2) In parts of ^^st- to give.
(3) In the 3d sing. masc. suffix.
(4) In cci and ^oi when they are used for the verb to he.
(5) In Greek words beginning with Eho^ the h being written after
the r, as in Latin.
16 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 20, 21.
3. When a letter is written twice to show the derivation of the word,
the linea occultans being placed under the first.
4. With * in ^^J- when employed for the verb to he.
5. Sometimes with ? before ^
6. Often with Nun, sometimes with Lomadh and Rish.
7. Occult o and "* are never marked by the linea occultans. At the
end of words they are occiilt. whenever not preceded by a vowel.
I 20. Addition.
1. |l^i[(i:8); <n^4f(Mk. 13:19).
V P I 7 m
Rem. l.cL^\ (23:18); rf-r^rl stadium; ]^-^] foundation.
Rem. j^. jioi-] (1:5); ^oL^j (18:19).
An Olaph with a short vowel is sometimes put before an unvoweled
consonant (Olaph prosthetic).
Rem. 1. Before ^^ and foreign words beginning with ^^ the vowel is>^
Rem. 2. Before ^ the prosthetic Olaph takes x in which the ^ qui-
esces.
2. |-i^il^(6:4) ; ^^nVn (from r^) (1 Tim. 4:16) ; r:^t^ [r inserted)
(5:7) ; ^LL^ (R. iL.) Jie changed; iWll (=" inserted) (1 Cor. 7:29).
3. y^lz] (Mk. 15:47) ; o^^ft^i] (Ex. 18:11 Hexaplar).
2. A letter is sometimes inserted in a word and strengthens it in the
same way as the doubling of a radical.
3. In later times a Taw was added to the Ethpe'el of e-Waw verbs,
both being unaspirated.
21. Transposition.
1. ^,^ySc (1:13) ; ^??l] (Mt. 11:19) ; oliL-ifff (Mt. 16:12) ; U^^J
(Heb. 10:23) ; ^l^\ (Lk. 9:36).
2. ^yA (Mt. 26:8 ; Spic. Syr. 40:14).
3. a.4' (1 Cor. 14:1).
g 22.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 17
Transposition occurs,
1. In the passives of the simple and intensive species when the first
radical is a sibilant. Before 1 the ^ is changed into ? before ^ into ^
g 22. 4.
2. In the Ethpe'el of 1^ verbs.
3. In the Imperative of ^^' to run.
I 22. Permutation.
1. (1) r-^o[ (Mt. 22:7) ; r--o[(5:3); (tlIM(5:4); |-I^ (R. ]|^) ^o
make unclean ; a^M (23:8); ^^W^l (Ps. 5:3).
(2) >cuLiff^^](Mk. 15:47); r-^^l (Mt.25:10); ^H^^^ (Did. 41:19).
^^^ (Did. 3:3) ; oJiZZ] (Ex. 2:23).
2. yo (Mt. 23:23) ; r^o (32:21) ; >cjLi koyem (John 11:23) ; V^
(Mt. 24:15) ; ^cj-i^Lo they struck me (Sym. Job 16:10).
i?em.-r^(J.S.3:20); >^ (J. S.66:2) ; >ali (J.S.70:4;77:12).
3. Jp (Mt. 5:42) ; -s'p (Mt. 6:27) ; -^'JLi^ (1 Cor. 15:50) ; ^ji
(Eccl. 9:4).
4 ^%>Lo(l:13); -h4 J (Mt. 9:17) ; ^-^ J (Lk. 24:7) ; An! (Mt.
11:19).
1. (1) In the causative of most verbs 1^ the first radical is changed to
AYaw ; in l-^l to come^ it is changed to Yudh. In some cases in verbs h*
also, the Olaph is changed to Yudh.
(2) In the Ettaph'al of '^ Waw verbs, and in the Ethpe'el and Eth-
pa'al of a few Pe Olaph verbs, the Olaph is changed to Taw.
2. In all 3^ verbs, except P and r^o , the Waw is changed into Yudh.
In the Part, active of Q^ verbs the "Waw is changed to Yudh in pronun-
ciation, though in the masc. sing, it is written with Olaph. In some
verbs an Olaph is sometimes written where we generally have Waw.
Remark. Four times in Joshua the Stylite, the Part. act. masc. sing,
of an 'fi Waw verb is written with a Yudh instead of an Olaph, in place
of the second radical.
is ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC. [| 23.
3. Yudh is changed to Olaph in the Pe'al Imperfect and Infinitive of
verbs ^^ and sometimes in the verbal nouns of verbs ^
4. In the passive conjugations of verbs beginning with ? or ^ , transpo-
sition having first taken place, according to 21. 1, Taw is changed to ?
after 1 and to ^ after ^
5. He is changed to Yudh in Q-coi for cotcoi (24:8; 1 Tim. 1:17) ; and
perhaps '^ to Olaph in H^l lustful ("Acta Martyrum," ii. 361).
23. Rejection.
1. (1) 0-1.1 (Mt. 28 :19) ; N (11:1) ; ^r^^^ (32 : 8) ; r-^ (23 :9) ;
Ur^(26:3); 1^ (Lk. 10:39).
(2) '^J (Prov. 3:6) ; ^^ (Mt. 5:42) ; ^=2 (Mt. 22:44).
(3) Zal(30:3); r^ (Mt. 19:17).
(4) |j9ai.ajfc. (Rom. 1:30); ]' ^ ^'^^ president.
1. Rejection may take place at the beginning of a word,
(1) With Olaph in the Imperative of Pe Olaph verbs, and often else-
where when the Olaph is occult.
(2) With Yudh, in the Imperative of Pe Yudh verbs.
(3) With Nun, in the Imperative of Pe Nun verbs.
(4) With Mim, in certain nouns formed from Pa el Participles.
2. (1) ii4(=riU]) (Gen. 31:22); ]iUMt.8:7); .^(Mt.5:19);
r-i| (Ps. 45:1) ; > -^ N ^^ (25:17) ; w*-^ (for -^1^) (16:14) ;
X W JC X
..s^ (= wcUi) (Judges 11:25).
(2) >fi^(26:7); .oliiJ (25:15); >aIia:I(Mt.6:5); 1-^ (Jn.5:21).
(3) ^V^(forU^) (James 3:6); Ur^(for l^i-^r^) (Rom.
3:13); ]^ for l^r^) (Ps.45:3); ]2Ll-^(for jlll^) (24:1);
^aa? (for ^al^) (Rev. 4:1).
(4) Ur^ (for U4^) (24:1) ; t,^^^ (Hex. Ruth 1:13) ; >a^^^
(Sym. Job 41:4) ; ^V^ (Judges 6:18),
23.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 19
2. Rejection takes place in the middle of a word,
(1) With Olaph, in the 1st sing. Imperfect Pe'al ; and often, in the
Imperfect and Participle of the Pa'el, and sometimes in the Ethpe'el, of
Pe Olaph verbs. Olaph is sometimes rejected also from 'E Olaph deriv-
atives.
(2) With Waw and Yudh, when they stand between two vowels, or
between a half-vowel and a vowel ; and sometimes elsewhere.
(3) In isolated instances, with Lomadh, Rish and Nun.
(4) With Taw, in the Ethpe'el, whenever three Taws would come
together ; and in a few nouns when two Taws would come together.
3. (1) ^ (= U^) (28:14) ; ^'^[o (= o-I^^o) (6:3) ; ^-L^
(J. S. 26:13); ^LJz|o (= ..-^Lizjo) (6:1); \-i^4
(J. S. 15:10).
(2) ^?(1:2); |-i-ii-I (1:12) ; 1?!^ (1:15); 0^^1.(23:7); ^l
A - ^ '
(23:1) ; ol^] (23:2) ; >^i-o (32:12).
(3) oilji (Mt. 12:25) ; 1^^ queen; ^W^ (Ephr. 3:427) ; ^
house (Mt. 12:25).
3. Rejection takes place at the end of a word,
(1) Sometimes with Waw, in the 3d masc. plur.; and with Yudh, in
the 3d fem. plur. of verbs. Olaph is sometimes rejected from i-*^ much.
(2) The final Nun of verbs is generally rejected. The final Nun of
nouns plural is always rejected in the emphatic and construct states.
(3) A final Taw is rejected from the feminine singular absolute of
nouns ; and in Mt. 12:25, from jii^-k^ house.
4. (1) ^f (= J wsf) (24:5) ; ^r^ (= -^1 t-^) (Mt. 12:12) ; hi^
(= bl] ^) (24:4) ; ,;I-^i-:^ (18:12) ; ,Jui^ (= ^^ Vi n
^)(lThess.3:3); f?^ (Lk.4:36); oJc^ (= en |Jn) (23:17) ;
o-JL-i (6:9) ; oL {=. o*ai |3) (Mt. 13:27) ; U (23:19) ; -^^
Z X
(= ^01^01) (Judith 1:5).
20 ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC. [^ 24,
(2) iJLl4^ l-Llx^
y p 7 p
7 y P
7 7 7 7 7 7 7
(3) r^^^^^^^] fountain ; iraSn ^^ seventeen; \ ^^ ^-^ nineteen.
4. (1) Many compound words, or words which coalesce, drop one or
more letters.
(2) The enclitic forms jof the personal pronouns coalesce with Parti-
ciples and adjectives, forming as it were, a new tense.
(3) When a number ending in 'E combines with H"^ ten, one 'E is
dropped.
I 24. Otiose Letters.
1. 11?^ (1:12) ; ]\^ (Mt. 19:29) ; ]l^ (Mk. 1:23) ; 11^? {3 John :6) ;
ll'r^? (14:15).
2. cllLjJo (6:2) ; ^l-*o (6:1) ; onijo (6:1).
3. vljl] ..^-^ (32:12); ^ (John 20:17) ; -^r^? (6:9); ^
(6:15); ^-^aII^lI; (6:14) ; -M(Mt.2:6); ' Vi M 6:8); -ll^l
(6:9); ^^aL^uiJ (22:5); ^^1^ (13:3); -^^ (19:9).
Otiose letters are those which are neither qui escent in a previous vowel
nor marked by the linea occultans. but yet are unpron ounced. They are,
1. Olaph final when prec eded by another Olaph.
2. Wawat the end of verbs, when not preceded by a vowel.
3. Yudh, in the 3 d f em. plur. of verbs ; in the 2d fern. sing, of verbs
and pronouns; and in th e pronominal suffixes of th e 1st sing, (except
when preceded by a vowel), 2d fem. sing., and of the 3d masc. sing, when
it ends in Yudh.
^
25.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 21
25. Quiescence.
1. (1) oul^U (28:3) ; .oLdIz (5:10) ; ^1^ (2 Mace. 5:24).
(2) ^iIj (James 1:6) ; i^^U (Heb. 10:6) ; ^U (1 Sam. 25:36) ;
s^zil^ (Ezek. 16:27).
(3) Ibjii (32:2); a_^;^]Z] (James 5:2); r^l-^l? (28:1); jjijli
(Hex. Jer. 10:19).
(4) 1?^ (18:17) ; U:i (18:19) ; f^^^? (18:17) ; l^r^ (18:10); JH-^
(1:1) ; l^a^ (Rom. 16:1) ; IwTj^ (Rom. 16:3).
Eem.l.^<^hmi3)- T^P (18:15) ; ftl^ (18:11); t^]o
(1:6); t^]o(l:13); U^?|J (1:8).
Rem.2.]Lh]l {1:1) iI:|o(l:3); li^ (1:1); ]?U (1:13) ; T^cjo
(Rev. 5:9); ^,^o]? (Lk. 2:1).
M 1. (1) At the end of a syllable Olaph loses its consonantal force and
quiesces in the preceding vowel.
^ (2) When Olaph with a vowel follows an unvoweled consonant, the
vowel is usually thrown back on the preceding consonant, and the Olaph
quiesces (cf. ? 32. 3).
(3) In the middle of a word, when Olaph should receive a half- vowel,
it quiesces in a short full vowel given to the preceding consonant.
(4) When a vowel-letter, Olaph always quiesces.
Rem. 1. The inseparable particles ^^ ? ^ and <=> draw back the
vowel of the Olaph.
Rem. 2. Olaph may quiesce in any one of the vowels.
2. (1) ]iloal(2Pet.3:9); li?cal (2Pet.l:2) ; C?oal (Acts 13:32) ;
^^oo^injlammation (Thes. Syr. 697).
(2) ]Zq1I (Heb. 12:20) U^ ; Uo\L (15:1); UcP (2Cor. 6:5).
(3) oioZ(l:l). aia^(l:2); U^ [1:2).
22 ELEMENTS OP SYRIAa [5 25.
2. (1) Waw quiesces at the end of a syllable after the homogeneons
vowel c
(2) In the middle of a word, when it would have a half-vowel, it
frequently quiesces in a -^ given to the preceding consonant.
(3) "WTien Jt vowel-letter it always quiesces.
3. (1) ^^1 (5:2); ,^4-^ (18:19); l=uJaJ (5:6); 4^ (11:10); -^-^
(23:2).
(2) r^l? (23:14) ; ^oi ^1 (32 : 23) ; ^'^s*^ their hre(utt{Thes.
Syr. 1201).
(3) csa^ (26:3); 1?^ (18:13); ]L^ l (18:7); \L (15:8);
w4^(15:9).
Jiem, i. I^ai-J (1:5) ; <r*U (25:11) ; 1^| (17:15).
Bern. S.2^j (14:3) ; ^^o (14:13) ; rf^i^-l^? (17:1).
(4) tl^ (1:4) ; 2^ (1:7) ; ^^A (1:9) ; jLiJal (1:10).
3. (1) At the end of a syllable, Yudh quiesces after the homogeneous
vowel .
(2) In the middle of a word, when it would receive a half-vowel, it
frequently quiesces in a given to the preceding consonant.
(3) At the beginning of a word, when it would have a half -vowel, it
quiesces in .
Rem. 1. This at the beginning of a word often takes prosthetic
Olaph ( 20. 1).
Rem. 2. Prefixes draw the vowel to themselves, the Olaph pros-
thetic even being sometimes retained and quiescing.
(4) When a vowel-letter, Yudh quiesces in or .
4. oioJco w'bhuh (1:2); <:tl1c9 ru^eh (1:2); oicZ tub (1:1);
ciJai-^gensoh (2:12).
^ 4. He never quiesces in Syriac.
^1 26, 27.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 23
26. Peculiarities of Gutturals.
1. (1) l-Lij (Acts 20:1); oi-io4 (Acts 8:11); ^? (Acts 7:41);
^^ (Lk. 12:3) ; r^ (Mt. 19:5) ; r^ (Mt. 19:6).
(2) ^^ji (Rom. 14:19); rf^ (Lk. 1:8) ; V-1^^ (2 Cor. 10:9);
't^?(Heb. 11:34).
1. (1) Final gutturals and Rish prefer tlie vowel
(2) Medial gutturals are treated like other letters.
2. (1) h^ (1:1); p] (12:17); ^?i (13:6).
(2) V|-L (Mt. 22:41) ; c^ (23:8) ; -1^4 (Is. 16:6).
(3) 1-1^ (Acts 20:2); rjlij (Gen. 5:29) ; fl^=-i (Acts 4:36);
iQji: (Judith 1:16); l^^o (Acts 10:14) ; Uo^HI (Rev. 17:4).
2. Olaph preserves its full consonantal force,
(1) At the beginning of a word, when accompanied by a vowel.
(2) In the Pa'el and Ethpa'al of ^I-A' to ash; though in most verbs
'E-Olaph it is changed to Yudh. Cf. 22. 1. (1).
(3) In a few verbs whose third radical is Olaph, as also in their
derivatives.
i?ew. Cf. also U 19. 1; 20. 1; 22. 1; 23. 1. (1) ; 23. 2. (1) ; 23. 3. (1) ;
23.4.(1); 24.1; 25.1.
3. In J^J^ to remember^ 'E is treated hy the West Syrians as if it were
Olaph.
4. For the peculiarities of He and Heth, cf. U 19. 2, 4 ; 22. 5 ; 23. 4. (1),
(2) ; 25. 4.
^27. Peculiarities of Waw and Yudh.
1. llrJ n'bhiyo (28:1); ^ciilril? (Lk. 1:70) ; |i:aJ? (25:18).
1. Yudh sometimes stands at once for a vowel-letter and a consonant.
2. For a connected view of the peculiarities of Waw, see H9. 7; 22.1,2;
23. 2. (2), 3. (1) ; 24.2; 25.2.
3. For the peculiarities of Yudh, see U 19.7 ; 22. 1,2, 3 ; 23. 1. (2), 2. (2),
3.(1); 24. 3; 25. 3.
24 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 28.
? 28. Quantity of Vowels.
1. (1) ^oiL-i^ (1 Cor. 15:1); ^o^^^i^ (John 15:16); ^'k&jJLZZ]
(2) (l^r^ blessed; mb:^oh:> (1 Cor. 7:36) ; ^ * ' ^ ^ (29:17) ;
jk^ (Mt. 9:4) ; ji^^ji (Mt. 24:15).
1. In closed syllables the vowel is generally short ; but it is long,
(1) Where the long vowel has arisen by contraction.
(2) Where the vowel is naturally long, and the syllable has become
closed by the dropping of a short vowel.
2. (1) ri](27:6);'^lea^e7i; >c^f (Lk. 1:59) ; "^M (Acts 10:13).
(2) jijii (Lk. 11:12) ; 1^ (Prov.26:7); U^^^ (lTim.6:15).
(3) lliii (32:2) ; U'ji^ (Lk. 14:21) ; ]A^ (Ps. 25:19).
(4)^:01? (4:8); Ccr-^(22:6) ; r-f-^o(l:7); iL-^I::^? (1:10) ;
l-ll^o (1:11).
2. In open syllables the vowel is generally long ; but a short vowel may
stand in open syllables,
(1) When it is necessary for the retention and pronunciation of an
Olaph.
(2) Sometimes, like compound Sh'wa in Hebrew, to facilitate the
pronunciation of a letter, especially of a guttural.
(3) In syllables which were originally closed.
(4) In half-open syllables.
3. (1) wa^ (2 Pet. 3:8) ; --I (8:4) ; l^ (24:4) ; hll (7:11) ; |lnJ
(3:1); fH^(3:3).
(2) v-4.i s (1:4) from parasha; \^^-^''f (1:6) from raki'o';
7 P !
^93iJi:ia (2:3) from manharin ; I'^^l (2:5) from za'uro ;
^a^L^uLJ (2:18) from neshlatun.
29.J ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 25
(3) la-rL-J (Mk. 3:27) ; ^1^ (Gen. 27:2) ; ^^a^ (John 19:
'^rJ (Mt. 9:30) ; ^^ (Mt. 13:2) ; -^i (1:12) ; ^f (1
2 * w
^L. ., ^ ** she sJiowed me ; l^r- ^ 6;19) ; "^^^ * -^i S (3
iW (Mt. 1:18).
24);
14);
15);
3. In other cases, where we would have a short vowel in an open
syllable,
(1) It is occasionally lengthened, especially after the fall of a guttural
-P 7
and in the feminine ending I from ^
(2) It is generally dropped, except where this cannot be done without
injury to the form. So o is always dropped, except in the Imperative
Pe'al, and in a few nouns like U-l=^/aw;?i.
Remark. The in such forms as \^-^^^=^^ and \f r^^ is anomalous.
(3) It is retained, the following radical being doubled,
(a) Regularly after preformatives in 'E doubled and Pe Nun
verbs.
{J}) In a few 'L Olaph verbs,
(c) In the Pe'al Imperfect and Infinitive of '^r* and ^-^^ , the
>^ being dropped.
{d) In the 3d fem. sing. Perfect before suffixes,
(e) In some compound words.
29. Euphony of Vowels.
1. (1) li'f (1:1); ll^9[(l:8); ^(1:2); -if (1:2); jLiliil (1:10).
(2) r^:^o (1:7); LuLi.? (1:10) ; U 1 n N o (1:11); |l(n?(4:8);
iki^ ^nilh; jL^ (4:2).
(3) 1^:^(1:1); |1] (28:19); r^l(Mt.3:3).
(4^ c^ .lii^ (17:8) ; cffi ^oc? (17:9) ; ^l] go ye (32:10).
(5) r V ^(1:1); |ii(l:3); 1^1^(2:3); l^i^ (Rev. 6:15) ;
\zJ-iL (Eph. 1:21).
(6) i-i^] Asia; l-*^'! Arabia; P?l Adava; I'l apa.
26 ELEMENTS OF SYllIAC. [ 29.
1. Short a, or Pethoho, is found,
(1) In closed syllables.
(2) In half-open syllables, mostly after the inseparable prefixes.
(3) In an open syllable caused by euphonic changes in the word.
(4) In an open syllable caused by the coalescing of two words by the
addition of a syllable.
(5) In nominal plurals ending in l- or l^o
(6) In an open syllable in many foreign words.
2. (1) C=a_lj; (1:2); 2il^(l:6); ilm(l:l4); ^^?>i(l:14);
i^^^ she killed; ^^^ he will kill; ^o^ * ^ *f (24:16).
(2) r^l (23:5); ^1 (6:1); ^'r^l (17:15); Ni (24:17).
(3) >ccl3 (= >ccLJ) ; ^^2^4^ (3 f. pi. Pa'el) ; ^1 (32:8).
(4) illi (Mt. 4:5) ; 1^' moisture; \^ (Mt. 7: 16).
(5) oi-i*o^(l:2); ^H (1:6); ^i(l:12); ^^^1 (6:8).
2. Short e is generally obscured from an original &. It is found,
(1) In closed syllables.
(2) In an open syllable, when there is preservation of initial Olaph.
(3) In an open syllable, arising from changes in the body of the word
or from sufformatives.
(4) Sometimes in half-open syllables.
(5) The * of the ultimate of such forms as are given in (5) are written
with in East Syriac, perhaps because this syllable had originally the
accent. See Noldeke, Syrische Grammatiky ? 47.
3. (1) i^-^(l:4); ]ccU(l:6); ^'5z(l:9); 1^:^(1:12); 1^^(1:13).
(2) ]'l-^(from gexvo) arrow ; l " ^ l1 relaxation; P I Vit) snare.
3. (1) Long e is formed by contraction, and is represented by ^ or I
(2) In East Syriac, we have a few cases of e long by compensation or
position.
29.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 27
4. (1) ^1^ (2:3) ; ^^ (1:6) ; jil^^ (1:11) ; \^^7 (23:18).
(2) lIfli-1 (2:5); ^2^w_-. (26 : 3) ; l-^o (14:15); ^oio^_-)^ (14:3).
(3) I'V (3:6); i-^N (11:1); Ml^ (24:16); r-^P (11:10); ^9
(14:16) ; Pl^ s^iare.
(4) 2w^^-x| (24:19) ; o^H (11:11); w^^|J(16:7); -^(14:16);
I : *
jIlJ:^ (2:2) ; ^ (Rom. 6:10).
4. X is always long. It is written - , ^ , ^^ , 1 , or ^] . It is found,
(1) As formative in many nouns.
(2) As the vowel in which a ^ at the beginning of a word quiesces.
(3) Heightened in an open syllable, especially before an Olaph which
has become quiescent.
(4) Contracted from a?/, ^l/, yi\ ^w;, and wi.
t> p .. V
5. (1) r^l (16:2); U^ (16:4); l^iA. (1:1); ^^s. (1:6); ]h^J^:u
(2:3); c'^^^Lli (2:4); pi^ol (2:5).
(2) ^^ thousand; ^ (24:14); ^1 my brother; 01-00^(2:16);
v^^(6:ll); p:^(24:5); ^Liali (16:2).
(3) iOLo (m''nawath)por^i07i; ^^4 (23:10) ; ^^^(25:3); >al
(26:7); 1^(18:18); U^ (6:5).
(4) hhl (7:11); U^(24:4); 1^ (3-1); \'r^ (3:3); fr^l (26:19).
(5) f'^nc^ (1:3); 1^--!^ (1:2); U^4 (1:5); 1^^ (1:5); V-^h
(1:6).
5. (1) When not final, " generally represents an originally long a.
(2) In a few nouns, before certain sufiixes (when the vowel was most
probably heightened by the original accent ; see Duval, I 157), and
perhaps in the 3d sing. masc. Perf. of "|3 verbs, it seems to have beeen
heightened from an originally short a.
(3) In verbal forms and nouns derived from "|3 and "ai^ verbs, "
often represents a contraction from awa.
28 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 29,
7 7 7
(4) In a few cases, it was contracted from 1 or I . In the absolute
feminine singular, it was heightened in compensation for the elided Taw.
(5) In the emphatic state, the final ] is naturally long, being derived
p
from the demonstrative particle ]<^ See Duval, 259. a.
Remark. In foreign words, ^ is frequently followed by AVaw, e. g.
ouoi-^ (1 Pet. 1:1).
6. (1) N > \ S youth {iorm fu'ail); PoL*. vase {{orm fu'ul);
f0^4-^ (form nektulun); hut ^ob^ torite ; \i^}^^fmc)i.
(2) uL'i^ (17:10) ; pH^ai (18:2) ; W'>o] (18:8) ; -*^?" (18:14) ;
y^Zk^Z (12:7) ; U^oL (12:15).
(3) ]Lc^ (11:5) ; >cai (11:1) ; ^oLjJ (14:1) ; ^LmI (14:1).
6. (1) Except in the Imperative Pe'al, and a few nouns, short n always
falls away in an open syllable.
(2) In closed syllables, short u remains.
(3) When preceded or followed by Waw, short u becomes long u.
See 7. (1).
7. (1) ^^ (11:1) ; Uo'i (11:5) ; /^ (14:1) ; ^^H (14:1).
.. *> p y ^ p b.
(2) >c2-i.li^ (25:17) ; ^^ end (emph. I^ac) ; j^^oZ cow; ]^^^
(13:4).
(3) jJoloJ (24:17); JJalx^ (Spic. Syr. 33:20) ; fi (Neh.n:24).
(4) li5cJiZ(l:2); i^a.^L_I (1:2); jL-Ii^Q^ii (3:8) ; c^ (4:18);
oiZol^^ (24:2) ; f^^^^i-*J (2:18).
7. (1) Long u comes by contraction from wu, or uw. See 6. (3).
(2) In a few cases, in West Syriac, by contraction from aw (East
Syriac c).
(3) In a few cases, it comes through 6 from d.
(4) In many forms, it is long by nature.
U 30, 31.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 29
30, Loss of Yowels.
^' * * T . .
1. ZlcIus (from kathabhath) she wrote; ^-^^^^A it was written ;
\j6LsZ] he written; "^ i * ^ 1 I awaked him; \fr-^|J they shall
^ear; j^ ^* ^ ^ had; \-^r^leprous ; ]^^^ writing ; l^^ sleeping.
y V V V 7
2. (1) wr;ZLs (from kathabha) ; ^^h^ ; ^Z^io ; cl^Z^ ; ^^ius ;
7
p
(2) v-r:oiuj J , ^AjsZ j ^A^ j ^iwaJ .
J>. ^ u u. * >
(4) ^ NVi Icing ; ^-sl^ thousand; ^-^^^ writing ; ' * '^ 6acZ.
(5) ^1 (24:14) ; * -^ 1 (24:12) ; ^ciali^f (24:1) ; -^o^-^n^.Z
(24:15); -^r^(6:9); ^al^f(6:9); ^n^|^(6:14); ^.ali^
(6:15); > N I ^(Lk.2:13); -^f (Mt. 24:3) ; ^^^1
(John 4:52).
1. A vowel is frequently lost in tbe middle of a word.
2. A vowel is lost at the end of a. word,
(1) In all forms of the Perfect, except the 3d sing. fem.
(2) In all forms of the Imperfect.
(3) In all forms of the Imperative, except the 2d masc. sing.
(4) In the absolute of all nouns, adjectives, and participles.
(5) Final Yudh is written but not pronounced, in the suffix 1st sing,
after consonants (but see I 31. Rem. 1) ; in the suffix 3d sing. masc. ; in
the 2d fem. sing. ; and in a few other cases.
31. The Half-vowel.
1. 1^(1:1); |li-i.(l:l); ^o (1:1); |Ieo^Z(l:2); |1**^(1:2);
s-^^o (1:4); ^allliU (1:10); ^^^}^ (1;13).
But 1^^-^ six; ^^-^ sixty.
80 KLEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 32.
7 . 7 / 7
2. > ^ ^ i'^l meditate (but ' ^ ^*^] Z<e accounted) ; ^* coi? ijiT/ ^oZcZ;
^(3i2JiQ^ ^/ie^V anger.
3. ]lcL (4:2) ; l^^i? (4:9) ; rf^? (3:12) ; >^f r-^ sAe made thee
. 7
(but ^-^r^^^ I have made thee).
1. Except in a few words, a lialf-vowel occurs with every unvoweled
consonant which begins a syllable. This half-vowel does not constitute
a separate syllable. It is equivalent to vocal Sh'wa in Hebrew.
2. In the Ethpa'al Imperative, and in certain other cases, it is found at
the end of a syllable.
3. The half-vowel is found after a consonant which is medial, i. e.
a consonant which, though not doubled, apparently closes one syllable
and begins another.
7
Remark 1. A short e was heard at the end of such words as ^t^^my
man and ^-c?! my right. See Duval, I 98.
Rem,. 2. The Participles of the four verbs t-^^ to make, ^^S^ ^^ hind,
V ^ 7 ^ _ *
.-clik, to crucify, and w^ \ q to divide, preserve the half -vowel and the
aspiration of '^^ , ^ and ? , e.g. k^ i^^ All other Participles lose it
(cf. 30. 1 ; and see Duval, ? 127).
32. Shifting of Vowels.
1. <-^0| e })xit (-^?a-o hcliness ; i^^^^ from >^^^^-=i I have written;
t ^ ^ but li ^ ^ man; o^o^u-s write, but oia-cZs-s write it ;
cii^^oa (3:3) ; oi N^nnS (1 Pet. 5:9).
P,1^ P 7 Ph.
2. 1^^^^ for )^^^^^^ heifer; JA^^-a^ plain; \h^o.MLD measure.
7 7 -t. 7
3. c|j for c|j3 they hlamed ; ^^1^ for *^l^ he grieved ; ^^ j-a-J for
7 m
' "'" ) "1 3 he shall grieve.
1. The vowel which follows a consonant sometimes passes before it.
2. In order to facilitate its pronunciation, a consonant frequently at-
tracts to itself the vowel which precedes.
3. A vowel which follows an Olaph preceded by an unvoweled con-
sonant is shifted to that consonant, the Olaph becoming quiescent. See
I 25. 1. (2).
'i 33.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 31
(/ 33. New Vowels.
1. ^A (11:12); ^V ^ ^ '] (12:13); PI (12:17); ^--^^ (15:9); ^Zj
W X ^ >i/ I
(17:5); f^^ (18:7) ; ii[(23:5); N1 (24:10) ; crijl-] (25:11).
2. w,^o (1:4); ^b^? (1:7); r^^o (1:7).
3. f;^Z] (23:14); r^l^l (Mt. 27:9); pl:^ (16:10).
4. lUi (Lk. 6:48) ; jL^J^ (Syr. Thes. 2504) ; 1^.^:^^ ear of corn.
^ 1. An unvoweled Olapli at the beginning of a word takes a short a or e
to aid in its pronunciation ; in the same circumstances, Yudh quiesces in t
2. When three consonants would come together at the beginning of a
word, a helping vowel, generally short a, is given to the first.
3. Often in the middle of a word, a helping vowel is added to a letter.
This is regularly the case in the Ethpe'el of Pe-Yudh and Pe-Olaph
verbs.
4. A vowel is frequently added in order to preserve the doubling of the
preceding radical.
PART SECOND-ETYMOLOGY.
^ g 34. I
g 34. Inseparable Particles.
1. hZ^-^ (1:1); 2Uo (1:1); f^oicoX (1:4); j^? (1:4).
2. il^lc(l:l); ]^^?(1:2); ri]o(l:6); jl^^ji^ (2:2) ; ]iiJ|I (5:4);
^L-o (13:15).
3. Icflio (1:3); ]>-c (1:3); jlii.? (2:2); ili^o (2:3); Th^
(2:19).
Rcmarh i.-l^^? (3:9) ; ^^S\L (2:2).
i^marA; ^. ll^o (Mt. 9:30) ; ^1^? (John 21:18).
4 ^illl^o (1:5) ; p^? (24:7) ; ^n^^t^o (24:11).
5. >colLQi (24:7) ; ^.1:2(25:3); l^(Mt.3:16); 1^ (Jn. 19:18).
The Inseparable Particles are the prepositions v-s and J::^ , the con-
junction o , and the relative j . They are always prefixed. .
1. Before voweled consonants, they take a half-vowel.
2. When before Olaph, they draw the vowel of the Olaph to themselves,
the Olaph quiescing. They are prefixed directly to words beginning with
^
3. Before unvoweled consonants, they receive y .
Remark 1. Before words which take a prosthetic Olaph, they take the
vowel of the Olaph, the Olaph being either retained or dropped.
Remark 2. When a vowel has been thrown back upon the first radical,
the particle generally takes a vowel.
4. When more than one inseparable particle occur, every second one
takes a vowel.
5. In a few compound words the Nun of the preposition ^--^ is assim-
ilated.
^ 35.] ELE3IENTS OF SYRIAC. 33
35. The Personal Pronoun.
1. The following are the forms of the Personal Pronoun where
used independently :
He ooi They (m.) fJ<n
She -^^ They (f.) ^<Ji
Thou (m.) f^\ Ye (m.) ^^\
* V
Thou (f.) -^1 Ye (f.) ^^1
I P? We r^
2. The following are the forms of the Personal Pronoun, where
used as an enclitic subject :
|j| VJl or M^^"-?^ lam Jcilling.
zLa] V^ or ^^.^^4-fi Thou (m.) art Idlling,
^700 ^70
^iji\ jL^ or ^i^^!^^ Thou (f.) art killing,
7x0 7 P
^;JLm t^ i S^ or ^1 a \ .^j We are Jcilling.
7 .,
,JLu ,^iik^* We [t) are Jcilling.
^L^] ,-.^4ld or ^ili^ii^^ Ye (m.) are Jcilling.
OP ^ P P
^L2] ,-1^4-0 or ^i^i4^ Ye (f.) are Jcilling.
Note. The contracted forms from the participles of "|3 verbs are,
\^^^-^I reveal. \^ *' ^ \ ^^ reveal.
^-'^^ Thou (m.) revealest. \f^^-*^^ Ye (m.) reveal.
>* ^ * ^* >^ TAo?^ (f.) revealest.
RcmarJc 1. These pronouns are used with adjectives also, e. g.
^i^f^A^ ye are heautiful ; ^-^? tJiou art pure.
RemarJc 2. coicci and ^^^^ often become <^om and ^^'^ See Mt.
11:14; Judith 1:5 ; but see also Col. 3:5.
84
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
il 36, 37,
36. Pronominal Suffixes.
Tabular View.
1. Possessive.
2. Objective.
After a
Consonant.
After a
Vowel.
After a
Consonant.
After a Vowel.
s
'Sm
3f
2 m
2f
Ic
(7L
.
p
*
^01
(Tl
, P
p
'^ffi ^dVdi or ^cic
at
'3m
3f
2m
2f
Ic.fc....
7
7
1. The possessive suffixes are used witli nouns ; see 77. The object-
ive suffixes are used with verbs ; see 51.
2. Instead of a suffixed pronoun for the 3d plural after verbs, the
enclitic pronouns r^J) and *-^l aroused; see 2. 6 ; 2.12; Lk. 24:11.
3. The inseparable preposition urs and "^ are prefixed to the form of
possessive pronominal suffixes "which are used after consonants (/. e. the
first column in the table). Before the first person singular they take the
form-^,-^; e.^.,2.12; 16.9; 16.15; 19.9; 17.11; 23.2.
1-
37. The Demonstrative Pronoun (see Thes. Syr., p. 1023).
P P P P If.
1. ^ J pel this (m.) ; l?5i this (f.) ; r^^<n these (m. or f.).
2. coi that (m.) ; ^oi that (f.) ; ^fiJoi those (m.) ; ^Ji those (f.
7 7
3. ^r^ cJoi this is my lody (23:18) ; ^"l?<^ (John 2:11).
U 38, 39.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 35
1. 5n is found instead i)f I?*''
2. The forms ^fc^ci , >^3J5i are found occasionally instead of ^^ ;
and '^-^ci instead of f~-^ffi
V P 7 P OP
3. Tills is is Q_Jci (contracted from cct |-Jct j see 23. 4. (1)), ^oil?<?
(hodoy) from ^ci l?<'^
? 38. The Eelative and Possessive Pronouns.
1. The Relative Pronoun is ? wAo, which, that. It has the same form
in all genders, numbers, and cases. It is an inseparable particle, and is
pointed according to ^ 34
2. ? has been shortened from an original '*? which is yet found in the
possessive '''^>-*? , compounded of ^? which and ^ to. It is used with the
pronominal suffixes to express the independent possessive pronoun ; e. g.
^^"? mine; ^t-^-? thine; <7i-i>-? his ; ^ai !>-5 ours.
? 39. The Interrogative Pronouns.
7 P P P 9 h,
1. T~^ wlio ? 1^ , r:^ , |J^ , ^ what ?
2. W (m.), \A (f.), ^ * ^ 4 (m. or f . plural) who f which ? what f
7
Remarh 1. r~* is the Indefinite Interrogative for persons. It is not
used as an adjective. See 103. 1.
p
Remarh 2. |^ is used for things. It is not used as an adjective.
P 7 P 7 m 7
Remark 3. U-.] ^ ]y*| and ^^ * '^ l are generally used as Interrogative
P 7 P 7
Adjectives, e. g., Ir^^k^l^-'] which man ? But see I 103. 2. (1).
*. 7 *> 7 7
Remark 4. Who is f is cJ^ (from c<n ^), '-oi ^ . What is f is
7 P h. P
cJ^ from cci^ .
86 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [? 40, 41.
40. The Strong Yerb.
1. ]^ (1:1) ; iL] (1:3) ; -^^'r^ (1:4) ; r^ (1:7).
2. ^U (1:4) ; -^^ (2:7) ; >ti^ (2:12) ; -^ (3:3).
3. (1) 9^ (4:7) ; '^^9?>i (1:13) ; oi^l-^ (28:3).
(2) uiL (1:14); -ij (4:2); ^^^ (4:2).
(3) ^ (26:3) ; ^^^ (Lk. 22:17) ; r^ (Gal. 4:14).
(4) Ih=(1:1); 1h=(1:4); ]>-(1:3); -^(2:22); wJ (3:11) ; >^
(4:3); W (3:16) ; '^'r- (7:4).
1. All words are derived from roots most of wliich have three letters
or radicals. The third person singular masculine of the Perfect of the
simple form (called P''al) is always given as the root, though in some
weak verbs one of the radicals has disappeared from this form.
2. A^erbs are called strong when the root contains no consonant wliich
will cause a change in the vowels usually employed in a given inflection.
3. A verb is called weak when it contains a radical which modifies the
vowels usuall}^ employed in a given inflection. Such verbs are,
(1) Those whose last radical is a guttural or Rish ; and those any
one of whose radicals is an Olaph.
(2) Those whose first radical is Nun.
(3) Those whose second and third radicals are alike.
(4) Those any one of whose radicals was a Yudh or Waw.
^ 41. Yerb Stems,
1. (1) ^U (1:4); r^ (1:7); r^^ (14:14).
(2) >a<^ (3:10); -a^ (3:17); ^ (11:4); ^H' (11:9).
(3) jalo (Ps. 119:120) ; >cM (Nahum 2:10).
2. >qSJ. (3:10) ; >t^ C3:12) ; ^-^ (24:2) ; r^ (4:12).
3. .-iii:^ (7:3) ; r^4 (5:3) ; li^I (13:12).
g 41.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 37
4, ^-liiij (7-6). VisZU (24:5); ^Isij (12:5); ^LJ (6:15);
^^4 (25:10) ; t^oZZ] [Thes. Syr., p. 120).
5. ucJiJiJL (Rev. 1:15) ; r^L*.j (Rom. 10:3).
Eem. i. r^i (Acts 14:20) ; ^^^^^ (Mt. 1:23).
7 7 m 7 7
Rem. 2. '-cJ] to breathe, ^-^j-^l id.; ^-^'t^ to approach^ ^^^j-o^] id.
1. The simple verb-stem, called P*'al, has, for consonants, the three
radical letters. In all strong verbs we have a half-vowel after the first
radical and a short vowel after the second. This short vowel is, (1) in
active verbs, usually a ; (2) in stative verbs, usually e ; (3) in two verbs, ii.
2. The intensive verb-stem, called Pa'el, is formed by doubling the
second radical, the vowel a being used with the first radical, and, except
before gutturals and Kish, e, derived from a, after the second.
7
3. The causative verb-stem, called 'Aph'el, is formed by prefixing ] to
the radical letters ; the first radical being without a vowel, and the second
having e, derived from a.
4. From each of these active stems a Reflexive or Passive is formed by
prefixing A ; to wit, from P^'al, the Ethp'^el, with a half-vowel after
the first radical and e after the second ; from Pa'el, the Ethpa'al, with a
after the first and second radicals ; from 'Aph'el, the Ettaph'al, by
changing the prefixed Olaph into Taw, and using a before the first and
after the second radical.
5. Another form of the causative, called Shaph'el, is formed by
prefixing sha instead of 'a. Like other quadriliterals, the Shaph'el is
inflected like the Pa'el (see ? 63.). Its reflexive is Eshtaph'al.
Rem. 1. According to some, there are sporadic cases of another stem,
called Taph'el (see Merx-Hoffmann, Grarti. Syr., I 56. 1. A. end). Most
of these are really denominative quadriliteral verbs (see I 63.). For sim-
ilar forms in Hebrew see Olshausen's Lehrhuch, p. 56.
Rem. 2. The signification of the stems is, in general, the same as that
of the corresponding stems in Hebrew. It may be noted, however, that
the Ethp^'el of some intransitive verbs, and the Ethpa'al of some verbs
whose Pa'el has a causative signification, have come to have the same
sense as the P*'al.
38
ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC. [g 42, 43.
^ 42. General View of the Verb-Stems.
Original
Form.
First Form.
Name.
1.
r F
^^"
P'^al.
2.
r 7
^^liZ]
Etbp''el.
3.
* 7
Pa'el.
4.
J'. ?
Ethpa'al.
5.
wrTi^l
Aph'el.
G.
^^L.21]
Ettapb'al.
Force.
Characteristic.
Simple E-oot Mean
ing.
Passive or Reflex-
ive of Simple Stem.
Intensive Active.
Passive or Reflex-
ive Intensive.
Causative Active.
Passive or Reflex-
ive Causative.
None.
^!
Second Radical
doubled, and
always pre-
ceded by a.
Z] prefixed, and
* Second Rad-
ical doubled.
y
Remarlcs.
1. The original penultimate ^ is changed to a half-vowel in the P^'al
and Ethp''el.
2. The original ultimate ^ is changed to -^ in the Pa'el, Aph'el and Eth-
p^'el.
I 43. The P''al Perfect.
TABLE A.
1. He wrote wc^ = the simple verb-stem [I 41. 1).
2. She wrote h^h^ = wsij with ^^ the usual fem. sign.
3. Thou [m.) didst write ^^ = wcAa with ^ a fragment of the pro-
* * ^
noun ^1 thou (m.).
4. Thou {f.) didst write ^A^^ = w^^^ with ^^^ a fragment of the pro-
noun ^^1 thou (f.).
I 43.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 39
5. / icrote luc^ = y-^^j with ^ (compare ^H)-
6. They (m.) wrote o^^^ = s^I^ with Q (not spoken) from ear-
lier Una.
7
7. They (f.) wrote ^*c^ = ^cZLs with ^*- (not spoken) from ear-
lier tna,
8. !Fe (m.) wrote ^^^A^ = v-^Z)^ with rc2^-_ a fragment of the pro-
I noun T.c^l
9. Ye (f.) i^ro^e ^^Zo = w^Z)^ with^-^ a fragment of the pro-
*. '^
noun n;-'^]
7
10. TFe wrote ^^^^s = ^^Aj with *^ a fragment of the pro-
noun '^l-'*
TABLE B.
Masculine
Singular.
Feminine
Singular.
Masculine
Plural.
Feminine
Plural.
Third Person,
y
7.
2^ l^
7
7 ..
Second Person,
7 ^
2w Ai
^L ski
rr. 7 ^
^b. iLsi
First Person,
h.'^i
iLs
^-
7
Remarks.
1. Z^f (6:9); ^r^(6:9); ^^[(6:9); ^r^ (6:10).
2. I^^ (5:17) ; -ci? (Lk. 24:24) ; -ir^ (6:9) ; ^'i^^ (Gen. 31:6).
3. ^.LaJ (5:17) (= liku = ^ii^) ; z3^| (6:8) (= i^f = 2^[).
4. w^i^ (1:4) ; o^^ (6:2) ; ^2^ (6:9) ; ^ciLLi-A. (26:13) ; ^^ (32:12).
5. ^if (32:10) ; [-]r^M (Jos. Styl. 2:7) ; r^l^ (for o^L]) (J. S. 4:10) ;
^^lIz] (for ^tlz]) (Legends of St. Mary 26:20) ; ^oo|^ (Acts 28:2) ;
7 7
^^l) we should go (Lk. 9:13).
40
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
[? 43.
1. The pronominax fragments used in the inflection of the Perfect are
always suffixed to the stem. To distinguish them from the pronominal
suffixes (? 36.) they may be called suffo'rmatives.
2. We have distinct forms for both genders and both numbers in the
second and third persons.
3. The vowel of the second radical is dropped in the 3d fem. and in the
1st com. sing., while the a of the first radical is obscured to e.
4. The sufformatives for person, gender and number, with the exception
of the 3d fem. sing, and the 1st com. sing., are affixed directly and without
causing any change in vocalization to the 3d m. sing., which may therefore,
for convenience, be called t\\Q first forin of the Perfect. This rule is true
of all verbs, weak as well as strong, except the Lomadh Olaph verbs [I 60.).
5. The third feminine plural sometimes ends in ^ ; the third mascu-
line plural sometimes ends in \0 , and the first plural in ^^J (in Lk. 9:13
7 7 7 7
t:^^! , from ^\ , is written, instead of k^T*^ ] , to avoid the three Nuns ;
cf. 13n^) Sometimes, on the contrary, the third plural feminine, as
- T
well as masculine, was written just like the third masculine singular.
According to Hoffmann (Merx, 50. N. B., and I 59. 1. (5)) a Yudh was
7^
sometimes added to the third feminine singular, e. g. >*iuij . This is
only a "signum graphicum fem. indicans," just as in the third feminine
Imperfect (see 45.).
Note 1. The following summary of the endings of the Perfect in
Syriac and Hebrew may be useful :
SINGULAR.
PLURAL.
3f.
2 m.
2f.
Ic.
3 m.
3f.
3 m.
2f.
Ic.
Syr.
Heb.
7
^(fl)
-M
7
vorrJ
iVo^e^. rV' (Mt.8:2); ^r-^ (Mt. 20:20) ; ^^? (Mt. 25:25) ; roZl^
(1 Cor. 11:17) ; -r^ (32:13) ; c^^ (32:22) ; ^^^ (Acts 27:2) ;
^c2J^5 (John 16:27).
Verbs which have e in the first form (see ? 43. Rem. 4.) retain it in all
the forms derived from it ; but in the 3d fem. and 1st sing, they are the
same as verbs which have a in the first form.
44.]
ELE3IENTS OF SYRIAC.
2 44. The Remaining Perfects.
41
Ethp^'el.
Pa'el.
Ethpa'al.
Aph'cl.
Ettaplial.
3 m. sing.
* y
y 7
^^}
7 7. .
3 f. sing.
V 7
7 V
*
7 7
3 m. pi.
QJDbJiZ]
7 7
^^1
clsIl/zZ]
1 sing.
l2i^z]
Iwiil*
L^biz]
i^i^l
blib^ZZ]
*
. .
.
^ZLsZ] (12:5); ii^^aaiJZ] (6:19) ; Zi^i^a:^^] (Rev. 13:12) ; I-i^M (32:18) ;
> -^ N Z j (Rev. 11:18); a^?lU29:18); ' ^ ^ V . (7:3); ^clj^l
(Gal. 4:12); ,1^(4:12); ^H^ (Acts 23:30) ; Cj.Ii (Acts 4:15) ; ^r^'
(Acts 15:24); or:^^] (25:10) ; ^l-^A (Heb. 9:20); ^oZj_liz|
(Col. 4:10) ; I^lz] (12:17) ; ^^tlz] (6:1) ; V^Lc] (Lk. 20:23).
It will be noticed that all of these Perfects form all of their inflections
on the analogy of the Perfect P^'al ; i. e. the sufformativcs for gender,
number and person are in all cases, except the 3d fem. and 1st person
singular, affixed directly to the 3d singular masculine, without causing
any change in it. In the 3d singular feminine (and the 1st sing., which
is formed like it) the only change in the last four stems is that the vowel
of the second radical is changed to a half-vowel ; in the Ethp*'el the
second radical loses its vowel and the first receives a.
Remark 1. The Ethp*'el 3d feminine singular and 1st common
singular can be distinguished from those of the Ethpa'al only when
the second or third radical is an aspirate and Kushoy and Rukhokh
(? 10.) are marked. It will be noted that in Ethp^'el the second radical
has Rukhokh, and the third, Kushoy ; whereas in Ethpa'al the opposite
is true.
Remark 2. Notice the transposition of the Taw in the Ethp^'el
and Ethpa'al of verbs whose first radical is a sibilant, and the per-
mutations of the Taw in those whose first radical is Zain or Sodhe
(cf. II 21. 1; 22. 4).
42 ELEilENTS OF SYKIAC. [i 45.
I 45. The P*'al Imperfect.
TABLE A.
1. He will write ^^ciwaJ = s^c2^ v^'iih. J a pronom. prefix used to
denote the 3d person.
2. She will write NAr:ci:CZ = wscio with ^ the usual fern, sign pre-
fixed, and ^ sufiixed to
distinguish it from the
2dmasc.sing. Cf. H3.
Rem. 5.
3. Tliou{m.) wilt write ^^oh^Z = ^cAj with -^ a fragment of ^^1 thoit,
prefixed.
4. Thou (f.) wilt write ^^^2^-^ = ^scAj with -^ prefixed, ^ sufl&xed,
and = shortened and
obscured to the half-
vowel.
5. / shall write wooZLs] = s^oL^ with I a fragment of PI / pre-
fixed.
6. They (m.) will icrite ^^-aJ = v-ccio with J prefixed for the 3d per-
son, ^s sufiixed for the
m. plural, and the vowel
changed to a half- vowel.
7. They (f.) vrill write. .^^-^^ = ^^c^a as in the 3d m. pi., except that
the ending is ^i:^ instead
of fl
* . .* *'
8. Ye (m.) will write. .^i^2 = ^coAa as in the 3d m. pL, except that
we have ^ prefixed in-
stead of J
9. Ye (f.) will write... .^^^ = wscio as in the 3d f. pi., except that
we have ^ instead of J
prefixed.
10. We shall write v-coA.aJ = ^jccZjo with J a fragment of i^T * we
prefixed.
45.]
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
TABLE B.
43
Masculine
Singular.
Feminine
Singular.
Masculine
Plural.
Feminine
Plural.
Third Person,
^ ^olLs A
^ z.i^ J
^ ciLa 2
Second Person,
^ sL) A
*-
^"sh^ Z
First Person,
^oiis ]
s-co'ka J
Ri
^'hs.
1. The original stem is ^-^c^^ , the Q of which is changed to a half-
vowel {i. e. volatilized) before sufformatives which begin with a vowel ;
i. e. ^:^-- , \ , ^-
2. The pronominal fragments employed in the inflection of the Imper-
fect are,
Prefixes, J, ^, ^, ^, ]; J, J, ^, ^, J
'n >
Affixes, , V-. , , ^ , ; ^o J ^ , ^c
3. The - of the preformative comes from an original ^ .
4. The preformatives and sufformatives of the Imperfect are the same
for all stems, and for weak verbs as well as strong, except that the vowel
of the preformative is sometimes other than - .
5. Except the silent suffix x-k , which is sometimes used with the 3d f em.
sing., the five forms, ^c^-aJ , ^^^o^jsA ^ ^^oLsZ ^ s^cLs] and ^^oLsJ
differ merely in the consonant of the preformative ; the other five forms
always suffer the same changes in the root, i. e.
6. The original forms of the Imperfect run, naktulu, taktulu,
naktuluna, naktulana. "De imperfect! formis notandum est
vocales primitivas "i* et '^ in o et ^ esse elatas, quorum loco serior aetas
iterum -it et -ii pronunciavit, ita ut antiqui scribae et Nestoriani formas
exhibcant ^a-^^J et ^ ^N^ n1 ^ recentiores vero Ja'kobitae et Maronitae
^.s-VoJ et ^c2^-^uaJ ."-Merx-Hoffmann, Gr. Si/r., I 50. D.
h^Z ^ ^osZLsZ ^
44
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
46, P'^al Imperfects in A and E.
TABULAR VIEW.
[^4G.
3 m, sg-.
3 m. pi.
Imperfect with u.
uooiLsJ
^ZLaJ
Imperfect with i,
wSZLJ
Imperfect with a,
((
1. ^a^ (2:17); ^fy^iLJ (Mt.7:12); .^p (Lk. 22:36); ^cLLop (Mt. 14:15) ;
V^ (for ^ijJ) (Mt. 5:29); ^o^^ (Mt. 24:29); ^^ (from ^^)
(Mt. 13:2) ; 4^r^ (Mt. 20:21) ; r-^ (from i-^ = niD) ^le will err;
>a-jaJ (from >ai = D^t?^) (Mt. 19:13); r^ (from r^) (John 12:32).
2. >cLo (Lk. 21:22); r n'^N ^ i (Lk. 21:24); ^-oLflJ (Mt.25:9); r^^sj^
(Lk. 3:14) ; vii.i (Lk. 7:6) ; ^oLi^i (Rom. 15:30) ; r4^^ (2:18) ;
^^-^ (Mt. 18:17) ; ^di^ (Mt. 13:15) ; -^^^ (2:10).
3. wcoIjJ (Mk. 10:48) ; ^oli^^ (Mt. 20:31) ; ^o-^al (Mk. 8:22) ; ^r^
(Mt. 14:36) ; ?Q^ (1 Cor. 4:25) ; rfi^ ( Jn. 4:23) ; ^^ (30:5).
V r
1. r^i^ to make and r^^l to huy are the only strong verbs which have
the Imperfect in * ; but some weak verbs, mostly intransitives, form
their Imperfect P''al in this manner ; e. g. one E E, one E Yudh, one Pe
Yudh, and a few Pe Nun verbs.
2. Perfects in e, which are intransitive, have as a rule their Imperfect
in a ; as have also most intransitives in a, and most verbs whose second
or third radical is a guttural.
3. A few verbs having the Perfect in e have the Imperfect in u.
Note. There were three Perfect stems, ^^^ , ^-^^^ , and wso^-j (see
41. 1.) ; and three Imperfect stems, ^^^-^ , ^^^.^J , and wSc^-sJ ; the a
and u in each case being original, while the e has come from t
47.]
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
47. The Remaining Imperfects.
.45
Ethp^'el.
Pa'el.
Ethpa'al.
Aph'el.
Ettaph'al.
3 m. sing.
^AiAJ
^iL^
7 .7
*
us'iLaJ
^ . 7
. . . ^
3 f. sing.
^h^Zl
7 7. .
3 m. pi.
^2LaJ
^hJ>h^
^Q^ZiLsZ^J
1 sing.
7
7
P 7
^
. ^
-ai?}J (29:1); ^ciZ(6:ll); v^^iL^ (6:15) ; ^o-i^ii^J (1:10); ^ar5H=^^
(5:13); ^ol-^rJ (2:9); ^o^^^ (Mt. 25:29).
Rem. i. ^cC*j1^ (1:10); 4^'^^j^ (5:13); rfr^^ (2 Pet. 2:3).
It will be noticed that the preformatives and sufformatives of the
derived stems are the same as those of the simple, or P''al, stem (cf. 45).
What is said in 45. Rem. 5, of the internal changes of the P^'al, is true
also of the derived stems, t. e. the 3d fern, sing., the 2d masc. and the 1st
com. sing, and plur. are the same, preformatives (and suffoniiative in the
case of the 3d fem. sing.) excepted, as the 3d masc. sing, or Jlmt form of
the Imperfect ; and all other forms are the same, preformatives and suf-.
formatives excepted, as the 3d masc. plural.
Rem. 1. The 3d masc. plur., and the forms like it, of the Ethp^'el and
Ethpa'al, can only be distinguished in writing when the second or third
radical is an aspirate. In the Ethp*'el the second radical takes Rukhokh
and the third Kushoy ; whereas, in the Ethp*'el the second takes Kushoy
and the third Rukhokh ; when neither the second nor the third radical is
an aspirate the usus loquendi and the connection can alone determine
whether the form be intensive or not.
Rem. 2. In the Ettaph'al stem, whenever the preformative is a Taw,
the other Taws are written as one, to avoid the occurrence of three Taws.
Rem. 5. Notice the transposition and permutation before sibilants,
according to 21.1; 22. 4.
Rem. 4. The following table gives, (1) the preformatives of the differ-
ent stems, (2) the vowel of the first radical, (3) the vowel of the second
radical :
46
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
[H8.
P'al.
Ethp^'el.
Pa'el.
Ethpa'al.
Aph'el.
Ettaph'al.
1.
J
U
2
hJi
V
7 *
2.
s
s
7
2
2
s
3.
'^(or^ol)
1
"2
z
'1
Rem. 5. The various elements used as preformatives and sufformatives
appear in the following table, the asterisks representing radicals :
He will.
She will (>a) ^fr ^fr 4fr
Thou (m.) wilt, * ^e *
Thou (f.) wilt.. * ^f ^ 4j
I shall * * *
They (m.) will., ^o * * *
They (f.) will.
^ * * *
Ye {m.)u-ill rp
Ye (f.) will.
We shall...
^ ^ ^
^ * *
2 48. The Imperatives.
Imperfect.
Imperative
:i m. sg-.
Imperative
2 f . sg.
Imperative
5i m. pi.
Imperative
5i f . pi.
P^'al.
S^OL^
>.42clw2
(f)^^
^^^cA.s or. 4.ooAj
Pa'el.
The endings for gender and num-
ber are the same for all the
Aph'el.
.sM
stems.
Ethp'^el.
<^'i^^
uO^Z)
Ethpa'al.
^^^
^siLsZ] or
Ettaph'al.
^. 7'
^bjiZL2
w
7^. 7
U 49, 50.]
ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC.
47
1. 5:l^ (31:13) ; Q-^^^ (3:3) ; cj^^:=^ (30:13) ; r^ (2 Tim. 4:5).
2. ci:^(33:3); o^j (33:2); ,^H=^^^] (Col. 3:18).
3. o5cn?i| (31:17) ; :^i^Z^] (Col. 3:20).
Tlie stem of the Imperative is the same as that of the Imperfect
without the preformative ; except in the Ethp^'el and in one form of the
Ethpa'al, where the original short a of the first radical is retained and
the vowel of the second radical is dropped, its absence being often
denoted by the linea occultans (see 3 above).
Hote 1. The Olaph of the Aph'el and of the passive stems, which is
absorbed in the Imperfect, is retained in the Imperative.
Note 2. The Imperative has no preformatives ; the gender and number
are denoted by sufformatives, which are, ^ for the fem. sing. ; => or r for
the masc. plur. ; ^ or ^* or r:^ for the fem. plural.
Note 3, None of the sufformatives except \0 and ^^ are pronounced.
I 49. The Infinitives.
P^'al.
Ethp^'el. Pa'cl.
E.hpa'al.
Aph'el.
Ettaph'al.
asji..z^
> ? . 7
^ '> .7' -
w4ul:;.^lo(2:6); ^j-ai^ (2:2) ; h^^^ (3:13) ; cj^nJLi^ (2:4) ; ale j-.*:^ (27:4) ;
Q!.5>i^(l Cor. 11:32).
1. The Infinitive of the P^'al is ^^^^=^ = ^^ t ^
2. The Infinitives of the derived stems are all found by prefixing > to
the form used in the Imperfect, except that the vowel of the second rad-
ical is always " and that the abstract ending o is always suffixed. This
becomes ^o before pronominal suffixes. See I 85. Rem. 2.
?oO. The
Participles.
P'al.
Ethp^'el.
Pa'el.
Ethpaal.
Aph'el.
Ettaph'al.
V^i^
* r 7 7,,^
7 7
7 7
^^\xZiLi
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
^ (3:4)
U 61.
?(16:9); ^r^ (Mt. 21:9)
(1:6); u^M3:7);
l^t^ (Mk. 11:10).
2. Ca-.i^ (1:2); ^^^nJii (2:3); ll^ (3:17); r^H^ (16:9); ^i^
(Lk. 24:51); /r^ (Lk. 1:42) ; ^''?V^ (1:13); |ls^:^(7:8); ^^^^
(Mk. 9:20); ^3ii(14:4); >g1^ (14:4).
1. The P*'al Active Participle is of the same form as the Hebrew ^Dp
from an original katil. The Passive is of the form katil, just as in
Biblical Aramaic, the d becoming a half-vowel.
2. The Active Participles of the derived species are formed by prefix-
ing > to the first form of the Imperfect, the Nun having been elided.
The Passive forms of Pa'el and Aph'el differ from the Active in the
absolute masc. sing., where they have a instead of e (cf. the Arabic,
where the Passive Participles are distinguished from the Active in like
manner).
3. It will be noticed, in the above examples, that Participles arc
inflected like nouns.
51. The Yerb with Suffixes.
A. The following table gives a comparison between the Perfect P''al
with and without suffixes :
Form without
Suffixes.
Form with Suf-
fixes.
Form with "Tier."
Form with "/lim."
3 m. singular,
7
7^
P 7
3 f. singular,
hj^LJi
Lslbl
P 7
aiL^L^
2 m. singular,
. 7
7
P , 7 ^
2 f. singular.
^zJ^'ij
7
7
7
1 c. singular.
^l2
i^Ls
P , 7
7
51.]
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
49
Form without
Suffixes.
Form with Suf-
fixes.
Form with "Tier."
Form with "Mm."
3 ni. plural,
Q^Ls
*>.. 7^
K. 7
3 ra. plural,
P Sv_ 7
3 f. plural,
7
4
P 7
3 f . plural,
X- 7
1^6 Ls
.. .
P >^^ 7
2 m. plural.
2cL^^
P >. , 7
2 f. plural,
* 7
llb^b^
P >^ 7
1 c. plural,
^^
lAs
P 7
' *
P 7
^. The Perfect with Suffixes.
1, [V^ and =^^-2^ for "^^ and a^i4^] -^C9^ (Overbeck 137: 9 (Nol.)) ;
oilT^ (Nol., Gr., 1 186.) ; oi^^ (4:11) ; ovLnl (25:12) ; ^^ (John
17:25); > l^\v (Pg. 16:7) ; ^oialol (25:19) ; ^oiop**! (25:10) ; ^a^?^
(Ps.23:6); (oii^^] (Lk. 24:22).
i?em. ?. s^g ii> a^ nA | |J ^Ae?/ did no. find him (Anal. Syr. 87:15 (Duv.)).
P i- 7
^^^c'r^ ^Ae?/ surrounded me (Overbeck 137:9 (Nbl.)).
Ph. 7
t^s^^ii^] they entrusted to thee (Julianus 90:25 (Nol.)).
P >r. 7 .
aCu^ they made it (Nol., Gr., I 186.).
Rem. 2. \^,5^ they oppressed you (Judges 10:12).
^^^^4^9 they troubled you (Acts 15:24).
50 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 51.
2. [^\^ or i-^^^ for ^^^] ^''^oaL*. (Lk. 10:40) ; -J^^ (Ps. 69:2) ;
CT^ S 4] (22:7) ; w*l-^t-^ik- tlwu hast home me (Jer. 2:27 ; sec also Jer.
7
15:10) ; ^*l-^.^^iJ thou hast deceived me (?) (1 Sam. 19:17 ; see also Song
of Songs 4:9).
Remark. ^^^^^4^ (Ps. 51:5) ; ^ ^ T I ^ (Is. 51. 5 ; other reading for
^c^^J^l , Nol., G^r., 186.), but 'JLxL*. (Lk. 10:40).
3. [i^^i^4^ for i-^^i^-t^ , ^iL!ii.Ju3 for w^^^l^uo ^ 2 masc. sing, and plur. and 2d
fem. plur. unchanged] -JZLo^i^ (Ps.22:l) ; /^r^ (10:6) ; ^^r- (John
17:25) ; ^^^^ (John 17:4) ; t^r^ (6:7) ; -aJoZ^] (25:18) ; ovUkll^a
ye (f.) Aare Jcilled her.
When the object of a verb is a pronoun other than the 3d plural it is
suffixed directly to the verbal form, occasioning certain changes of ter-
mination and stem. For them the independent pronouns \^l and r^^l
are used, c. g. ^] ^^ (2:6) ; ^1 o^^ax (Lk. 24:11).
7 }>. 7
1. The forms w^^^ and 2^^^ occur in the 3d masc. singular and plural.
NT' "-7
Rem. 1. The older and longer forms Ja^i^ and 3-^^wa occasionally
are found.
Rem. 2. The ending of the masculine plural is sometimes omitted
before suffixes.
7 ^ 777
2. The old form ^^^ (for an older i^^ws) appears in the 3d fem. sing.
, V ^7
and ^^^^ for v*ilccs in the 3d fem. sing.
3. The other forms, except the first person singular, remain unchanged.
The first person singular takes the same form before suffixes as the 2d
masc. sing., and is to be distinguished from it with the pronominal suffix
7
for the 3d sing. masc. only ; e. g. I have hilled hhn = oii^ii4-o ; thou hast
" . 7 *
killed him = ^sv-i^ixJuD .
51.]
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
61
4y3^o forms ending in a vowel the suffixes are appended directly and
without any change except in the case of the 3'm. sg. suffix (see 6. below).
5. To forms ending in a consonant the suffixes are appended by means
of a union vowel or half-vowel, without any variation in the suffix except
in the 3d sing. masc. (see 6. below). Before ^^ , '^i;^^ the union vowel is
always the half-vowel, except in the form ^ n^ilN^ ^ ^^ t nlS^ j ice have
hilled you; before ^^ thee (f.) the union vowel is always - ; before ci her,
t thee (m.), ^ me, and ^ us, it is always ^ except in the 3d sing. masc.
and f em. before ^ and \^ where we have ^ .
6. The 3 m. sg. suffix has the form o* with the 3 sg. m. and f. and with
the 1 sg. ; with the 3 pi. m. it has the form ^^ ; and elsewhere it has the
form ^3v* ^ except with the 2 f. sg. where it is ^oi
C. Table giving the principal forms of the Imperfect with suffixes :
FORM WITHOUT SUFFIXES.
s^oh^
^h.=J
FORM WITH SUFFIXES.-SINGULAR.
1st.
2d masc.
2d fem.
3d masc.
3d fem.
s^L^
^i^
( or ffLSi^nJ
PS.
^ajs^
P >>. m
( ^3T-iJa.ciwaJ
Ph. *
FORM WITH SUFFIXES, PLURAL.
1st.
2d masc.
2d fem.
7 /IS
Pi. m
i^ h. ^
r>. p b. m
/f. b. ^
^ p i. *
52 ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC. [g 51.
D. The Imperfect with Suffixes.
^;^ (8:10) ; ^U^ (23:14) ; .oi^ (23:12) ; ^r^ (Ps. 16:1) ;
wOTi^l^il.-^ (23:3); oi-iJ!ii^]i (6:17) ; y^oin > liN'^^l (4:11); ^^i-iJ^L^uiJ
(22:5); ^^t-^ia^ (31:14) ; ^o^]^ (25:17).
1. The only changes in the stem are in the forms v^cA^ ^ ^^oh^A ^
^^^1 , where the becomes a half -vowel.
2. With ^siwaJ (from v-cwaJ) and like forms, the suffixes and their
union vowels are,
7 P
<n or sAOia-i ^ (n--_ ^ ,__ ^ ^
3. With ^h^ , ^i^ , ^Q.r;waZ ^ ^Z^^ and ,^^^ , the suf-
fixes and union vowels are,
or
P P b- P
4. The 2d masc. sing, has sometimes a second form before suffixes, to
7 ^ P m V ^
wit: ^J-i^^- , ^Ti-^^A.sZ J _^^^Z .
E. The Imperative with Suffixes.
The following are the forms of the Imperative with Suffixes
2d masc. sinjr.
2d fem. singr.
2d masc. plur.
2d fem. plur.
1 sg. sufi".
7 h.
PS.,,
3 sg. m.
3sg.f.
a: a.
Ipl.
7 J^
X 1-
a. !>.
''*'..
^c^
L^OfS (Ps. 22:11); o^i^i^aa (3:3); ^3u.Joy-ucl (Ps. 2:11) ; ^cis-.*i
(Ps. 22:23) ; -aic^c] (id.) ; ^cJ] j^? (Pg. 28:9).
1. The 2d masc. sing, inserts ^ before all suffixes.
^ 52.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 63.
2. The N^ of the 2(i fern. sing, and the o of the 2d masc. plur. become:
full vowels before suffixes.
3. The w of the 2d fern. plur. is dropped.
4. The long forms of the Imperative plural {{. e. ^ob^ and ^^^o-^ =)
are joined to the suffixes in the same way as the short form of the femin-
ine plural.
F. The Infinitives and Participles with Suffixes.
1. The Infinitive P^'al takes the suffixes of nouns without any change
except the dropping of the second vowel before all save the suffix of the
1st sing. See 81.
2. Occasionally the Infinitive P*'al is joined to the 3d masc. and 3d
fern. sing, suffixes by a Yudh after the analogy of the Imperfect ; e. g.
y^oi n ^ Nn h \n to take Mm, ou-cj.aio to free her. See Noldeke, ? 191.
3. The Infinitives of all the derived stems change the ending o to -^Q
and take the usual nominal suffixes. See 85.
4. Participles take the nominal suffixes.
I 52. Guttural Verbs.
9r- (4:7); ^"^ (32:1); a^^ (24:2); ^I^] (5:1); ^%>i (1:13); 5^i-li
(Ps.l9:8); r^(Ps.29:9); t^ {= ^Ofl) to want ; r^zG for joizu
T
he shall break; oi^f (Luke 6:12) ; c^ii^ (Mk. 12:17).
1. Verbs whose first radical is a guttural, or Rish, are regular.
2. Verbs whose second radical is a guttural, or Rish, sometimes in East
Syriac take a where we would expect e, e. g. ^^**4 (West Syriac r^) to
3. When the third radical is a guttural (for verbs tertiae Olaph, see
57, 60), or Rish, it changes an immediately preceding e into a.
Note 1. In the Pa'el and Aph'el, this change of e into a causes the
Participles Active and Passive to coincide.
Note 2. In accordance with this rule, many intransitives, like r^>fl^ ,
which would naturally have e, take a in the P^'al Perfect.
4. In a few cases, when the third radical is a guttural, or Rish, Q of
the Imperfect and Imperative is changed into a.
5. Verbs whose third radical is ^ always receive a before it.
54 , ele:ments of syriac. [U 53, 54,
?53. Pe Nun Verbs.
1. t^ (Mt. 19:7) ; ^ (23:18) ; ^^ (Acts 10:13) ; ^^ (Mk. 9:21) ; <^
(Mt. 21:21); c^ (Mk. 16:11).
2. C^ (= r-4^-lJ) (Lk. 11:21) ; woqIj (Mt. 2:6) ; r^2 (Acts 16:18) ;
VsJ (Mt. 5:29) ; r^^^ (Mt. 24:29) ; ^-^^^ (Mt. 1:20) ; ^1 (Mt. 17:1) ;
^-^^ (Lk. 14:5) ; '^'"^ (Mt. 5:31) ; ^-^1 (Heb. 4:8) ; ^^ (Jer. 6:8).
Pe Nun verbs are regular in the Ethp*'el, Pa'el and Etbpa'al stems. In
P*'al they are regular in the Perfect and in the Participles. But
1. In the P''al Imperative the Nun is generally dropped.
2. In the P*'al Imperfect and Infinitive and in the Aph'el and Ettaph'al
stems throughout, the Nun is generally assimilated. See 18. In Pe
Nun verbs which are also 'E ^E or 'E Waw, the Nun is firm. See 2 62. 2.
154. 'E'E Verbs.
TABULAR VIEW.
P'al.
Aph'el.
Ethtaph'al.
Palpel.
Perfect,
V.
if
m 7
7^
Imperfect,
7.7'
*. 7
Imperative,
'7.7' ,
. ^.
Part. Act,
h. P^V
^ p. 7'
h. P^ 7
Part. Act,
jOiVys
7.7' -
*. 7
Part Pass.,
.. A ^<a
7^ 7
7. 7
EemarJc. The first three forms of the P*'al Perfect are,
7. ^. . . .7,
The 3d masculine singular and plural of the Imperfect are.
54.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. '85
1. S-4I (Acts 1:3) ; ^? (Acts 20:33) ; ^ (Lk. 24:5) ; f ^r^ (Gal. 4:14) ;
"^=1 (Mt. 6:6) ; ^=1 (Mt. 7:13).
2. ^ij (John 10:9) ; ^^ (Mt. 16:21) ; ^'1 (Rom. 7:7) ; ^^^ (Rom.
14:11) ; uaii (John 19:24) [-ssi2* from wsol^Z , .^ajk^ froift ^ ^niV ] ;
^I (Lk. 1:35) ; ^] (Mt. 9:31) ; ^ (Mt. 23:12) [t^ from i^].
3. ifj [for ^^^] (Acts 16:29) ; -*-U (1 Pet. 2:23) ; .^:^ (1 Cor. 12:26) ;
l^^ (Gal. 5:17); ^? (1 Cor. 10:6) ; but ^1^ (Mt. 10:12) ; ^b'(Heb.
11:16) ; PU (John 19:42) ; w--^ (1 Cor. 4:4) ; ^a^ (Rom. 11:10).
4. wn^Jii-I (Rev. 9:1) ; f-^n ^ s^ (1 Thes. 2:7) ; ^A (Mt. 23:12) ; "4-14
(2 Tim. 2:5); ua:^4^ (Mt. 12:20) ; ^l^^^l (Mt. 13:17) ; r^r^i^
(Acts 17:16) ; ^^5oU] (Phil. 1:20).
In verbs -whose 2d and 3d radicals are identical the Ethp^'el is regular.
1. In the P*'al Perfect and Imperative the second and third radicals are
contracted into one, the vowel of the second radical being thrown back
upon the first. When a syllable follows, the second and third radicals are
written as one, but pronounced as two, e. g. reggath, noddHhun.
The P*'al Perfect is the form given in the dictionary.
2. In the P*'al Imperfect and Infinitive, and in the Aph'el and Et-
ph'al stems throughout, the vowel of the second radical is thrown back
upon the first, and the first radical is doubled and hardened.
3. a. The Part. Act. of P^'al in the first form, i. e. the 3d m. sg., is like
the same form in E-Waw verbs, the second radical is changed into Olaph,
which is pronounced like Yudh (-^1' = royeth). See 2. c. and ^ 59. 4.
h. But when additions for state, gender or number are made to the
first form of the Participle, the Olaph is generally dropped, and the
primitive second radical is doubled.
c. The Participle Passive of P^'al is regular.
4. In the intensive stem, though we have sometimes the regular forms,
we usually have the Palpel and Ethpalpal. The stem of Palpel is formed
by doubling the contracted P*'al, or simple stem. Palpel and Ethpalpal
are inflected like Pa'el and Ethpa'al.
56 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 55.
65. Pe Olaph Verbs.
1. ilcl (27:6); ^^]m:9); ^^^j (32:14) ; ^M (Acts 10:13) ; c^M
(23:17); -^M (Lk. 17:23); N (Mt.2:20); o:^! (23:6); ^1 (32:10);
r-^l {ML 3:3) ; JHf^l (Acts 2:16) ; ,^1^ (32:8). See 64. 4.
2.^^U (4:13); ^^1^ (5:10); ^^aljj (5:12); jlc]! (26:9); ^U
(32:11); ^1^(4:13); r^l^ (23:10) ; -A. (Phil. 2:19) ; ^Q^l (Mk.
14:14).
3. rJ^U] (28:1); aX^UI (James 4:9); ^^^1 (Mk.5:26); ua-ir(Acts
20:20); ^Q^ (Acts 4:18); r^^4 (Mt. 25:10); ^oiiiZiJ (Rev. 18:15) ;
Zjlfli] thou hast hound thyself (Jos. Styl. 2:13) ; r^^l (Mk. 25:16) ;
ri|o(l:6).
4. r^4 (3It. 22:7) ; r^c] (Mt. 21:33) ; iloZ2J (Thes. Syr. 126) ; H*o1aL
(Acts 22:16); r''
1. In Pe Olapli verbs, the Olapli receives a helping vowel in the P^'al
and Ethp''el stems. In the Ethp''el this vowel is thrown back upon the
preceding Taw. See 3 below.
N'ote 1. In the P^'al Perfect this helping vowel is *
Note 2. In the P^'al Imperative, with ^ in the second syllable, the
Olaph has * ; in tlie Imperative with '^ the Olaph has '^ ; in the Impera-
tive with * the Olaph is dropped. 23. 1. (1).
Note 3. In the P*'al Participle Passive the Olaph takes "^
2. In the P''al Imperfect and Infinitive of verbs which have 2 in the
second syllable of the Imperf. the vowel of the pref ormative is - ; in verbs
which have ^ in the second syllable of the Imperf., the preformative has
generall}' =" . In either case the Olaph quiesces in the preceding vowel.
Note. In the P''al Imperfect 1st sing, one Olaph falls out. I 23. 2. (1).
3. In Ethp^'el, Ethpa'al, and in the Imperfect, Infinitive and Participles
of the Pa'el, the vowel of the Olaph is thrown back upon the preceding
consonant, and the Olaph quiesces.
Note 1. In the 1st sing. Pa'el one Olaph is dropped and the form
becomes ^-a^ (for ^-sl^]).
66.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 67
Mote ^. In ^aX the Olaph of the Pa'el stem often falls away after
preformatives.
JVote 3. In the Ethp*'el of t-^i to seize, and of some other verbs, and in
the Ethpa'al of r-s^ to trade, the Olaph is dropped and the Taw generally
doubled. See ? 22. 1. (2).
Note 4. In "West Syriae, when Olaph with a vowel is preceded by an
inseparable particle, the particle takes the vowei and the Olaph quiesces.
See ^ 34. 2.
4. In Aph'el, Shaph'el and their passives, Pe Olaph verbs pass over
into the formation of verbs Pe Yudh. See 'i 58. 3. For ^M compare
U 58. 3. Note. (2), and 64. 4.
Remark. ^<y^ to remember is treated in "West Syriae as if it were a Pe
Olaph verb ; e. g. rJ-?^o (1 Thes. 1:3) ; o?^o (1 Pet. 5:8).
56. E Olaph Verbs.
1. lL,]l (Lk. 1:40) ; ^1^ (Heb. 3:10) ; ^1^ (Thes. Syr. 438).
2. ^U (31:6) ; i^U (Heb. 10:6) ; .^U (1 John 5:15) ; .ciw::;.^ (John
16:24); 2^|i? (John 21:18) ; ^UJ (James 1:6) ; ^Iji (Heb. 12:13) ;
"^i^ (3 John 15); ^ (Acts 12:8); oL\ij^ (Lk. 14:18); N^-*^ (Jos.
Styl. 3:15) ; -^1^1 (Acts 7:19) ; -^\^A (22:8).
3. ^^Uj (Mt. 18:19) ; ^l^^ (Acts 7:6) ; ^ * ^^i 1 ^ (Lk. 6:33) ;
,^cna^UJ (Mt.7:9).
4. <U(Mt.5:42); PU (Mt. 20:20) ; ^U (Mt. 20:22); <|1 (Mt.22:4);
<U^(Mt.2:4);'^lLi.|(Acts*25:26); ^cL:ilJ(Rm.6:19); w^4(Ps.5:3).
1. In E Olaph verbs, when Olaph ends a syllable it quiesces in the
vowel preceding it.
2. When Olaph is preceded by a consonant, it throws back its vowel
and quiesces in it.
3. When neither Olaph nor the consonant preceding it had a vowel, the
helping vowel -^ was given to the consonant preceding Olaph, and the
latter quiesced.
58
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
[?57,
Note. This helping vowel was first given to the Olaph and then thrown
back, as in 2 above.
4. The Participle Active P'^al and the Intensive stem throughout are
regular.
Note. For ^-^K to he goody the Intensive in use is ^ ^ * I from ^-^
Compare 59. 5.
? 57. Lomadh Olaph Guttural Yerbs.
1!^ (Rev. 22:11) ; U^ (Acts 20:1) ; A-^ she has consoled; 'A^ thou hast
consoled ; A-"^-^! have consoled ; ||- y^^^lo (Is. 2:12) ; h^ to teach ;
U^A to he adorned; \^A (Job 18:3) ; cjl^ (Acts 16:40) ; ^
(2 Cor. 7:6) ; cUko (Tit. 1:9) ; cjl^^l (Acts 15:31).
In a few verbs whose third radical is Olaph, the Olaph is treated
throughout as a guttural, and the second vowel of the Pa'el is a instead
of 6. When the consonant preceding Olaph is unvoweled, it draws the
vowel of the Olaph to itself, the Olaph quiescing. Most verbs originally
of this class have come to be treated as Lomadh Olaph verbs. See ? 60.
158. PeYudh Verbs.
TABULAR VIEW.
P^'al.
Ethp^'el.
Aph'el.
Eshtaph'al.
Perfect,
^f\
^c|
V y
Imperfect,
a:
rf^
y y
Imperative,
h
r^4
* y
y y
Infinitive,
i^ y *
Part. Act.,
,:i^2N:io
y
y y
Part. Pass.,
y 7
58.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 59
Remark 1. -^H means to inherit; s^ to he horn; i-o-* to hum; '^r* to
know.
V V. V
Remark 2. The first three forms of the Perfect P*'al are, -^H , ^'^t^ ,
y y )>. .
2Zj-i . The 3d sing, and 3d plur. masc. of the Imperf. are, ^'P , ^^'P
X X ^ X
1. .ji^ (15:9); r^A (Mt. 2:1); ^r^ (Acts 28:10); ^ J^V . ^ ^ (Lk.
*e> 7 AX * y
21:14) ; P (25:15) ; r^ (32:21) ; -^H to inherit; f^ to hum; '^r- to
y y y y
know; r^- to he heavy ; v^oi-* to give; ''^? know ; ^^^ siV; ^^oi ^2i;e;
oc^ (24:10) ; A--i] (23:14).
2. ylji (Rev. 12:2) ; I'>\^ (1 Cor. 15:50) ; ^r^l j^ (Lk. 1:31) ; ^^P (Mt.
19:29); ^^^ (Rev. 3:21); ^'ij (Mt. 13:2) ; ^^ (Mt. 13:11) ; V
(Mt. 9:30) ; ^M (Mk. 10:17) ; '^l (Phil. 3:8).
3. asZc](lCor.6:8); ai.?c^Mt. 18:31); r^o] (Mt.l:l); r^ai (Mt. 3:12) ;
oaLI (Lk. 23:39) ; o^^^^l (James 5:1) ; '^jo^ (Rev. 1:1) ; '^joi^l (Acts
12:11).
4. r^(Mt.l5:4); r^2^ (John 4:44); 'Hz] (Rom. 3:7); 9^ (2Cor.9:8);
^^ (Rev. 8:7) ; ^'^^1 (Is. 44:26).
Remark V^l (3:16).
1. Verbs whose first radical was originally Waw, change this Waw into
Yudh, whenever it would begin a syllable. The only exceptions are P
y
it is necessary, and r^o to appoint.
Rem. 1. Pe Waw verbs take * in the P'^al Perfect.
Rem. 2. The Yudh, whenever it would stand with a half-vowel
(1) Quiesces in Hebhoso at the beginning of a word, except in ^soi- to
give. See \ 64. 7.
60 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 58.
(2) Is dropped in the Imperative P*'al of '^t-* to know^ cs^ to sit, and
V
y-0L- to give.
(3) In the middle of a word, quiesces in Hebhoso, which is then thrown
back upon the preceding consonant ( 33. 3).
2. After the preformatives of the P*'al, the Waw, changed to Yudh,
unites with the vowel of the preformative to form, in the East Syriac, e,
which in the "West Syriac is further changed to *. This I is written mostly
with an Olaph following, so that Pe Waw verbs come to have in the Im-
perfect, Imperative and Infinitive P''al the same forms as Pe Olaph verbs
which have a in the Imperfect ( 55. 2). All Pe Waw verbs except ^-^^
to sit (see Notes below) and v-^oi^ to give (see ? 64.) have their Imperfect
and Imperative in a.
Rem. 1. ^^i-* to know and ^^^ to sit lose their first radical after the
preformatives of the P''al, and by way of compensation double the first
radical, hence becoming like Pe Nun Verbs.
Rem. 2. In the first person singular of the Imperfect one Olaph is
dropped, e. g. -^'1 I shall inherit.
3. The Aph'el, Shaph'el and their reflexives, have Waw as the first rad-
ical even in verbs whose first radical was originally Yudh. The Aph'el,
etc., of Pe Olaph verbs coincides with these in form (see I 55. 3).
Rem. ^-^^ to Slick has in the Aph'el ^-ai-l , though ^-Uo| is also found
(see Thes. Si/r., p. 1608). "^1 to howl (from "^ , not found in P^'al) is
the only other exception to the rule. ^M is from l-^l to come (see ^ 64. 4).
4. The Pa'el and Ethpa'al are regular.
Rem. 1. Pe Yudh verbs often take prosthetic Olaph in those forms
where the Yudh quiesces in Hebhoso.
Rem. 2. Some Pe Olaph verbs pass over in certain forms into the Pe
Yudh class, e. g. ^-a^ to learn, ^-^^ to teach, ^^^i- for >ai| to be Hack,
tr for t'l to he long.
59.]
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
59. llWaw Verbs.
TABULAR VIEW.
61
P'al.
Ethp^'el or
Ettapli'al.
Apli'el.
Pa'el.
Perfect,
>=U5
^Iz]
= 7
>:^|
Imperfect,
>cQ-aJ
>CU-QJ
>q113
Imperative,
>ci3
yaZolz]
m 7
Infinitive,
Part. Act.,
J^ c
?.. p 7
>GU-0Ziu:iO
>n.^V
>q1Lso
Part. Pass.,
a:
7 7
P 7 p
Remark. The first three forms of the Pe al Perfect are >" , i^^^ ,
^^^^o^ The 3d masc. sing, and plur. of the Imperf. are >ca-oJ ^ ^oi^ca-oJ .
1. >:^{32:7); ^^ (Mt. 9:25) ; ^^ (Acts 24:20); cLi^(29:8); >aLo
(19:12) ; Q^nlio (Mt. 3:9} ; alv.^2^ (24:11) ; -^ (Phil. 2:26).
2. ^ccto (Mt. 2:13) ; ^^ (25:4) ; ^^ (17:16) ; ^cZolcJ (25:13).
3. >a^ (32:8) ; >^-^ (25:14) ; >o-ilo| (John 12:1) ; r::-^r-J^ (30:1) ; ^^-^^^
x a: * a: X
(Mt. 12:11); o^^^i-^l (23:2); cj-^ZZ] (24:16); ^t^-^^i^ (20:10).
4. >cU) (31:13); r^^^ (27:3); '^Yl (18:4).
5. 0.1^ (23:8); v-^al^J (23:5); oi^l^ (Acts 15:32) ; >all:^ (Col. 2:13) ;
0^4 (Rev. 3:4).
7 /^ 7 -.s ^ 7
6. 1=' ?o exult; ^o^l ^o si'jt; ^al^ to join; 90-* ^o he white; ]ooi ^o Z>e;
7 P P
>^s-i. to teach; 1^ to repent; ]a^ to desire.
Remark ^^-^ (Mt. 22:25) ; ^^^-^ (Rom. 7:10) ; oh.^U> (Mt. 2:20).
62 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 59.
1. "WTienever in tlie regular verb the combinations wd, wo (from wd) or
'tea (from awa) would arise, they are contracted into 6 (from d). This
takes place in the P''al Perfect (k*wam = kom), in the P''al Infinitive
(mekwam = m* kom), in the Aph'el and Ethp^'el and Ettaph'al Infin-
itives (makwomu = m*k6mu and methtakwomu metfkomu),
and in the Aph'el Pass. Part, (makwak = m'kom). See 29.5. (3).
2. Whenever wu, 'wu^ or w' (from wu) would occur, they are changed
into A This change takes place in the Imperat. P*'al (k'wum = kum),
and in the Imperfect P''al (nckwum = n*kum, nekw''mun = n*ku-
mun).
3. Whenever we (from wi), 'we (from awa) or *wi (from awi) would occur,
the w is changed to y and contraction into i takes place. Througliout the
Aph'el Perf., Impcrf., Imperat. and Part. Act. we becomes t ( 'akim =
'akwem); in the P''al Part. Pass, 'ift becomes t (k'wim = kim); in
the Ethp*'el 'we becomes t, and the Taw is doubled and hardened (see
1 19. 3). (Ethk'wem becomes Etfkim, a half-vowel being inserted
before the first radical.)
4. In the Part. Act. owe [dwe) becomes oye, the y in the first form, i. e.
masc. sing., being written with Olaph (see ? 2. (1) c), but elsewhere with
P OP X P
Yudh, e. g. >c|-d , 1"^ * ^ , v^ * '^ ' ^ Where the third radical is a guttural
we find oya, as in '^ll (? 26. 1. (1)). In Joshua the Stylite, p. 3, 1. 20, we
find t--^ written, instead of ^\^
5. In the Pa'el and Ethpa'al atcive and awwa generally become ayye,
ayya. Merx-Hoffmann, I QQ. vi., mentions nineteen verbs which some-
times or always have Waw in the Pa'el or Ethpa'al. For ^ ^ * ^ see
I 56. 4 Note.
6. Some verbs, mostly denominatives, are regularly conjugated. All
verbs whose third letter is Olaph have the Waw firm.
Rem. 1. The intransitive in ^ from awi is found in the P^'al Perfect
p
of i^-fcifi to die. Elsewhere it is like >a^
Rem. 2. The only E-Yudh verb which differs in any respect from E-
Waw verbs is >^^ , which has >='^^ in the P''al Imperative and >a-k-aJ in
the P''al Imperfect.
Rem. 3. The preformatives of the P^'al and Aph'el sometimes take a
short vowel, e. g. ^a-J (Rom. 11:21). See Noldeke, I 177. C.
60.]
Ulkments of sybiao.
B3
' 60. Lomadh Olaph Verbs.
TABULAR VIEW.
Pe'al.
Ethpel.
Pa el.
Apli'el.
Perfect,
^^
^k^^^ZJ
*fc:aC9f
Imperfect,
U^ji
ll^JSwJ
iio^
^V
Imperative 2m. sg..
^9
-^^'4
uj;
\^s\
2f. sg.
^1^9
^9^1
P7
w^9
^9f
2in.pl,
aLS94
77
cicjf
2f. pi.
^^9Z[
* P7
^-^'f
Infinitive,
l^r^
ft. p^
C.j.L09'.l0
i. P 7
> P 7
Part. Active.
1^1
j:^^^
, 7
Part. Passive,
v^:^9
7 7
7 7
Remark. The following forms are to be noted: P'al Perfect
3rd sg. fern. ^9, 2nd sg. masc. Li.:^9, 1st sg. ^^S 3rd masc. pi. 0^9,
3rd fem. pi. - "^^ , 3rd sg. fem. Etlip^^el and in all other stems ends in
lIi^, 1st sg. in ^Jl^c, 3rd. fem. pi. in wiLc9, all other forms being like
those of the P*al. In the Imperfect, the sufformatives of all the stems
are the same, e. g. 2nd sg. fem. ^^9i, 3rd masc. pi. ^aia jJ, 3rd fem. pi.
1. ]^ (1:1); Jod (1:1); L.^ (Acts 22:15); l^y^ (6:5); cJci (5:7);
^o^ (30:19); ^iLooi (Mk. 5:34); ^ozLL^tf (18:8); ^V (^^' ^^2);
V^4> (Lk. 23:56).
2. -5-.(Lk.23:8); ^^(14:7); cu^.*. (Acts. 11:18); v-.::^i(Lk. 23:56);
^^^^ (Phil. 1:18); ^^ (2 Cor. 7:13); l^ (Rev. 2:2); ^0^4
(27:11); ^i9f(ll:5);w-.:^^(12:13);cL^a.I(Mt.8:33);w-i?z] (Mt. 8:3);
84 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. [ 60.
a-^9/] (Lk. 17:14); ziLchi (22:12); o^IcM (11:11); ^-^^1 (6:6);
zLal (18:17); wi*^^[ (30:15); a-V^4 (30:18).
3. |o^ (1:3); U^jJ (11:11); ]^f (6:14); ^ocaJ (2:3); ^1^ (16:7);
jilj (19:9); jocii (18:3); ^IsZZ (6:15); ji^iJ w;e will build. (16:5).
4.^^ (11:10); Q^ifi (2:13); ^y^ (32:S); aisZ[ (20:6); ii?4
(Mt. 8:3); ^oZZ[ (Eev. 2:5); ^Is^jf (Mt. 17:27); ^i^'i] (John 21:6).
5. 1^^ (17:3); |isl^ (18:18); ^..l^I^ (20:19); ]ll^ (Mk. 14:17);
v.mlv (29:3); ,--jaL* (20:19); ^^^^ (20:19); j:!^ (Lk. 23:2);
^-..^^ (Eom. 16:18); ^li^a (19:10); da^^ (19:13); qIl^j^
(Mt. 15:26); al<^^i^ (Gal. 3:23); ]y^ (13:1).
Lomadh Olaph verbs (not guttural, see 57) are those in which an
Olaph quiescent, or vowel letter, has taken the place in the 3rd sing.
masc. Perf. P*al of the original 3rd radical Waw, Yudh or Olaph.
1. AivUf aya or a^a, becomes o in the 3rd sing. masc. and fern. Perf.
P**al; awi, ayi or a'e, becomes i in the 1st pers. sing.; awUj ayu or a'u,
becomes aiv in the 3rd masc. plur. ; atcy^ ayy or a'^, becomes ay in the
3rd fem. plur.; and aw or a' becomes ay in the 1st plur. and in the
2nd pers. throughout, ay remaining unchanged.
2. The P^'al Perf. of Intransitive verbs and the Perfect of all the
derived stems of all verbs have w in the 3rd sing. masc. and before
all endings for gender and number and person except the 3rd fem. sing.,
which is regular (i.e. ^-^ like "L^h^i).
Bemark 1 . In the 3rd masc. plur. a* is the diphthong iu, see 8. 1 . (3).
Remark 2. The 3rd fem. plur. of the derived stems is distinguished
from the 3rd masc. sing, by Rebbuy 13.
Remark 3. The Taw of the 1st pers. sing, is aspirated, e. g. L^^
h^dhithj that of the 2nd pers. is unaspirated, e. g. hZ^sOi nasstt.
3. In all Imperfects, the 3rd sing. masc. and the forms like it (see
45. Rem. 5), end in | from ay, the 2nd fem. sing, ends in ^ from
ayin, the masc. plur. 2nd and 3rd pers. ends in .o, the preceding radical
with its vowel being dropped; the fem. plur. 2nd and 3rd pers. is
regular, the 3rd radical, however, being in every case Yudh. e. g.
61.]
ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.
65
4. In the first form of the Imperative, the original a remains un-
changed in the Ethp^'el; in the P^'al, ay is changed to^ ; and in all
the other species the last radical is dropped and the vowel heightened
to 6 (a). The 2nd fem. sing, of all the stems ends in^, see 8. 2. (2).
The 2nd masc. plur. ends in o , the Yudh of the root having been
dropped. The 2nd fem. plur. ends in ,-.4.*.
BemarJc 1. The P'al Imperat. 2nd masc. sing, of ]z] to come is
]1. see 64. 2. The same form from |.L- to sprout, jjsa-. to swear, and
w^~A.| to drink, ends in y-.*..
Remark 2. In the 2nd masc. plur., the long forms .o]^9, .oa:^ are
sometimes used; in the 2nd fem. plur. a short form in 2. is sometimes found.
Remark 3. The form ^z] is used in Lk. 9:38, 22:32, instead
of the more usual Ethp'el Imperative. According to Bar Hebraeus
^|z| was used for v*aJZ| from |^ to strike (see Duval p. 194). In
some editions of the New Testament in E-ev. 2:5, 15, 3:3, 19 jo^^j
is used instead of ^oZZ|.
5. All participles end in | except the Pa' el and ApKel passive
which end in ^ .
61.
Lomadh
Olaph Verbs with Suffixes
Peal
Pa el
with '7n*m".
Form
without
suffixes.
Form
with
suffixes.
Form with
Form with
"Aim"
Perfect,
3. masc. sing.
K
^
^V
wflwlL^
3. fam. sing.
^^
^
-^
aii:^
,^:^;
S.mascopluro
^
^
(i\)-ol.
s-qolL^
v^qin *.^->^
3. fem. plur.
-^
-^^
-I^
.. "v ^
Imperfect,
S.masc.sing.
^
-^
0..^
8. masc. plur.
v^
v^
oii^
i^s^)^^
{^ml)^^^
6
ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO.
[ CI.
Peal
Pa'el
with "/ler".
Form
without
suffixes.
Form
with
suffixes.
Form with
"Aer".
Form with
Imperative,
sing. masc.
-K
-H
-H
^9^^
-^
sing. fern.
-^
-Jk
-H
^^^K
^K
plur. masc.
^
'K
-K
^aio^^
"'.leli;^
plur. fern.
.:<'>
^^
!>-. 7
\ X
1. mzy. (26:19); ,.ai-.L.^ (15:8); ^Li^^f (12:15); s^gi /*v> (25:11);
o.^ (30:12); .aii. (12:14); waio|^^ (12:9); ^ol^jfo (12:3);
^o|jaI (20:11).
2. ^OTo^]^ (26:7); ^oia-.:soiJ (27:15); ^ai.ala (2 Cor. 3:1); 1^^3
(Kom. 7:24); ^n-Jo>-.2 (26:11); ouS^* (14:2); ^o>^3 (32:14);
^^qyAlyill (Rev. 1:7); (jiJc]-iJ (Rom. 15:21).
3. ^^a (Mt. 6:13); ^^ (John. 12:27); ^gic|v^(Heb. 3:1).
4. ^..Zal^^ (Mt. 8:2); oi-}-.4i6 (Lk. 23:8).
1 . The forms ending in a consonant suffer no change before suffixes.
The suffixes are appended by means of the same union vowels as are
employed with the same forms in the regular verb, see 51. Of forms
ending in a vowel, it may be remarked :
(1). The 3rd sing. masc. P'al drops Olaph and appends the
suffixes directly.
(2). The 3rd sing. masc. of the derived stems changes final v to .
(t to *y) and appends the suffixes as in the regular verb, Yudh being
treated as a radical.
(3). The 3rd masc. plur. appends the suffixes directly to the forms
cm^oroo^.
(4). The 3rd fem. plur. takes the form 'A^I.^, Yudh being treated as
S 62.1 ELEMENTS OP STBIAO. ^7
a consonant and the suffixes appended with their usual union vowels,
see 36.
2. The forms of the Imperfect which end in ]* change this ending
into ^"to which the suffixes are appended directly. The forms of the
Imperfect which end in a consonant are regular, see 51. B.
3. The forms of the Imperative, that end in a vowel append the
suffixes without any change, except that the Olaph of the masc. sing.
Pa'el is dropped. The 2nd fem. plur. adds the suffixes by means
of the customary union vowels, without any change in the perfect form,
,^;i^ becomes ^iL and Q^^!>nm becomes olL or oa!:L^; the same as the
3rd masc. plur. of the Perfect.
2^ofe. 3. In the 2nd fem. sing. Imperat., the Yudh is sometimes
omitted in writing e. g. Judith 10:16 ^(jio}q- instead of ^oiQ-.]a^.
4. Infinitives and Participles are inflected like nouns, see 81
^IuilIio and 1]^^.
62. Doubly Weak Verbs.
1. Qjf [R. \nl\ (2 Cor. 13:5); ^T-^V [K. |^] (Eev. 9:19); o-L^
(Rev. 11:5); PA^ i^- Plj (John 16:20); ^[ (Mt. 11:17);
^fflj^ [R. ].wl] (Mk. 6:13); |i|i [for |ip] (John 4:47); >^r|z[
(Mt. 8:13); SA^ (Mt. 25:11); oZ[ (Mt. 27:33); ]z|J (Mt. 10:13);
^t^\ (M. 14:11); jof^ (Mt.^:25).
2. w4^f(Heb. 4:7); ^,>lv(30:l);vJ:ia3(Mt. 25:5); wa^f (Acts 13:16);
|JJ, It will be abominable. (R. *Ti3).
3. lloa! (Mt. 12:45); ]ooi^ (Mt. 19:21); ^oJ (Acts 1:3); \lo^
(Heb. 9:16); ^^ (1 Tim. 4:2); ]^Z (Tit. 3:13); jaa (Rom. 1:11);
o^ZL (Mt. 15:32); ^oS (1 Thes. 5:7); cLi. (Lk. 20:35); |o|L:^
(Mt. 5:25).
4. ]\1 (Heb. 2:10); o\I> (Mt. 19:13); Iu*|3 (Gal. 4:10); iJp (Rom. 16:6);
l]|^(Rev. 22:11).
5. ^]1 [R. ,5i<], thou sighest', ^f c]z[ [R. n\s] (Is. 26:9), I have desired]
68 ELEMENTS OF STRIAO. [ 63. 64.
|c|L^ [R. mx] (Mt. 5:25); ^jli^ [E. rnx**] (Lk. 16:21) (^|-l^
id. Philox.).
1 . Verbs Pe Nun and Lomadh Olaph, or Pe Olaph and Lomadh Olaph,
partake everywhere of the peculiarities of both.
2. In verbs Pe Nun and E Waw, or Pe Nun and E, the Nun every-
where remains as in the strong verb.
3. Verbs E AVaw and Lomadh Olaph retain the "Waw as consonant.
4. In verbs E Olaph and Lomadh Olaph, the E Olaph remains, but as
usual its vowel is shifted to the preceding consonant and the Olaph
quiesces according to the rule given in 56.
5. Some further peculiarities of verbs one of whose radicals is Olaph
may be seen above under 5.
63. Quadriliterals.
l.^?al (Rev. 1:1); ^jl (Acts 15:18); o,^^Z (Acts 14:20)
jLolf (1 Cor. 1:25); li^L* (Mt. 6:26); ou>.NSfl^ (Acts 13:33)
,vSz4 (Mt. 27:57); ^nmv4 (2 Cor. 8:9); cWlm[ (Acts 12:11)
l^jpl^ (Mk. 9:20) "tvallowing".
2. ,_Ai^?Mtf (Mk. 1:32, [Philox.]) ^ossesse^ of demons.
y^m-f.m:io [R. ^jzioih] (Acts 20:16), hastening.
^53-4. (R. '^i^J (Rev. 1:1), to make known.
fLJi [R. jJLtf] (Heb. 12:2), he endured,
^^^baio [from KaTTjyopB'ji] (John 5:45), accusing.
1. Quadriliteral verbs have the same inflection as the Pa' el and
Ethpa'al, the doubled middle radical being superseded by the 2nd and
3rd radicals of the quadriliteral.
2. Quadriliterals are mostly denominatives, intensives, or causatives.
64. Anomalous and Defective Verbs.
1 . ^il to go has the Lomadh quiescent in the forms where the second
radical is devoid of a vowel. The Imperative is "^1. The Imperfect is
regular i, e. ^lU*
64.] ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO. 99
2. ^^^] to drink follows the conjugation of the P**al. The Imperative,
however, is ^^^^j, see 60. 4., Rem. 1. Imperf. |L*J, Part. Act. |L^,
Infin. ]^.uLifi. On the prosthetic Olaph, see 20. 1, Rem. 1.
3. ' "^*-| to find, lilie ^h.^} , follows the conjugation of the P^'al,
the Olaph being prosthetic, see 20, Eem. 1, e. ff. wi^IulJ (Mt. 8:28),
Imperat. ^l^, Part. Pass. i>nA. (2 Pet. 1:8). The Part. Act., how-
ever, is witn4V (Mt. 26:8) and the Infin. n,tin a^. Some of these forms
seem to be Aph'el with the a changed to e according to 20, Rem. 1
and 29. 2.
4. |z) to come has ]Z, ^Z, oZ, r:^^^ (see Mt. 28:6) in the Imperat.
Pe'al. Imperf. |z|J, Part. Act. ]1] . Aphel ^Z^-f see 55. 4, 58. 3,
Note, 62. 1.
5. |c(ji to be when enclitic looses its ci e.g. ]o(n'%.^.^ (Mt. 2:22), see
19. 2(1). In the Imperfect the Waw often falls away, e.g. .osiJ
(Gen. 9:15 [comp. *^'n'^]).
6. ^.*# /o live forms its Perf. and Imperat. and Part. Act. P*,,l like
Lomadh Olaph verbs e. g. lL (Lk 2:36); ol^ (Rev. 20:4); .oL.!.**
(Rom. 6:13); oli* ([Imperat.] Acts. 2:40); U^ (Mt. 4:4). The Infinitive
and Imperfect P'al and the Aph'el and Ettaph'al are formed as if
from an EE root, e, g. ILLj (Nestorian. |JLj from j-L^J as >a-iJ from
>iL^3 or j.aJ from ?^, see 54. 2), |.lz (Mt. 9:18); ^al3 (Rom.
10:1); (t=^ is found in 1 Tim. 2:4, ^al|j is found in 1 Thess. 2:16);
Ui.^ (Mk. 10:26) is the usual form of the Infin. though l"-^ and |.llLio
are found. Examples of the Apli el are: ^1| (30:4); |, lv (John 5:21);
cll^ (30:4); ]^] (Lk. 23:37); Uj (Mt. 16:25); ll|Z (1 Cor. 7:16).
7. In the Perfect of wjdjji^ to give the oi receives linea occultans,
11:1, whenever the ^^ is without a vowel, e. g. ^eiL (28:7); o^aiL
(Mk 15:36); but lJzsiZ (Mk. 6:28); I^ail (28:2). In the Imperat. the
Yudh is dropped, see 23. 1(2), e. g. ^li (Mt. 5:42); .^ct (John 4:7);
ar:n (Mt. 10:8); ^i (Mt. 25:8). The Participles are ^^ail (Mt. 13:23)
and wTusi^ (Mt. 13:11). The Imperfect and Infinitive are formed from
'^iwJ, which is used no-where else e.g.\^ (Mt. 5:31); "^^zllso (Mt. 7:11).
The Ethpiel is ^aLz] (32:23).
8. V nSn) to ascend, in forms where oo ends one syllable and Lomadh
70 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. [g 65.
begins another, has the Lomadh assimilated to the Semkath, 18. 4
^xilal [for > n^m'l] (Mt. 13:2); ui?f [for , n<[rnf] (Mt. 17:1. In the
Imperative P*'al the Lomadh is dropped, see 23. 2(3), e.g. ^cja [for
. ^<r^ 1 (Rev. 4:1), onL (John 7:8).
9. }3o it behooves, ||-* it is tvell, wi?] it is right are used only in the
Part. Act. P*'al in the sense of a present intransitive, e. g, po (25:15);
iP (Mt. 3:15): ^?i (Lk. 24:46). Compare 122.
10. The 3rd fern. Perf. and Imperf. P'al of jj^ is used impersonally;
compare 122, e. g. ^:l^ L-jj (14:7) it grieved Jonah, ]^Z ^o-a^
ye shall grieve (John 16:20). The participles are used in a like sense,
the active as a present or future, the passive as a present or with ,-s
as a past, e.g. .o-al^ \1'^ (John. 16:22); \1-^ (28:12); oub^ jlj-s ^
(Mk. 3:5).
11. As in |j., so in .U>o to grieve or he weary, the 3rd fem. is every-
where used impersonally in the P*'al, e. g. ,^2J|^ (Heb. 3:7);
^alii. ^U ii (Heb. 12:3); ^li. iJ^^ U (Phil. 3:1). Compare 122.
65. lJ\ and w^
1. ..L[ I am" ^i-f "We are"
^Lf "Thou art" ^U "You are"
..i^Lf "Thou (f.) art" ^r^^^ "^^^ (^-^ ^^^"
^aicLf "He is" ^c5i-,Lf "They are"
nLL-f "She is" ^ijLLf "They (f.) are".
2. -1 (Mt. 3:9); ^oLL-l^ (2 Pet. 1:3); ^oicLf (Mt. 6:30); \om woicl-]
(Mt. 3:4); ^:-^ (Mt. 13:13); \om l^ (Lk. 2:7); JhJ\ (Acts 22:3);
^osLL-l (Mt. 4:18); ^(noL-| P (Spic. Syr. 9:9).
tiJ( (Heb. TIJ^.) is really a noun meaning "existence" ; but in usage it
has passed over into the class of verbs. It takes pronominal suffixes
like a plural noun ; but like a verb may be used also with separate
pronouns or with nouns. It sometimes stands uninflected with enclitic
jooi. With li "not", it may be written separately, as in John 12:8;
but generally it coalesces with \i and forms 2^^. See 128.
66.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 7I
66, The Inflection and Classification of Nouns,
A. INFLECTION.
1. (1) jjoiaJ (1:3) from haul to shine,
]^Q^^ (1:2) from >fjL to be dark.
(2) jZootcj fatherhood, from ]^] father,
2. (1)12^(2:15); Lj^I (1:1).
(2)1^^: (1:12); jZozf (2:3).
^9flLi:J (2:3).
3. (1) JlL] (1:2); Jil (2:18).
2^^(1:6); >al.^(3:l).
(2) ]Liu^ (1:10); |2o4 (2:3).
4. ovi^J (6:2); (ji^c? (1:2).
^o5u^ (5:11); ^oLii^ (5:15).
The inflection of nouns includes:
1. The formation of the noun-stems (1) from the root or (2) from
other nouns.
2. The addition of affixes for (1) gender and '2) number.
3. The changes of stem and terminations in the formation of the
states (1) conctruct and (2) emphatic.
4. The addition of pronominal suffixes.
B. CLASSIFICATION.
1. (1) wjJao9 evening; v nwS herb; v.^Cf.0 holiness,
(2) |.poi? ffold; ^-^'r^ leprous; Ujd voice,
(3) ucj-o war; J-j^a-a.^ Messiah; jVi ^s youth,
(4) >c!^ icorld; >cjo standing; "^hZ doorkeeper,
(5) Ua-2i-o murderer; ] ^ > v| slough; j^uoajis abbreviation,
2. (1) i-9^ 6ircZ; Jiioa 6o/#.
(2) I ttSvt sailor; |-.^J quarrelsome; \fh] labour.
72 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 6t).
(3) ]l 4^ tongue; jj^J roof; jj^ root.
(4) >aoo] black; Pla^ question; UToo] marriage,
(5) ,.jl)| /os#; v;>nV) humble; y otmh far.
(6) ^cja-ik. at rest; poZj furnace; {jnn^ sceptre,
(7) .^a.A^ (?ar^; jz^a^c? 6ee.
(8) l-^i^jio mantelet; |.nn <?/e; ji^s a^ter.
3. (1) I-mJ,^ eas^; ]Zc?j:s^ correction; U^Islo weight .
(2) I , ^ Sff\ z scholar; ]A aVa.2 service; l-iTofioi combat.
(3) jay^jol diWwe foti;; ]9o|.a-. /ro^; j^ioJ s7ioo^
4. (1) pf^a^ commandment; pa^wa /tY^Ze 600A:.
(2) |-9QJ /?er^; wo^jo jMat7; ^sq4-m robbery.
(3) jiol^ /b%; ji^ij fe /JsA.
Nouns are differentiated by internal or external means. The in-
ternal means are 1. vowels, 2. doubling of radicals.
1. Those formed by vowels may be divided into those which had
originally.
(1) one short vowel a, i, or u.
(2) two short vowels.
(3) one short and one long vowel.
(4) one long and one short vowel.
(5) two long vowels.
2. Those formed by doubling are such as double the second [(1) (7)]
or third radical (8). These may be subdivided according to their
vowels.
3. Nouns formed by external changes may be formed by prefor-
matives, the most usual of which are Mim and Tau or
4. By sufformatives, the most usual of which are Nun, Yudh
and Waw.
e Qfj-t ELEMENTS OF STEIAC 7S
67. Nouns with one originally short vowel.
1. (1) w-fcioj (U^h evening; <^^ Icing; -f^x^man; >g^^ image but Vq-
field; '^r morning; ^i^ door,
(2) >^ttS herb; wams silver; %iyh (]1^9) foot
(3) w.*,^ holiness; >^o^ &we^/ 9qJJ^ (lt--a-^) ^nfte.
2. (1) ^If earth; J: ship; ]l-i^ (R. '^[) end; \l^ (for jf^aff) many.
(2) w.1*^ iwow^/i/ ^ c^iiZcZ; iLlX sZeejp; |Ls^ care; ]L.^ knoioledge.
(3) ^^^ sowZ; ]^3q4 (^- ^-^) ^^Oi'/ i^^ (^- ^-*^) ^'^ea^^.
(4) ^1j ^nef; ^-*-^ (I^- ^!^^) ^*^'
(5) wsatf e7i<?; >ca-. <fay; .-*09 spirit; ioJ /ire.
_^ e^e; ^^ judgment; iL-s ^owse.
(6) ^f (R. wal|) /bk^e; wii^ (^^4^) *^^-
(7) >a:I|?eoi)fe; |:b^[ wofAer; ^4 dew; ]l=:l strength,
(8) ^^ res^; ]o\2 appearence; \L^jog; |-Laa covering; ]-1los? likeness,
3. jEnSso gween; I^^^J i^/awf; 1^^^ ^a^/"/ |2^J? ^*^-
|as-A-GJ Ariss; jib^ajLio measure.
1 . The vowel * occurs in the absolute and construct singular of most
words of this class which had originally , except in those whose third
radical is a guttural or Rish. These nouns correspond to the Segholates
in Hebrew and like them are divided into three classes : the a class,
the i class and the u class.
2. When the root contains one or more weak radicals, certain
changes occur:
(1) "When the first radical is an Olaph it takes a helping vowel,
except in |Z|- when it is dropped. When the third radical is an
Olaph it throws back its vowel upon the preceding radical and quiesces.
(2) When the first radical is a Yudh, it quiesces in ', or is dropped.
Waw occurs as the first radical only in \^o consultation.
(3) Nouns from Pe Nun roots are usually regular. A few, however,
drop the Nun.
K
f4 ELEMENTS OP SYEIAO. [ (JS.
(4) Nouns from E Olaph roots throw back the vowel and quiesce.
The Olaph may even be changed to Yudh as in ^ n >n.
(5) Nouns from E "Waw and E Yudh roots have the following
changes: wu and uw become u; iw, iy, yi and wi become t; aw remains
unchanged (except in I'ZJoZ cow), but wa becomes o in >ca.^ and ^sai?
(and in Nestorian in .601 understanding, .a.^ color, which, however, in
Jacobite are .oai and .Qm^) ; ay remains unchanged, (except perhaps in
|2^1u^A egg), but ya becomes J in iL^A hov^e, (^^ eye), or as in
T-^ eye.
(6) Nun, when the middle radical, is so retimes assimilated.
(7) In 1 doubled roots, the 2nd and 3rd radicals are contracted into
one and the vowel of the second radical is thrown back upon the first.
(8) I i\4. rest is the only word from a Lomadh Olaph root which
preserves the absolute or construct state ; the emphatic state is regular.
\o\^ appearance, \i^^joy and ]n\4/ rest are the only masculine nouns
of this class that have Waw as the third radical.
The third radical has disappeared in |?Z breast and in jjjJ fruit.
3. Feminine nouns are formed by affixing the feminine ending to the
primary forms, the vowel either remaining with the second or being
thrown back upon the first radical.
68. Nouns with two short formative vowels.
1. tpn? (nnt) gold; ^p^i^ (a>n).
\^li (q23) wing,
2. ^? CiI^T) old; ^] time.
Vll^ (^a) camel.
3. ^^Hi (^l!'?) leprous.
Z^ (d'nn) new; \A^ (bs'r) low; j-o^ (->;^5) sferile*
4. \h^x^ (i^^'^5) breath; |L^^ (J^^S^) low; \L.-^ (T^yT) ^vaste.
]ia3 CjSS) hungry; JZj-cli. (fT^sn) companion.
)^aiJ (Ji^ar!?) roar; JAn'lS (n:5?) gropes,
5. U^ (^ 'p)=kawala, voice.
69. ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. 75
?=sa'abh, elder,
|2^aio=sa'abh^tha, old woman.
liLoik=(j^aik) need.
)ia4=(Kp:3) unclean,
1-3? clean; V^ hard.
]b4^? clean; ]L^^A.ii hard,
|^ikS=baawatha (awa contracted) request.
]Zqjo smell,
|lj^ (for |i|^) dirt,
]L^^\ produce.
Almost all traces of these nouns have disappeared, having for the
most part come to coincide with the last class. We can still distinguish
them (1) in some words which have an aspirate as third radical, and
(2) in those which, not being E or Lomadh guttural, have in the ab-
solute and construct singular under the second radical.
3. Adjectives with but one vowel remaining in the absolute may
also be safely put in this class.
4. Feminines of this class are often of the same form as those of tlie
first class.
5. Examples of nouns of this class from roots with one or more weak
radical may be seen under number 5 above. It will be noted, (1) that
awa or a'a becomes 6; (2) that remains with forms of 'this class when
third radical is guttural Olaph (compare 57); (3) that iy final becomes
I , but when not final v ; (4) that nouns from E doubled roots
are regular.
69. Nouns with one short and one long formative vowel.
1. w^Li) (nrs) writing; y-Cj-c (s^p) war; finL, (nsr) icotJc.
2. ^JiL. (li^n) ass; ^2] C::^i^) man; jjui^l (rh:^) god,
3. >ai;i-A, (u\h'0 peace; lJ^Z (d'ib'r) three.
4. V^iwi C^*^^!^) kilhd; j.^*^] said; \^^] sad, ascetic.
r^-* born; y^y. shorn; yc^:s stt; >a.-D placed.
f^ ELKMENTS OF SYBIAC. [ 70. 71.
^\ tin Aa<e<Z; j-tjcj ("i^px) pruoner; ji^V* (,'^a^) n^/if Aawdio
I ii i 4 Si (n'^>r^) Messiah; ] * m (fi<"Q3) prophet; \\ *\.o crojrw.
|Li-i^ (nrsD) sAip; l-ij-H C^''''^) s^^^'w^/ Ir-*^ ("'^is) ^eas^.
5. Ijala (nx^sc) /mferf; j^i^s^A. (n:-?,^d) /ieflrd i. e. report.
|^3J^(ni!35) s^o/ew i. e. ^/ie/ii; j^J^'oio (S^^^r^s) virgin,
i^nn\ (dn'b) clothing; jz^a^jj CT^^np?) sepulchre.
9. |. V .> \S (^>) you^A/ IL^aL (^[j^.^) /a2(?w; 1^-"^ i)t^.
The short vowel, except when preceded by Olaph, is dropped and
the consonant is pronounced with a half-vowel, which may originally
have been a, i, or m. Nouns of the form kutail are diminutives ; those
of the form katil are usually passive participles Peal; a few of the
form katiil (3*-i?) have the meaning of a passive participle.
70. Nouns with one long and one short formative vowel.
1. >alk:I (a^i") world; )cLl (nnn) signet.
2. V.^ C^'^p) hilling; jzL.^ bird; -Jc^l (^2"r) breaking.
^c\s) standing; ||.JU (=mis) hater; iL^ (n^h) revealing.
Zj? {ZAh) tnmbling.
3. |.ik9Z (-rTr) doorkeeper; ]iw2ik^ ip\'^'?) tvoggon,
]l^] (n:T) harlot; ]^^ (^"'ip) beam; jjoi^ Cjnb) preast.
1 . There are but two nouns with a certainly after the second radical.
2. Nouns of the form ktUil are used as the active participles of verbs,
and to denote the agent; and, in a few sporadic cases, in other senses.
71. Nouns with two long vowels.
1. katul \ioS^ murderer; U^!^ oppressor; jJa-s) eater; UcJ-* jackal;
\hzL^ table,
2. katil Va^i^ weaver^s beam; }Luh'\ gush of rain; ]l.&j^] club; ] jtuVf
slough; ]hr\'iv)i abbreviation.
72. 73.] ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. 77
1. From every active participle, Nomina Agentis can be formed
after the form katul (Compare in Arabic ->:^l^ spt/). Certain other
nouns also take this form.
2. There are a few nouns of the form katil.
fk 72. Nouns with the second radical doubled.
1. 'fS^ bird; \LL^ halm; j^ajs bolt; ]ls.'^hsa ladder,
i?[ threshing-floor; \'^lsi shield; Ji-sa-o hedgehog.
y 2. (1) a a kattal jl^^vi {rh-Q) sailor; \'^^{iil) thief.
\^'f^ magician; \.j^> praying; ^^Lt pernicious; P-.? (V^'n) judge;
ipf (=^^i^) farmer.
(2) i a kittal ^^La veil; |j-^| roof.
(3) u a kutlal |3|q^ question; Jjlco] artist; |l=ai5 perception; >asc|
Hack; >-D9Q-. yellow.
(4) a i kattil ui.iL sitting; ,-^| ^osf.
^s9 so/"]^; ,^10 many.
(5) a u kattul Zal.4. reclining restfully.
jjsQj^i^ staff; PoZj sfoye.
v(6) i u kittul |jQ-C5 wasp.
^a^^ darkness.
After the norm of 2 (3), a womeTJ actionis can be formed from the
intensive species of any verb. Of the form (4) are many verbal adjectives,
especially such as serve for participles of intransitive verbs.
73. Nouns with one or more radicals reduplicated.
1. NOUNS WITH THE THIBD EADICAL KEDUPLICATED.
These are few in number. They are such as
iij.a idol altar; i^i-s millet; |j-9oii splendor; \JLoZ-fS crumb,
U^ik^sajs appearence; jjc?]^ bandrol; J-^ci^j.^ manteltt.
\y\itt idle; ^1.^^::^ ferocious.
78 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. [ 74.
2. NOUNS WITH TWO RADICALS KEDITPLICATED.
Yf^f^threshing instrument; )^a^s bug; ]t-i- milleped,
\i\\\ storm; ho^h^ locust; l-^H^ (=gargarto) throat.
wasas (=kabkab) star; ^^^909 (=rabr^bhm) many,
>a\vNA> perfect; |]n\ni> ivy; |A-ic|-ij-9 sparA:.
<, 74. Nouns formed by Prefixes.
1. 1^3.^1 (=-3) flute; |^^l manuscript; |9"n*i smoke; pcj-d-* /Vo^.
2. (1) a a V^uaLo ,^nAV> (=')Sd^) tabernacle; \^'fLs tvomb,
^i^xavfi ( ^fnv^) acceptance; ji^^iisj^ (rinse's) chariot.
"^fLo (from ''!.,-.) knowledge; jfiw^oiaio (from ^sou-.) ^i/if.
I ' ^ -^'^ (=nn'r^) drink; Izj-fii^ao (from |jsJ) balance.
]l'^\v>(=] l^\\'^) entrance; jl^ (from |ll^ abs. r^l^^) shield.
jVnV (=>cc-aic) standing place.
(2) a 1 iLfcJLaio broom; |l>SV> (='1';^) spring.
]Zy-^ (xn-|'^si3) wef.
(3) a ii JLliikS-sJio /bod?; j^^nniiSn ac^t^aiwfawce.
(4) a a Uiasio (=^^1^2) weight; l^iiso (nib72) saw; jpi^also birth.
(5) a u iLlblsc (=5?3'2) spring; ]lr,^%r> (=nQ^) bellows.
|3n AnVi (ViTrs-a) stumbling block.
(6) i a jL-^-kio ce6.
(7) 1 a jln^V^ paum; li-t^ dioelling,
(8) u a V^p^alo spindle (= jjlj^).
(9) a u jJcpo /bo^; j^clL c%.
3. (1) a a ^aJz seUler (R. ^L. to dicell).
(2) a i ]|v\Z Ci^^lsn) scholar; l^r^^ ^^P*
75.] ELEMENTS OF SYKIAO. y^j
(3) a u |^a!:L*Z exchange; \'')oh^Z flattery.
(4) a a |M 1 t^Z supplication; \h,jJsasiZ clothing.
(5) a i I^^ASnttZ shame; Ifi^aiooZ addition,
* (6) a u l^^o^Z skeleton; jZo^pZ reconciliation.
(7) 1 u \h,MO.SLk>A praise; JZjoSjojZ wonder.
(8) i a l^o-^Z camp.
The participles of all the derived species and the infinitives of all
the species are formed by prefixing >o. Nouns with the prefix Z are
mostly abstracts and are formed generally from the intensive species
or from the Aph'el.
75. Nouns formed by means of affixes.
The most common of these affixes are . , . , T, as ^jlT, ^, Z ^Ij',
hZ and Zo .
1. (1) jjjcilitf enlightener; jl tmlNi tempter.
(2) ^h] (from jljf) earthy; ^lW (from ^l^il) talkative,
^-^^ (from ^iojk^) heavenly.
(3) ]J2a:ac pest; p|-Das command; jliln building,
|jI^? thought.
village (Compare 'j^'nsid']): |Ji >Tm temptation; ].2r t\^ revelation.
3. U-Ha fl**^^ morning; | . i ^ 'i^a .A /?fe.
4. jiijQj ZMe /2.s7i; jioLL little hoy; j^jflaiis ZiY^^e ^^tV?.
U m i Sn n a small water pot.
5. ]llol fiery; Itn'^V) royaZ; l"*^r^ naked; pjooi^ Jew.
jloilacf motherly; {^oil^a^ nominal.
6. ^iii ^wai? (Ex. 16:12); .-li.^ error (Lev. 5:18); .il^a^ secret
(Eph. 5:12) 86. 6.
80 ELEMENTS OF SYKIAO. [ 76.
7. V-93.ia| hindivg; ^sasoi overturn; ilsajw^ robbery.
]Airf9xs9 ⅇ )uJali& swallow; h^^^h beginning.
8. ]Znn\v> (n!br) kingdom; j-^ia-a^ goodness; |Zcai.| fatherliood;
] Zz.j^'i purity (Bib. Aram. SDt); l^t^o^ wica? (=sarwutha) ; )Za.LA
rcgues^ (Bib. Aram. ^53); |Za2c? (ni^'n) likeness.
1 . Nouns with the affix .o may be formed from all participles of the
derived species and from nomina agentis, 1(1). Added to many nouns
it forms adjectives, 1(2). It forms, also, many abstract nouns and names
of things, 1(3).
2. Nouns with the ending ., ^, ^o or oaJ are generally diminutives
see 2., 3. and 4.
3. Nouns with the ending ^ generally form relative adjectives.
4. Nouns with the ending Zo are abstract and can be formed from
any noun. /
//76.
Gender, Number and State.
Sing. Plur.
masc. fem. masc. fem.
Abs. ^>*^ {.jL^s A Alio * " ^
Cons. > h iO l^^-^s <>AVn .jl1
Emph. 1 4in ?^ 4iO l*^"^ I ^ " " *"
1. a. ^lal (1:4); >,-^ (Mt.21:5); wjlJ| (Mt. 19:3); ^iLiJ(l Cor.9:21.)
6. >^ (Heb. 7:1); ^iia (Rom. 11:34); ^^ (^t. 10:3).
c. 1^3iaJ (1:3); \i^omZ (1:2); ]^ (1:1).
2. a. lior (15:3); jlVi^ (11:4); U^^ (1:2); lLc part; oi^
(Mt. 12:25); ,.^icot'mw^;Qi^(Ined. Syr. 18:1); ^-i-*-.i ( John 1 : 1 ).
b. ^^ (1:6); b.j^b usury; Zq.s)] victory.
^1^9 (2:18); oiZLL^ (5:12); ^-is.^^ (13:4); ^iIl. (12:14);
oiiw (26:2).
76] ELEMENTS OP SYRIAC. 81
^ lA.r.v^vJ (Mt. 20:22); jia:;^? (Mk. 1G:12); 1^4 Tn I (1:10);
iL^'ji (2:9).
3. a. ,e-^^V (5:7); ,--J=o^ (Mt. 26:2); ^?? (Mt. 5:11).
h. ^f (1:3); jJqJ (2:18); ^iiL[ (5:10).
c. V;-ji(l:13);|i::LM3:15).
4. tz. ^1 (Heb. 6:18); (ci::!^ (Eph. 6:18); ^Z^ (Tit. 3:S); ,-ii::^
(Mt. 12:45).
6. ais (Lk. 23:23); ^ll^ (John. 21:17); ciZtisi (Mt. 15:8);
,h2^ (1 Thess. 3:7).
c. ]loA (2:3); jzC^^ J (2:3); jiJa-Zoa (7:2).
5. ^ivi (13:8); ^%JiZ (5:7); ^"^Z (1:9); ^ij.^ (Mk. 6:27).
The Syriac noun has two genders, masculine and feminine; two
numbers, singular and plural; and three states, the absolute, the
construct and the e mphatic or de finite.
Remark 1. The emphatic or definite state is everywhere denoted
by the ending ] .
Remark 2. For the changes of nouns in construction with pro-
nominal suffixes, see the declension 79 sq.
1. The absolute and co nstruct singula r masculine have no particular in-
dication; the emphatic is formed by appending | to the root. For the
changes thus occasioned in the root, see the declensions 79 sq.
2. The sign of the feminine gender is an appended Taw. This
feminine ending has a twofold treatment.
(1) It is dropped in the fem. sing, and the vowel heightened to |,
except in a few nouns like aiao part and ^ ^ -^ -* beginning.
(2) In the construct it is retained; as also, before pronominal
suffixes and the sign of the emphatic state.
3. The ending of the absolute plural masculine is ^; of the construct
>*; of the emphatic f (from \1).
4. The ending of the absolute plural feminine is . ; of the construct
Z] of the emphatic ]Z .
5. Remains of a dual appear in the words for two and two hundred.
In construction they take the same form as the plural.
8)
ELEMENTS OP STRIAa
77. Nouns with Suffixes.
[77
Masc. sing.
Masc. plur.
Fern. sing.
Fem. plur.
Abs.
X
'V*. X
Const.
z
V
X
X
Emph.
X
X
p
Sing. 1. c.
X
X
itf ^ A > ^
2. m.
p
P
S "..
2. f.
* X
V
W X
X
3. m.
X
7
X
r" P..
3. f.
*
X
X
Plur. 1. c.
V
-^'^.
7
v^^
.^ "..
\
V X
2. m.
^a^*^
*. '
2. f.
* 7
* ''.. *
\^
^*
3. m.
\ X
\ X
*-. ^.. ==
3. f.
^oC^-^
^oCAis
^olz^
1. ouai^ (1:13); oual^ (2:16); ^\n^^ (2:18); ^',Z (6:11); i nSsn
(3:16); -^(12:15); ^ost!^ (12:16); ^aifl^ (24:1); ^-^(5:5).
2.^Z^ (12:14); oi2.s^ (1:13); cjiLjo? (25:12); ^^^ (13:2);
^ia.LL^ (13:5).
3. ^oi^jai^ (2:17); ^^iLs (5:15); >/;JI (6:12); >-ui^s (6:14);
%>^..SnSi (23:7); o^^aa (13:3).
77.] ELEMENTS OP SYEIAC. gg
4. ^ccJi^I^of (14:5); ^Suivcf (Heb. 3:10); ciiJjcf (Acts 13:10);
^os^'-jf (Jam. 5:4).
5. ^c^-iZ (28:17); oii^^ii^ (28:14); ^^5 (13:4); oi-.:;^:^ (13:9);
aSZilz (14:14).
6. flvLcioi (13:15); v^ial (Acts 2:30); vra^ (Acts 7:49); >^LflI (Acts
2:27); .^^ (Lk. 7:7).
For a tabular view of the pronominal suffixes with nouns, see 36.
The form of the noun before suffixes is in general the same as the form
of the noun before the emphatic ending f . It is to be noted, however, that
1. The masculine plural has the suffixes appended directly to the
diphtong J, causing J instead of a^i with the 1st sing, suffix; ^oio'
instead of ai/hu with the 3rd masc. sing. ; and aiS instead of ayah with
the 3rd fern. sing.
2. The feminine singular inserts a helping vowel before the grave
suffixes ^01, ^01, .qls, 43 and before the ^ of the 1st sing.
3. The dual takes the plural form before suffixes, (see 5 above and
76.5).
4. Some prepositions take the plural form before suffixes.
5. Nouns which end in |^ in the emphatic sing, retain this ^ before
the suffixes of the 2nd and 3rd sing, and of the 1st plur. |-*j9as throne ^
l^i-dAb:^ camp, and |-*ua^ drink have forms like ,A:c5as with the 1 st sing,
suffix; other nouns have .* like .iiN^ my hoy. (Nestorian ^-^j)
Before the grave suffixes , i. e. those of the 2nd and 3rd plural , the
Jacobites have with jjjojos &c the form .cou^jojos (the Nestorians
oouAffl^ai); with other nouns, both dialects have .ooi-..
6. Short adjectives and participles, like j-lau*, can either retain or
drop the Yudh before suffixes, e. g. >^qin'trf7 or ^oiaia.4 Ms saints', but
substantives have always the shorter form, e. g. **oiaLi his bowels.
7. Collectives, which have no plural, take the suffixes of the sing,
nouns and are marked with E-ebbuy; but JJ^JJ, abs. ^iXl], takes the
plural form, and i-.?aj3 cities has either the sing, or the plur. form
e. g. f^ho^ or >^^^9a^.
84
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC
[ 78. 79.
78. Declension of Nouns.
For purposes of inflection masculine nouns may he divided into
three classes or declensions; feminine nouns, into four, as follows:
I. Masculine Nouns.
1. Those which have but one vowel in the absolute singular and
that movable. This includes most nouns which had originally one or
two short vowels.
2. Those which have one or more vowels all immovable.
3. Those which have at least two vowels, the vowel of the ultimate
being movable and that of the penult immovable.
II. Feminine Nouns.
1. Those in which the vowel before the ending is movable.
2. Those in which the vowel of the penult is immovable, but which
have a vowel inserted before the emphatic singular ending and before
the construct singular with suffixes.
3. Those in which all the vowels of the first form, i. e., of the
absolute singular, are immovable and which do not insert a helping vowel.
4. Those whose first form ends in o or J^ or which insert a Yudh
in the plural.
79. First Declension of Masculines.
A.
malk
zedk
kudsh
karakh
(kwg).
(righteousness).
(holiness).
(dtp).
Abs. sing.
^
^?1
^cj-o
7
Cons. sing.
V^/^
-en
Uk>Cf)
V
Emph. sing.
|XJ
ll^Q^
kv
Const, sing.
CLi?l
en.M,^<L)
* 7
with 01 "his".
Abs. plur.
^n
^^90-0
rr^ri^
Const, plur.
,v;sv
7 *
7 7
Emph. plur.
].<::^
l-c?f
IX,^
Uii
Const, plur.
V .. V
^OIQ-O?]
..7 A.
7 V
with "H9".
79.j
ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.
85
It will be seen that this declension includes nouns which had
originally one or two short vowels.
Bemark 1. Forms Pe Olaph like j^j hire and ^ ^ V ship, come
under this class. Tlie first vowel being merely a helping vowel 33(1).
Bemark 2. Forms Pe Yudh like v^jj month are also in the class,
the* being a helping vowel 33(1).
Bemark 3. Forms like w^oi? and ^^.s which had originally two short
vowels, have come in inflection to coincide with Segholates in almost
all respects. It will be noted that they preserve the half-vowel before
the aspirate e. g. dah*bha not dah-ba. Comp. tnasTi:.
B.
yawm
'ayn
taby
kanay
kashiy
(day).
(eye).
(gazelle).
(cane).
(hard).
Abs. sing.
Jcii
^
u^
Cons. sing.
^
Emph. sing.
.07
, P 7
^
^L^
Abs. plur.
. ..7
7
^
^
^^
'\
Cons. plur.
7 7
7
7
7 V
Emph. plur.
, * ..7
u^
\1^
jlL
lilo
1 . f] Waw and E Yudh segholates of the a class contract aw into u
(Nestorian 6) and ay into i (Nestorian e) in the absolute and construct
singular.
2. Lomadh Olaph segholates with the exception of >lk^ are found
in the singular only in the emphatic state. In the plural the form
- ''^l becomes ^^in^ but instead of ]'2^l we find | Vn^ as if from
nouns which have two short vowels. The same is true of most nouns
of this kind; we find, however, ]^h^ rents and j-.^^ colds.
86
ELBMBNTS OF BYRTAa
[80.
3. Lomadh Olapli nouns which have originally two short vowels,
have in the plural the same forms as nouns which had one short vowel,
e. g. \ -^''" canej in table above.
4. But adjectives from Lomadh Olaph roots differ from the nouns
in having forms like ^' -^ ^, instead of ^^ ^ in the plural absolute
(compare D''?5?) and like -n * n in the plural construct.
Remark 1. Segholates of the i and u classes from E "Waw and
E Yudh verbs come under declension two e. ff. ^5 and w^cj.
Remark 2. Segholates from E Olaph, E Nun, and EE verbs come
under the third declension, e. g. ^a-j head (B,. ttjfi<*i); jjjjD well] \lZ^
oppression (R. ,^J:i) ; >a:i^ people (R. was}.
Remark 3. Nouns like )Id voice (from kawalo) and v-riio old (from
^js\a) which had originally two short vowels come under the third
declension.
Remark 4. TVith consonantal Olaph as the third Radical, we have
Ua^, ||.ifl4 unclean. The vowel of the Olaph being thrown back and
the Olaph quiescing. See 24(1).
80. Second Declension of Masculines.
rabb
(many).
kawal
(voice).
gannobh
(thief).
karabh
(war).
din
(judg-
ment).
malkay
(royal).
Abs. sing.
wr:5
\i
y
y.^p>
^?
p. V
Cons. sing.
^l
Kl
-H
P, 7
Emph. sing.
l^?
u
^
, pp
1^?
.pp. 7
Abs. plur.
^'
^
^^
,--ii?
X P. 7
Cons. plur.
^5
. vS'n'
V P
7
7 P. 7
Emph. plur.
Vd
tsi
ii-;
, * P, 7
1 i-i^itf
81.]
ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.
87
Remark 1. >c:lk people and >a- sea are inflected like wS?, except that
in the plural we have the forms "^'^^ UaIoI, ^Laiiai*, j-lolo:!.
Compare *^yTi from "'.?i.
Bemark 2. The i and u class segholates from fi Waw and fi Yudh
verbs come under this declension ; as also, EE and fi Nun segholates,
e. g. u^ol spiWf, ^.^S^ smell, Ml (1^- ^s.h) face, l-ail (R. nnb) heart.
Bemark 3. Nouns from E Waw and E Olaph roots which had
originally two short a vowels belong to this declension, c. g. Vj voice
from kawala, a4 good from tawabha, v-iia: o^cZ from sa'abha.
Bemark 4. Here are to be found all nouns which had originally
a short vowel in the penult, and a long one in the ultimate, e. g. v-^t-o
war; y^^n put; \.*}^ shorn; |Vi > \ ^ youth; l^o-i*? beloved.
Bemark 5. Here are to be classed all nouns which have a naturally
long vowel or a closed syllable in the penult and a naturally long
vowel in the ultimate, e. g. lio-^-e murderer; ] a iVrj swamp; w^^:;^
sailor; .asI victorious; ^4\ tongue; |3|a^ question; wQ^j-o near; 9a^
child; toSnt* sowr; >^q-- darkness; tLoI^^ weight; f^nhVi fountain; lt-r^
roof-storg, building; ^inrflVpoor; ]^a-MiiO c%; JHr^'^ ^^^i'/ I'o^^'^ flattery;
l-oZoZ settler; Ijog-o^ /'*o^; |J-iio^i?esf (and all nouns ending in. uo etc.)
81. Third Declension of Masculines.
sahidh
{witness)
emmar
(lamb).
madbah
(altar).
shathay
(drinking).
mashtay
(banquet).
mahzay
(vision).
Abs. sing.
Cons. Sing.
Emph. Sing.
Abs. plur.
Cons. plur.
Emph. plur.
; 01.19
t99l^
7~ o
\^90V!O
pi'.. [7
S' 7
7 7
"^
^.^
, P 7 7
I V ti ^1 Sp
,-> p
p '^
Jl^u^
^
, p 7 p
y 7
, p. 7
* .. 7
. VY ' Y
, p v
7 .. 7
, P7.. 7
ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC.
[82.
Here belong nouns of the forms "^^-M, Vjuo, V^Juo, V4U>, V^a..c,
V^Iitf, Vjuic, V^aic, V^a^J, V^aJso etc.
Remark. Some Syriac grammarians give an absolute singular form
w^^c?9 for 1-i.sop i-^c?9 persecution. This would place it in this
declension, and also nouns like it such as |-*^a..^ rapine; VaIoci.!^^
oppression; [i nn^S embrace,
82. First Declension of Feminines.
habhrath
(com-
panion).
'eghlath
(calf).
miishhath
(measure).
yadh'ath
(science).
talyath
(girl).
mahwath
Abs. sing.
u
, fc
iv
C^
,p y
Cons. sing.
^^
^^I:^
iiX!
^^^
Emph. sing.
p r
1L^
jia.^
Abs. sing.
^"
p.. T'
Cons. plur.
P V
^
P m b.
P, r
p.. r
Emph. plur.
)i^;^
. t> .' fc
.p '?. ''
,P P, 7
,P p.. 7
These are nouns which had originally in the masculine one or two
short vowels.
Remark 1 .In Pe Yudh nouns like ]LfL, the Yudh quiesces in *
when it would otherwise have a half-vowel.
Remark 2. In !& Waw nouns the diphthong passes over into o in
the emphatic singular and in the singular with suffixes, e. g. \ZhoA cow,
]LLa,^ collection.
Remark 3. In segholate feminines from Lomadh Olaph roots the
Yudh quiesces in its homogeneous vowel in the emphatic singular and
before suffixes. Grenerally, this causes the preceding consonant to lose
its vowel, e. g. \h t\l. For exceptions, see 85.
83.]
ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO.
89
Remark 4. Like ] l \l are \ls^ pure and | a n hard, and, in general,
participles and adjectives of the form jJa-d, |-a?.
Bemarli 5. Instead of lG,i*lc, some give the abs. sing, as n.M\n,
making it like o-c. Declension IV. liji^is hath is in the singular like
in iiSp, but in the plural it has jZcj^kiff.
Remark 6. Feminine nouns in jJLj from masculines in . or .o are in-
flected like U>.\j, except that the vowels of the penult remain firm. So
also, feminine nouns in )-* from masculines of the form katul, e. g.
jiuiJa-aiikiso little queen; I^S'a.r:^!^ perishable things.
Remark 7. Nouns like \1^ affliction from *a\vaka have in the con-
s' p 1 i" '^
struct iuaik, emphatic (i^ni*.
83. Second Declension of Feminines.
'armalath
(widow).
zedhkath
(alms).
'agilath
(carriage).
haywath
(animal).
siihyath
(oppro-
brium).
shaniyath
(foolish).
Abs. sing.
ILoM'
Mn
U
)L:
,
Cons. sing.
:Jl^?f
l1^]
^
V 7
"
Emph. sing.
]r:\^M
]Ld]]
1^
.0 h. V
Abs. sing.
.J^vf
p ^
0..
^^^l
P p
Cons. sing.
i^-,f
&j=?i
.^
P 7
lI^cI
^ii^
Emph. sing.
'k^-i]
iLi-,i
iLi^
IZaiL^
]ll^ol
^0 t>
It should be noticed that the only change in these nouns is the in-
sertion of a helping vowel before the ending of the emphatic singular
and before the pronominal suffixes with the singular.
Remark 1 . Active Participles from Lomadh Olaph verbs, and nouns
like them, change the Yudh into the homogeneous vowel in the emphatic
singular and in the singular before suffixes.
90 ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC. [ g4.
Remark 2. Like jo^^ is ],-. jo^, perhaps, also, Izo^ia part.
Like l^^^i are \l^o] lamentation; j-^oj cap; il^^ais cha^it;
\^hz.l city; ^La.^ recital. For other nouns of this kind, see
85. 3.
84. Tliird Declension of Feminines.
bathulath
zaddikath
sahidath
{virgin).
{righteous).
(t(;iYwess).
Abs. sing.
1 " "
,0 o
Cons. sing.
iJ^cirs
7 T'^
Emph. sing.
Abs. plur.
Cons, plur.
i::L'oLs
Z9SII0
Emph. sing.
lLa^'9]
, pp .. f
No changes take place in this declension, the endings for gender,
number and state being affixed directly to the noun stem.
85]
ELBMENTS OF SYBIAa
91
85. Fourtli Declension of Feminines.
sabhwath
baryatli
salawath
(?)
(prayer).
kariyith
malakiith
(thing).
(creature).
(beam).
(kivgdom).
Abs, sing.
^^
X
?
X p
*., 7
Cons. sing.
^^^
i.:-^
?
lI-^
^oll^
Emph. sing.
.0 I
i^^.
jinn^i^
Abs. plur.
\"I
v^':;
O
^^l:^iJ
Cons. plur.
^l
i^'f2
/o^l
p p
p" , p
Empb. plur.
p p.. m
|L1-^
fz^l
iLIr^
l^nnSv'
All nouns of this declension end in o or T in the abs. sing, except
nouns like )jo5 which, however, in the plural are formed like w^j-d.
1. Like ajs, is olo? likeness.
2. Like ^-^ are ]1.^j:x^ choice; ]b.j^ fat tail of a sheep; ]^>\a>
Si^Vi: embryo, ]l.l1s side,
3. Like alu, are oj-i* ^^ and oj>s sawdust.
4. Like w^ are all nouns of two or more syllables ending in y^
such as >.*W)Z covering; w^^i interest; w?jlo ^ai^
5. Like nnSsn are most nouns of two or more syllables ending in o
such as oikS request, ojctvis testimony.
Remark 1. jZal^?) healing has in the plural ]Zaa| see Lk. 13:32.
IZojie government has in the plural jZoj^iO.
jZoj^a^ mawAoocZ has for plural jZoj^^. w>owc?crs Acts 5:12.
|ZoZj> inheritance; |Zo?olio testimony, and ]Za^^is Aa//', have in the
02 ELEMENTS OF STRIAO. [ Sd.
plural beside the regular forms jzi^i^, IZjslh:, the forms Jz^^t^j
|Zo99lI9.
Rem. 2. The Infinitives of the derived stems end in o in the ab-
solute and in Zo in the construct state, see 49. 2.
86. Anomalies of Gender or Number or State.
1, Some masculine nouns form plurals from a lengthened form in ~.
iJi^f fruit; il^l or l\f.
Ijjis flesh; jj-jjao or V^jo-o.
|\imr incense; \iLosi or |vn'n
\L^genus; USi^or Ijftil^.
If^ic^ Wine; PfLo^.
i.4V ointment; |i maV.
\lkjti odour; \1^J9 or )^^9.
Vfij teacher; li^'i teachers.
c a
p^9C9 tnagnates.
ila0 medicine; ] 1 Vim.
i4 ^ ^' prefect; ].\yi\L or j^^iiN.I.
JK'bfe. So also the feminine |^^| o^^er, pi. ^^^1, adding a. ac-
cording to 4 below.
2. Some masculine substantives form their plural with the ending
Uo e. ^.
(1) 1?4 ;?^ace; jZcVzf (^Vzf)
iNi> power; \Zr)\'; m or j'"-,
|9(JiJ riyer; |Zc95J.
(2) Many in V* form their plural in this manner, e, g,
V-9l hon; |Za-.'9J.
86.] ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO. 93
\^t^ breast; \ZCfji
\^SLt* serpent; |Zoa-.
V^ic^a-o throne; IZxajas.
, P A. O P \7., ft.
pjffa.^ horse; \Zq.soq^
So also the substantive participles in ]1 e. g. ^Lj shepherd; |-Jc!
piysician; i-jlo iorcZ.
A^o^e. Many words of Greek origin, especially feminine, form their
plurals with the same ending, e. g. |Za.4Li^a= plural of TiXaiaTcx.,
^f^ai]j ardhiov plural=|Zo^^f.
2. Some feminine nouns form their plural in jzo.
]i^o| people; |Zaio|.
\h^] ivall; |ZoaD| generally |jJoj,
\h,^] fever; \Aob^\,
.Ph. ,p p jk
]^,a^ /i^; ]/n Ti7.
4. Some feminines, especially diminutives in ]hJs'o, form their plurals
,P^ ,PP"a
fiiao? place; |2ukSo?.
, p jk 1 ^ '' **
|JLZaA tunic; yhJLL^Zoji,
P6.P PO.p
(ijo95 litile court; ji^ixccj?.
5. Some feminine nouns which in the singular have ]A (atha from
awatha) have jZo in the plural e. g.
^iJio ipvo) part; |ZcJ.:ic; Zj-s thumb; lJ!^^ sacrifice; J-s fellow.
But some of these are treated as if the Z belonged to the stem,
e. g. |2Cua request; ]tJ^ see 9 below.
04 ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC. [ 86.
6. Feminine nouns in ^ , 75. 6, are indeclinable, e. g.
s.AlkS^ error; .a^-a^g-^ secret; ^cu:ikis quail; ^aJZ condition.
7. Many nouns of feminine gender have in the singular no feminine
ending, but take one in the plural.
1-1.9 o) icaT/; \Lh] earth; jjoj-s bodi/; 1^4^ side;
ILa^ field; M-aJ soul; j^iLs shoulder; j-iflt^ bed,
8. Some feminine nouns, having originally the sense of a nomen
unitatis, have the feminine form in the singular but the masculine in
the plural. Duval gives a list of sixty -four such nouns, in 270.
Among those occurring most frequently are:
|Lifi| ell; |icf. ]l^ mantle; ^k
|wL^ egg; ]^t^, \l!!^ word; U^.
]L^garden; jjL. JAms grape; |.^1S.
ILl^c? tear; \^}. ]1^ ht; V^s.
\b*^ wheat; ]J^ja \h.Lk> sabbath; \^^,
\h^o^ drop; \s^. \hZi^ hour; p^.
9. Some nouns have treated the J. of the fem. sing, as a radical and
have their plurals as if masculine, e. g.
Izps booty; \*A\c>, l^l^^ tribute; |irj.^.
\lLs request; jiwiJs. jZoa sacrifice; jZais.
\IL^ cry; \lL^ iLs^ care; jli^.
\^Z\m view; ]Z}1. 1^:^ cry; jLLo.
10. Some nouns are masculine in form but feminine in gender, e. g,
]J|^ well; y^S^ knee. (Sea full list in Nold. 84.)
1 1 . Some nouns have two plurals, sometimes the same, sometimes
different in meaning. (See Duval 272) e. g.
\1j^ eye, spring; |i^:I eyes; \hXi^ springs.
lJ?f ear; U?! ears; ]lS'i\ handles.
]L] hand; ]r'^] hands; izSi^'l handles.
87.1 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. 95
\^oi wind, spirit; ]^oh winds; ]L^oh spirits,
\'^l dtcelling ; \'l^^^ dwellings; ]Z'i^^ convents.
]^l great; j-a? or ^jo? great; |J.9 masters; \l.'ioh magnates,
12. Some nouns are of common gender, e. g.
I ^^v^ cattle; jj-*? divelling; j-Cj-u sivord; jjtjvr moon;
I ^^ ^. sun; |^L-c9 firmament; |-^:a.A/ heaven; U^oi wind.
13. Before the feminine ending, many nouns insert a Yudh.
(1) Words ending in ^ or ^, e. g ^^vjLs murdering, f. | TlS^ n^;
jja-olkiio little king; j.^Ja'nNv little queen.
(2) Probably nouns of the form katul e. g. jJa-JwJ murderer, \1^^^\
|i^?2-aii. transitory things.
(3) The adjective h:iL\ small, anywhere except in the emphatic
singular which is IZ^oJ^^l.
14. A few nouns insert He before the plural ending, e. g. ]avi] or
jzijL:) fathers, sing, j^j ; |llffij-i:] handles, sing. ]j.-|^ hand; |3i.la*
fathers in law, sing. |^.i; I'crClsa^ or jiklflufc. from |.:;a-A, wawje; joi^l
or 1.^31^1 mothers from jjacj ; jZoiiic] anvils, sing. |i*^j.
15. Nouns which had a letter assimilated, or dropped, in the singular,
often preserve it in the plural, e. g. \l^A^vine |J^a-^5 \hA^cheese jioa^;
]us^ brick ] 1 n\ ; ]Lm sister |Za^} ; >a. sea jiSrSn ; >aL people] ].^^^.
16. The original emphatic plural ending j- is still preserved in a
few nouns, e. g. \1X^ sons; pLlo loater; ) iV4> heaven; ^l.*^ years; V-|.-|
^aw^s/tlj] Z:iw<Zs;|j;5!Z5reas#s;iis] curtains; |.lio?jpnVe; ) i , V thousands,
17. Some nouns have but one state.
(1) Feminine nouns in ^ are always in the absolute state, e. g.
<^Q.^:o quail; vqJZ contract.
(2) Some which have Waw for the third radical are used in the
emphatic state only, e. g. ]alk^ cessation; ]Lt*l splendor.
87. Peculiar Anomalies of Nouns.
1. l-s) father; ]^] brother and iloji* father in law, have the forms o^j,
ou*}, alQ^ before suffixes, except before the 1st sing, suffix where they
95 ELEIVIENTS OF STRIAC. [ 87.
have ^, ^f, \il The plural are ll|, fiCsf or |1^|, and ]JiCL<L,
see 86. 14.
2. 1^] (for t^-n^ 24. 3, Note 1) hand; in construction with wS or
V:!, ^, elsewhere j-.[. Plur. l-*^^'[, l^'[ or in a figurative sense
U=^^K see 86. 14.
3. ]Llc] nation, Sfe 86. 3.
4. Uh*K P^- r^'r^l ^^''^*'' *^^ ^^* ^' Note.
5. wa^ thousand; ].s:^, PI. .^>^.'S^, jia:^.
6. p^f, lL:^f anvil; PI. jic^f 86. 14.
7. jJ^l mof/ier; PI. ]Yai:J>[ or joui^f 86. 14.
8. ]zi^\ woman; PI. ill.
9. ,-lsl /ace; (R. qsx) singular in use ]i|J (Heb. nxQ).
10. i-s son; 01^ his son; .osi-s yowr sow; PI. ^ILs, i-Iis, ^^J-s.
11. ]Z^ daughter, cons, -^i.:^; >*Zf^ my daughter ; ^-^i-o </?^ daughter;
PI. ^, loi, iLIi.
12. l^-kS /iowse (]j;t. 12. 25 ,*)), cons. ^; oi^ukS his house;
PI. jL^'.
13. >c? 1^9 6Zoo(i; **itf? wy hlood; ^} thy blood, PI. ]Lo9.
14. |Jl ^imZ, cons, g (Nestorian ^p; PI. .^], ]^], JL2].
15. Z^ ?ejf^ ]iri, PI. ]z|LJ. Fern. sing. ]Z^, PI. |2z^, 17. 3.
16. ]L^ sister; ^2wi wy sister, PI. jZolf ; 56. 3.
b. 7 7
17. |-j-i 6reas^, PL ]Zcj- 86. 2 but also \^f^ .ooi-4-.,-# r/ieiV breasts
Lk. 23. 48.
18. m, f. l^uJiik^ young forms the plural j-i^^ ^^^^4 wl..iikj as
also in the meaning "servant^\' but when it means "loy'\ girV' , it forms
the plural UI^4, ^Il^4 f. iL'X^
19. ITNS or I :\\ night (abs. ^-J^ or jL^) PI. |in\';-\'.
20. ]\:^ hundred. Nomen unitatis iii^, ,--2U^ 200, )^'o|.io (for
n .,-7
\Zo]J!i) hundreds.
21. jkcaiJ ortf^ (K. ^), PI. ]h^^,
22. Ijbic t(7afer abs. ^iao cons. wiic. "With suff. w^ wy t<jafer, ^^^
or .^tiV> <Ay M;a<er &c.
88.J ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. 97
23. l-j^ or ]j^ lord, cons. ]jic, ^jio w^ ^rcf; .onjio fAeir lord,
PI. |-.-jio or Vfiso, abs. ^'f^, cons. >#-j^, (l-^o-j^ is also used). Fern.
Ui^, ^j^, Ur^.
24. jiaj /ii?; jLai, i^, ]ll'^ 86. 3.
25. jii^i cucumber, PI. JjLjLd Xum. 11. 5, wl^, Also |Za!juD.
26. |wp5 c%; abs. Ij-o, cons. ^93-0 or I^.*j-d, PI. pVa-o, constr. >.iyVa-o.
PI. with sufF. s^-4-*Va-o or >^9i.o. Other plurals I^^-^jd and ^h-Vg-d (this
last is an imitation of the Greek. So also ^-siii^ gardens). ]J^cld is a
collective, see 90. 1.
27. s^i great, f. \h^b, PL ^sjcj (for ^-^-j^9). But in the sense
of "magnates'^ the piural is |.liVo?, f. |^.,aJ-05o?; in the sense of
"teachers'", it is jJLsV, In certain constructions "^* is used, e ^.
jJata JL^h (27:14), jiL.^ ^r:? (Gal. 4:2).
28. 1-k.la^ heaven; ^^:^a,, v IS? a/, <^:ia.4.. According to some, when
ji^jk/ has rebbuy, it means heavens, e. g. Mk. 1:10, Acts 7:56.
According to form, it is always plural.
29. |.iA^ name; cons. >ajk., >^\i,a> <Ay wame. PI. ^uoClo^, 86. 14
or jZoiVi^.
30. I^JU. year; abs. |J-a^, cons. ^J-4/. PI. \jJ^^ . -ta^ wiIa. (^ls
wll^ Gal. 2:14 sons of my years, i. e. my contemporaries).
^1. L^ foundation, whose plural is ]ZLJ^}, is cons, of ]L4,f. The
Olaph is prosthetic, see 19. 1.
32. ]?Z breast, PI. ^?Z, |i?Z, >^ffic?Z (Kev. 1:13).
88.
The Numerals.
I. THE CARDINAIiS.
A.
masc.
fern.
masc.
fem.
1
r
i^
6
\L^
(\kj.\)
t.2
2
^^^
-^^1
7
, y
^ > A^
3
iLiiz
L^Z
8
VllieZ
, * p
4
u:^^f
^^f
9
Vl^i
%^z
5
, p J'
10
p *
r^
N
88
ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC.
[SJ
B.
masc.
fern.
masc.
fern.
11
V 7
li^H*
15
7 7 7
12
jjiu^Z
j-fioiliji
16
7 7
|-fa:Iz^
13
7 7.0
,"> -^7,0
17
* * 17
14
H^'f
19 'fnl^lz
18
7 7 P
i.nMVZ
l^a^f^Z
20
^^
50
-^'
80
I
-^r*^
30
^Bj^z
60
^'^*
90
^
40
^-J^if
70
100
10000
i
Z 200 ^.Z^ (^^i^)
Z 300 Ij^ivllz
Us^ 1000
Remark 1. For the Masculine from fourteen to nineteen, forms
with a Z inserted may be used, e. g.
7 . 7 ^1 7 7 ^ ''*^/./.. rrp*.,
j-aii^ia9| or jjaikiwCjf fourteen; ijaii2^.AJjAj# fifteen; ^joLZiw^ sixteen;
7 7 7 7 7 ^ V D 7 7 7
i^flZitl^Sn 4> or fio^^w^^^ seventeen; ^.n^LllLcZ eighteen; i.iiL^Ld4.Z or
fXa^^^^Z nineteen,
Remark 2. The emphatic form jZfiiL^Z *'f7je twelve^^ is used of the
twelve apostles. E. ^. 25:5; John. 20:24.
Remark 3. "We sometimes find the construct in z, e. ^.
jLilJio z\n.^ Decapolis (Mt. 4:25).
^s? ^^^f /bwr w?ic?s (Mt. 24:31).
ov-kir.^V iu^?]? quadrupeds (Acts 10:12). '
Remark 4 We find the emphatic forms ]i^i:s9|, |^,4\ia>, |i^iijk/,
]^l1.Z and ]Z^jiL, used to denote the day of the month, e. g.
Ui-Ia our: IZjjLL (Lev. 16:29; Num. 29:7).
c 33 -j ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC. 99
BemarJc 5. The Absolute state of masculine numbers from one to
fifteen, when preceded by the preposition ^s means on the firsf,
^secotid'^ &c, e. g.
\L'^Si ]-^,ws ^nA^ (Gen. 7:11).
\^j^ ^ (John. 20:1).
Remark 6. For the numerals with suffixes, the following examples
will suffice to show the forms:
-cowfis: both of them (5:7). ^kiZ^Z both of them (f.).
^ok-LlIz (1 John. 5:7).
--^Ll^^f (Mk. 13:27).
^ooL-iiii^ (Mt. 22:26).
It will be seen that they take a fem. plur. form before suffixes,
except ^^-^ and ^IhZ which though dual take a masc. plur. form
before suffixes.
II. THE ORDINALS.
PP 7 t> I 7 - .PPV .P PV .
Except \^f^, (f.) |^u:so,..o first and |J-.9Z, (f.) ]L^J.^hZ second, the
ordinals are formed from the radicals of the cardinals by appending ..
and inserting ^ after the second radical, e. g. \Lh.^^ (Eev. 6:5);
VlL^9 (Rev. 6:7).
Remark 1. Occasionally jlLi-xa^ the 20th; lljZo^i the lOOOO^A
and the ordinals of the other cardinals, except of jjio 100 and w a^
1000, are found.
Remark 2. By appending Ijf to the ordinals, adverbs denoting
order may be formed, e. g. L^]Lj^Z in the ^rd place. Zo and Z, are
also thus appended, e. g. ^i^,-D at first; L^f^y at last; Za-.2^.4-ikZ for
the third time.
Remark 3. From the radicals of the cardinals from 3 to 9 fractional
numbers may be formed by inserting o*" after the first radical, e. g
]h^oZ one third; ]LsoJ one fourth.
100 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 9.
89. Particles.
A. ADVERBS.
l.V^ (24:13); ^11(25:14); ^(28.14); ^4(3:9); ^^*(26:5);
lLyl (Acts 11:26).
2. y^J^ ^ (Lk. 1:2); |1^ ^ (Mk. 9:8); Uxa-^s (Mk. 4.22);
i-iCn ^ (23:19).
3. ^Coi (Acts 11:17); M^i-^ (^^- 14:33); ^|.li4^ (Mt. 1:19).
4. il-f (23:5); jiLf (23:7); jiol^ (23:11); ^^ (23:5); \1^ (23:19)',
^^oi (24:2); |3 (25:18); ^f (Mt- 11:9).
5. o and; o] or; ws| also; J if; ? /7mf; ,^ wwfi/; ^^=/^v; i-.^=7ap.
1. Some masculine nouns in the absolute state and some feminines
in the construct state are used as adverbs.
2. A phrase formed by a preposition with its noun may be used as
an adverb.
3. Many adverbs are formed by appending ^| to adjectives.
4. There are many proper adverbs, simple and compound, especially
adverbs of place, time, affirmation, negation, hypothesis, comparison
and interrogation.
5. The conjunctions are mostly adverbs. The relative ? is employed
as a conjunction either alone or after a particle.
B. PREPOSITIONS.
1. j.:^ until; h^ between; \^ upon; ^^ from; >a^ with.
2. ^tS\ in the sight of; V^ above; i^ ,-^ after; i^Sn ^ without.
3. ^zl^(23:7);ai?^(Mt. 4:20);oi?iaa^(Lk. 7:38);^5-o(John. 1:15);
>^i^ (Mt. 4:6); ai...Zzlz (14:14).
Prepositions are simple (1) or compound (2). They are mostly the
construct of nouns. With suffixes some take the sing, others the plural
construct form.
Remark 1. For the inseparable prepositions, see 34.
Bemark 2. For the prepositions with suffixes, see 36. 3, 77. 4.
R 90.1 ELEMENTS OF syrIaq^ ; '. ] '','''> \ > ' ' ', \ ,''iai
Bernard 3. Special peculiarities belong to the following prepositions.
1. ^| as, like, takes the form Z:ls] before suffixes, e. g. .oaZosI
(John. 8:55).
2. L.s bettveen, with suffixes takes a plur. cons, masculine or femi-
nine, e. g. ^LJ> (Mt. 18; 15); ^octwL^ (Mt. 20:26).
3. ^^ ^V^ ow/^, takes pronominal suffixes like a plural noun
woio?o..*i\^ (Mt. 4:10). So also ?n m\, e. _^. oi..*?g^ (John. 8:9).
4. ^ ^>^^V before, with suffixes appended by means of a vowel be-
comes ^'^Si.ria.ali* 31. 1, but before others remains unchanged, e. g.
ou'lLsca:^ (Mt. 14:24); ^qII^^q:^ (Mt. 21:2).
5. ^^^ with suffixes usually becomes ^l^^, e. g. .ooL'Ilik^
(Lk. 5:25).
6. V^:ao takes the fern. plur. form before suffixes, e. g. s2!^^^^^
(Mt. 5:11); ^oiiwi^il^i^ (Phil. 2:19).
2u#, the sign of the direct object (=Targ. t^'^, Heb. r\x), is found only in
about a dozen places in the Old Testament in the Peshito version, e. g.
Gen. 1:1.
SYNTAX.
90. The Noun Used Collectively.
1. ]i^Si cattle (Gen. 2:20); Ijji^ a herd of cattle (Mt. 8:30).
|.lS! flock (John. 10:12); \^l reptiles (Gen. 1:24).
J.ls*5 horses (Rev. 9:7); |Ivq-o villages (Mt. 14:15).
2. fn.J'fl (Mt. 6:26) birds [i. e. the genus, bird], (Rev. lS:2=Mrd);
]L^f^ (Jam. 3:7) birds; ]^J-*,Q-k, ^Ae /i7^, a lilg, jlXo o*^ <Ae Zi^ies
(Mt. 6:28).
3. ]Lo^ the people (Mt. 4:16); jsnvs (Mt. 12: iS) peoples,
l^-i-o wood; ]^-o timber*
)u^ wheat; ]J^ wheat com.
102 : '',''?'! "'"'<; ; WjtllSNTS OF SYRIAO. [91.
]y^ locusts (Ex. 10:12); ]^LJ (Mt. 3:4; Rev. 9:7).
|Vm^ bread (Mt. 4:3); ,-ll<I^ |1lqI /oaves (Mt. 14:19).
4. fl. )!:.?? IJac (Mt. 8:30); ]y.^lZ9 j^ (Mt. 4:16).
b. ,^91 if? jli^o^? ]L.i.^ ohal (Mt. 6:26); ]Liii ZZUMt. 13:4).
Collective nouns are those that are singular in form but plural in sense.
1. Collective nouns which have no plural are usually marked by
Rebbuy, 13.
2. Some nouns in the singular may denote either a collective or an
individual idea; and in the plural, a number of individuals.
3. Many nouns in the singular are collective, even when Rebbuy is
not employed ; the plural denoting either a number of individuals, or a
number of collectives.
4. Collective nouns have verbs and adjectives either in the singular
or plural. Compare 121. 2.
Remark 1 Those nouns which are always collective have a different
word to denote the individual, e. ff, \jj^ flocJc (John 10:3), but woio^-j^
his sheep id. J-aJs? horses; jJLtfoio horse (Rev. 6:2).
Remark 2. |-a.j| in the emphatic state is used as a singular in the
phrase llj]j^ (also written V^j.^ Mt. 15:20) man (Mt. 12:12); ^j]
means "sorwe one'% e. ff. Mt. 28:35; 1H2] ^-^J] means ''some'\ e, g.
lli] oaLo (John. 4:30; Mt. 27:47).
91, Gender of Nouns,
1. uA.j| man; j-o son; jjslc flesh.
2. (1) ^cf mother; |.JZ] she-ass; iLxoca mare.
]1nni.3 Priscilla; Ui^came/; li^iOM ass.
(2) a. \k^ ship; |i:^ rib.
|Z9ctr:> bee; li-os herd; ]^o^troup.
b. ]y k.n h, lily; jnin lentil.
c. |J?1 ear; lj-.f hand; \^ palm; \sh.s> shoulder.
\kl^ icinff.
(3) HST sJiip; li^ talent
c 9^1 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. 103
Uioio burden; \lso^ handful; ^i^^^wheel,
jjSj^ bed; i^ui millstone; ]^ >nri? knife,
i^Vo? lance; P-.^aa tunic,
(I) |?aJ fire; \lis stone.
]Ajz,M desert; ] 1^ >Z sow^/t; ^lli. c/ow^f.
Us\\ tempest; |.laaAa pleiades; jlaJ so?*/.
|sn a1 breath; \^zh spirit.
I.a'vii^ smm; i^--c? firmameni.
(5) Tl^ (Jon. 3:3); >aJNA.,o (Mt. 2:6); wal^lf OZa^L
1. The names of male beings and most nouns without a distinct
feminine ending are masculine.
2. Under feminine nouns are included:
(1) All denoting feminine beings.
Remark ]\Vi^ camel and jj^^ ass, when they denote males, are
masculine.
(2) a. Many words which do not denote feminine beings but which
have feminine endings.
b. Especially names of vegetables.
c. Members of the body.
(3) Names of vessels, weights, measures; articles of furniture, uten-
siles, instruments and clothing.
(4) Names of the elements, of natural phenomena and objects of
spirit, matter and place.
(5) Names of countries, cities and towns and the names of the letters
of the alphabet.
3. (1) i^al (Gen. 1:5); ^ good; ^.^^ bad (Ki, 27:23);]Ls4//<e^00(f;
\kj^ (Mt. 6:34).
(2) \hj^ bona; ,_^oi these; jLllr) ^^^Nct ^1^ (2 Cor. 5:10);
omnia haecce mala.
4. ]Z nn^,\s ^ enmity (Luk. 23:12) is feminine; jn^jSso enemy
(Mt. 13:28) is masculine.
3. The neuter is expressed in Syriac only in the Interrogative pro-
noun, i. e. I^so, ^,^=what? ^=who?
104 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. PR g2.
(1) In the singular either a masculine or feminine form may take
its place.
(2) In the plural, the feminine is always used for it.
4. The gender of compound nouns is indicated by the second noun.
Remark This rule is sometimes violated as in Acts 16:26 jJwjLX
is masculine plural from ]^] f. wall.
5. Plural nouns whatever their ending follow the gender of the
singular, e. j. |Z^\*\ and ]Zo'itn2 are masculine because their singular
is masculine. jLo and |H^ from the singulars I^n^:;^:^ and ]L1^ are
feminine.
6. Nouns used figuratively are often given the gender of the things
which they represent, e. g. \h!:uia word, when used for the Logos,
(John. 1:1), is masculine, elsewhere, feminine. \lJ^ Za^.** (Eev. 13:1)
is masculine though each noun is feminine.
92. Number.
1. (1) ^?3aiJ (Gen. 1:15); lis] (Gen. 1:14); ^| (Gen. 1:2);
jil*. (Gen. 1:14); ]LiLI.
(2) l-i^ flock; I Wo^ man^; Wr^ the rest.
(3) I.30? I^c^ (Mt. 24:7) in every 'place; ji-? ^? (Mt. 20:9)
a penny each; ^ -*" - * '*^ (Mk. 2:17) various deseases; hz] bz\^
(Spic. Syr. 13:17) in different places; w.*.Jj ^i] (Acts 10:23)
some; >c^ >c^ (Spic. Syr. 2:27) whatsoever, anything.
(4) ^c?) ^bZtwo Adams; ^aJ ^z/ztwo Nuns; j^^^^ ^^^jtfive gers.
2. (1) ]1^ water; ] ; Vi ^ heaven; p) face.
(2) ]Wi^ (Rom. 8:2) liberty; \1L (John. 1:4) life] \I^l (Rom.
1:31) compassion.
3. .^jj; |L^^ (Mt. 26:61) but ]k^Z ^'k!^ (Mt. 28:20).
4. Vj] V^ wiJo?!^ I swear by the Lord (Michaelis Chrest. 30).
5. (1) il]}^ foundations (Lk. 6:48) [sing. ]L4^]; l^r^o enemies
(Rom. 5:10).
fl 931 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 105
(2) a. ]?aLo t.j^ tombs (Mt. 27:52); wi^iLo 2wa.r: (Lk. 12:18).
h. oviui^ao wlls his counsellors (Acts 25:12).
c. |J3ua ^'9 chief priests (Mt. 27:1).
6. |la^9 womb; ]LcLttb compassion.
1. The plural idea is denoted in one of four ways.
(1) By means of the plural affixes, 76. 3, 4.
(2) By means of words which have a collective signification, see 90.
(3) By the repetition of a word without a connective.
(4) In the case of proper names, most of the letters of the alphabet,
and the particle j-i^, by the numerals,
2. In a few words the plural termination is employed for the de-
signation of ideas which are singular; especially is this the case
(1) To denote portions of space.
(2) To denote abstract ideas.
3. Some nouns have a plural of paucity, i. e. a plural to denote
that from two to ten of a thing are meant.
4. The plural of majesty occurs only in the Hebrew word for Lord,
. g. ^-.Js?] (Did. 82:15).
5. Compound ideas form their plural either by pluralizing the second
or the first or both. When the word is a true compound, the second
part only is pluralized.
6. The plural form of certain nouns often conveys a shade of meaning
different from the singular.
7. The feminine plural of a noun is sometimes used in a different
sense from the masculine plural, see 86. 11.
93. Determination.
1. (1) fl. r^^k^^ VLo in all evils (Prov. 5:14); but jiiLa-ou^as \?i\
to all believers (Aphr. 202:1).
h. ^-Jj.xa.a ^VZ ^^j^(y\these two commandments (Mt. 22:40).
c. ^^^K?|^ jlaa how many baskets? (Mt. 16:10); ^4^o-^ U-l^
by what authority? (Mt. 21:23); w^i^^Z \L ] what torment? (Sipic,
106 ELEMENTS OP STEIAC. re 93
Syr. 40:20). But Ui ^ with one voice (Acts 19:34); ]L^
iijifa-i* how much expense(Jos. Styl. 15:18); jJ^ai Uj which com-
mandment? (Mt. 22:36).
(2) w^io ZJo^ the Scripturc'teoct; ^-^ a,^ the TJieanthropos,
(3) jX.? jj-*5 to every one a penny.
(4) .alsao the quail; w-i^a-^ the error; , a i A.aj f/ie sec?re#.
2. (1) IZiio cfeafA; ^9) lion; ]Wz bull; |I;s-J ^eaf; ^ica-o situation.
(2) l-axas |3 (Is. 55:l)M:ifAoM^iowy; j^? jj (Rom. W^X) unmerciful;
<n4- P? (John. 8:1) icithout sin; waiLs jJ? (Ex. 21:11); lL:^oZ "^
without offence (Didasc. 14:19); Ur^r^ W? icithout a guide
(Sp. Syr. 43:4).
Nouns were originally made definite by putting them in the em-
phatic state; but in almost all cases the emphatic and absolute states
have come to loose all distinction as to definiteness, so that:
1. Nouns in the absolute state are often definite.
(1) a. After V^ all
b. With numerals.
c. With ll&z hoiv much? how man?/? and |J-.| ivhich? what?
(2) In some compound words, which are definite, the absolute state
always occurs in the second noun.
(3) A noun repeated in a distributive sense is generally in the ab-
solute state, see 92. 1, (3).
(4) In nouns where the emphatic state is not found, the absolute
serves for both, see 86. 6.
2. Nouns in the emphatic state are often indefinite.
(1) All nouns which have lost the absolute state may be indefinite
in the emphatic which has taken its place.
(2) In negative expressions the noun though indefinite is often in
the emphatic state.
Remark In most of the above cases the other state, if found, would
be equally proper.
8 93.] ELEMENTS OF STRIAO. 107
n.
1. (1) l^'pZ ooi VI:Iic the mute man spake (Mt. 9:33).
jJj- ooi bJiiOja she placed the second (Addai the Ap. 14:10);
qI^]j \21) ^? .QJoi but the men tvho ate (Mt. 14:21). (See also
John. 18:16, 4:49.)
(2) c].^? OOI l-asos joio and behold the star that they saw (Mt. 2:9).
'"^^ I OOI ^?? OOI ]^]j the brother who was ivith me (Joshua the
Sty. 29:15). (See also John. 5:9.)
(3) I^J::^ ooio and the word (John. 1:1); '.oiOy.''ViNz .aJoio and the
disciples (Mt. 14:19); '^^ l^is ooi po and the cithara knew not
(Sp. Syr. 4:17).
(4) ^f l-o^ 1?^ %oi L2]o and this thou artwishing (J. S. 7:22).
^;;^(3i ^-iioi (Ad. Ap. 10:20); \l2] ,_J^ai ,_^oi these men
(Sp. Syr. 9:4).
2. 0^^ rf^^\ >wawy times (Mk. 9:22) ; w^^ ^ suddenly (Lk. 2: 1 3).
To avoid the ambiguity arising from the emphatic state's losing its
power of determination, nouns were often made definite by the personal
or demonstrative pronoun.
(1) The demonstrative might precede its noun.
(2) The demonstrative might follow its noun.
(3) The personal pronoun preceded its noun.
(4) OOI might be put before the demonstrative pronoun in order to
make it emphatic.
2. The absolute state is yet used in cases which are necessarily
indefinite, especially in adverbial phrases.
3. (1) ]^J-^ ]lyl the true vision (Sp. Syr. 22:6).
^^aJ >os\ to a strange people (Ex. 21:8); \sJLsih \hJil soft
raiment (Mt. 11:8); ]2^^0 l-^o4 many miracles (John. 11:47),'
,-^y-#l ^~ft^o9 other spirits (Lk. 11:26).
208 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. [ 93.
Bern. 1. ji^V ^:^^ ^IhZ two ivomen of rank (J. S. 70:10).
]-^^ spua true witnesses (Aphr. 461:3).
jggjw. 2. ^^i**] Nc^' "^^-^ seven other spirits (Mt. 12:45). (See
Mt. 28:12, Gen. 41:18, Acts 9:43, 17:4.) Jol] IJ j^cif not a
little gold (J. S. 37:5).
Bern. 3. ]LJ-i.| ^.i-Lol fAe sfcow^ error (Mt. 27:64): 'Ji^c^ v-i-Ii^o-^
the destructive error (Ad. Ap. 22:5).
(2) a. ijf >^^^^ (Gen. 3:11); ^i\ii jn.l ,. |^ stolen waters are
sweet (ProY. 9:17). (See also, Gen. 1:2, 1:6, Mt. 12:34); jJo^Sai
oc<3i -V'*^ . ^ A '^ 1 ? Me diseases of our souls were many (J. o.
21:4) (/See aZso, 21:8,17.) ooci . > n ^.L^ \i^]m tlie limhs were
;tep(J. S. 22:18).
6. I *^"^ .an^'g.^ i--^ ccfji ^013^1 for their deeds icere evil
(John 3:19); ^oljf lIsLci .olj) Ye, t^7iO are evil (Mt. 7:11).
(5fee also, Mt. 12:34, Lk. 1:42, 11:13, 16:11); U^^:^ oooi Be
ye ready (Lk. 12:40); jiiai'cju:^ .oj) jlll^? </ie believers are few
\ x'
(Ad. Ap. 9:17); ^f ji^^? ^** <^^ ^e ^'we (Sp. Syr. 18:7).
4. w^^ (Gen. 1:18); 5?f ^^^ (J- S. 65:20); jlf (J. S. 67:13);
Vi^Z (-bntn); jfl ayjp.
3. (1) Attributive adjectives usually follow the determination of
their nouns.
Rem. 1. The noun is sometimes in the absolute and the adjective
in the emphatic state.
Bern. 2. The noun is sometimes in the emphatic and the adjective
in the absolute state.
Bern. 3. Nouns found in the absolute state only may have adjectives
in the emphatic state.
(2) a. A predicate noun, adjective, or participle, is commonly put
in the absolute state.
h. But the predicate is sometimes put in the emphatic, especially if
93.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. 109
it is a substantive or if it is an adjective or participle taken as a
substantive.
4. Pronouns are always determinate. Infinitives, the names of
months, and most foreign words are indeterminate in form, even when
determinate in sense. ].iM> when used in connection with a numeral
for a day of the week is unchangeabls, e. g. |n<t^ ^^ Sunday (Mt. 28:1);
]ALzi \i^h] >cals Wednesday (J. S. 62:2).
94. Apposition.
1. llilo ^n\\n^ (Mt. 10:4); Ic,'^^ ]lo% the west-wind (Ex 10:19);
Z'^ jjoiJ (J. S. 84:7); |.iij4lo jVcl ji^r^Jo? tails, burning firebrands
(Is. 7:4); ,_^:;aJ ||VAV.4r) |.^.o |^iicu chickpeas were 500 numia a
kab (J. S. 34:20).
2. I jIa*^ ^'iy^ IJ.^ a hundred measures of oil (Lk. 16:6).
\\o\ .-jS^I ]ys, five loads of silver coin (J. S. 10:21).
3. ^CLl ^^ very. good (Kirsch Chrest. p. 130:12); w.a-4-c ^M^d very lad
(S. S. 23:14, Mt. 4:24); ^Z ^ one by one (John. 8:9, J. S. 77:2);
.^^liiio? \:i>S\ci >^qin^^|\L^? i^'l-s in the land of his enemies, in the
land of Moab.
4. i-li^t^ '"-*5^ r^ o-coi he was the first to save him (J. S. 3:1).
1,.^ j.15 ^01 |o(3i hhJ\ Haman remained, as an escaped one (Aphr. 52:1 5);
li *4, i*!^ r l"*^t-s ^3"^ oa\ he first showed good will (J. S. 23:17);
Viso,-o c^i^ffij? .oJoio (=lit.) and they who first had the gospel preached
[to them]. (Heb. 4:6)
5. ]ll^ >^ many things (Sp. Syr. 6:6); ^*^ j^M much earth (Kk. 4:5);
^.^\n |:lc'ali a little consolation (J. S. 32:10); |?oia^ V^ the little
light (J. S. 31:15).
Rem. 1. ]Ii-i? 1?24 t^ie mount of Olives (Mt. 21:1); \ls} 9=4 id (Mt.
26:30); ^jf w.-H^ (J- S. 65:20).
110 ELEMENTS OF STEIAO. [ 94.
Bern. 2. ]}^:o9 ^aojiUcuo ]!!^Z three measures of barley (Rev. 6:6);
}^^9 ]J^ a hah of beans (J. S. 34:20).
1. The first noun denotes a person or thing, the second defines it.
2. The second denotes the principal idea, the first defining its
measure, weight &c.
3. The second noun is a repetition ofthe first for emphasis, distribution,
or multiplication (see 92. 1. (3); or the first word in a clause is re-
peated in order to add a new idea to it.
4. We meet occasionally with constructions similar to the Greek
predicative, or modal accusative.
5. ,A.^ many; ^ >\n little and *; -| other, often stand before their
noun; as also do other adjectives occasionally, see 99. 1, Bern. 1.
Rem. 1. Names of places and times are frequently connected by
5, or may be in simple construction, see 90. A. B. The construction
with 5 is really a kind of apposition.
Bern. 2. The thing contained may be connected with the thing
containing by means of 5.
Ob. .* P
6. (1) yi^oh 01^3 Ijoi a^ this consolation (J S 42. 14).
flul^ oiS'^S all his army (J. S. 88. 9).
I^H ou^is in aU the land (L^. 4:25).
(2) \Lal ^ffi^^ he cast the silver (Mt. 27:5). (So Mt. 14:10, 26:51).
pil^cs |Joi >.?uJz ^ when he told this word (Aphr. 520:18).
(3) jZaViiiS ou.^-aiJ he should destroy the friendship (Ined. Syr. 8:16).
y-.cj.lk .LJo-. oiZ^ Jonathan delivered David (J. S. 2:18). (See also
12:9, 21:6).
(4) ]J-^iA!:I (jil^ efu3oVi\4l? that he would deliver the city (J. S. 56:1).
6. (1) The second noun may be in apposition with the pronominal
suffix of the first. So especially after Vs meaning aU the".
(2) The noun may be in apposition with the pronominal suffix of
the verb.
(3) The noun in apposition with the pronominal suffix of a verb is
generally preceded by ^
g 951 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. HI
(4) Occasionally, we find a pronoun and a noun each preceded by
by w^ and both in apposition with the pronominal suffix of the verb.
95. The Nominative Absolute.
1. 11 S "^ A^^ ^ . V.O . ^^^a^ S^ pL^^^^ ^^^^| ^-^ | a 1^ ^ Wnr when
a man has been turned from the little err or, there is received by him etc,
(Sp. Syr. 22:3). (lit. For a man when etc.)\ Xll^ q.^\t]} |.s|.s
|^-o]? I ^ -^^ Zooi ^ci The stone which the builders rejected^ it has
become the head of tJie corner (Mt. 21:42). (See also Mt. 4:10);
.i-cwtt| f.4- ,-i- v-s] (lit.=) For we, also, we have been preached
the gospel (Heb. 4:2).
2. (1) aili^ ^ ^^aJ\ ^^i? j.iiiij he hoped that he had found the time (J. S.
18:12); 01^ 'c^r- ^ ^5^ rebellion, they know it not ( Aphr . 1 7 lult) ;
I ^V'' '^cia^l^ ffu:x*5 oiJao? his own blood, the dogs licked it up
(Aphr. 183:16).
(2) 1-.^ s-4J,.as wJ^o and me, the Lord commanded me (Deut. 4:14).
^'^I-*] oi2uS59 |.^|] Elijah, Jezebel persecuted him (Aphr. 123:18).
(3) 01^ ^1^1 j.iL ^n 4 t \ to Jesus what shall I do to him ? (Math. 2 7:22).
]]**> wr;9 01.1^ c\f^^ )l A^T ^lOQj^ Constantine he made a general
(J. S. 45:8). (See also 91:5).
3. ^-^''? *^ f? ^^=^^3^ atlJ\ his weapon, it is weaker than ours
(Aphr. 137:21); coi >c(nj.^| ^-1L? .o^j Our father Abraham is he
(John. 8:39). (See also Heb. 3:4, Aphr. 7:2, 14:10, Mt. 26:48).
ooi^j.^ N^^-Siisc? 001 he that blesses, blessed is he (Did. 4:14);
oLLa^ 001 001 9 \^ all that &c. that is its name (Gen. 2:19).
4. (1) oiJ-9a-o ^^>.iixiZ| qiZn1Snqi ^^>..^L:ao i-*-^^^>-A-oi For on account cf
AheVs faith, his gift was accepted (Aphr. 18:4). (See also 63:17,
449:15).
112 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO. [8 95.
P ,- 7 .7 !>. V I P o *
|Za-ii^,..o ^oia-i*:^ V^f"^ ^^^-^oi w.aJ| J if they shall speak evil
against a man falsely (Did. 14:14).
(2) ^i-5Z| (=3-201 ^oA-i!* i^oCTi 1j.l:^? >Cf\n.\n according to all which I
was preaching to you, so have I conducted myself (Ad. Ap. 41:3).
(3) i.* Si\ oiJ^ '^^-i-Jw^ ooi ooi Vli 1?^ oilla ,-Lo ^1? i- j^ the sheep,
which from the whole flock was lost, for it does the shepherd care
(Aphr. 142:10).
Bern. ^013^^ wn-.^j jjLscn ^^cZ '^o-jl-i \^ concerning Jesus it is further
so written (A]^hY. 112:9).
o. ^^1. ^^-=^^ ^^'r^ ir*? ^ * "'"^ ^ow are the ram's horns broken
(Aphr. 83:20); mS^o^ |^]lo ZoLS jj? ^o and the ivound of
him who is not ashamed is healed (Aphr. 1 3G:3). (So Aphr. 449:15).
6. ^ '^NjSi^ ^1 )-s l?!Ji ^(Ji LJ]o and thou wishest to learn this very
thing (J. S. 7:22); 01^ ^^t^^ jJ jiioj >clio --.? jJoi hut this one,
V ^ ^
nothing despicable has been done by him (Lk. 23:41); L2} ^ ^jj
thou ivho art thou? (John. 1:19); |?oi .an\ |i| ^| ^? jjj but
I, I say this to you (Ded. 1:23); ^ov^sj-s aij-^Lo L^] do thou
bless him (Did. 2:13); 01.^ ^LoL-aic ^-1* ive ivill persuade him
(Mt. 23:14).
A noun or pronoun, called the Nominative Absolute, is often put
for emphasis at the beginning of a sentence, its grammatical position
and case being assumed generally by a pronoun agreeing with it in
gender and number. Sometimes the noun, or pronoun, to be emphasized,
is itself repeated.
1. The logical subject of the sentence may be put first.
2. The logical object may be put first: (I) the noun without, the
pronoun with Lomadh; (2) the noun with Lomadh, the pronoun suf-
fixed to the verb ; (3) both with Lomadh.
3. The logical subject is often resumed by 001 or 001, especially when
the latter is equivalent to the copula.
4. The nominative absolute is often the logical object of a preposition.
96.1 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 113
(1) expressed, or (2) understood. The object is emphasized when the
demonstrative pronoun is used after the preposition instead of the
pronominal suffix, see (3).
Remark The preposition may be used before the noun placed first
in the sentence as well as before the pronoun, which assumes the usual
grammatical position of the noun.
5. The nominative absolute is often the logical genitive after a noun,
its grammatical place being assumed by a pronominal suffix.
6. The same rules that are true of the noun are true also of the
pronoun when in the nominative absolute.
96. The Genitive.
The Genitive relative may be expressed :
I. By the construct state.
II. By means of the relative pronoun ?.
III. By means of the pronominal suffix and the relative pronoun >.
ly. By means of the preposition ^.
I. Construction or Annexion.
1. a. jliLjJ^^ Beelzebub (Mt. 13:28); ..aJ^ son of man (John. 2:25);
il^ril^ openlt/ (BarHeb. Sch. Mor. 1:23); jili.^ ^^cjk^ suspicmi
(1 Tim. 6:4); |-^? >a:I JL^'4. sodomites (Dit. 1:21).
b. UsJ^io-tn ^o^hA orthodoxy; ^JaVa.Z ji avXXsiTOVpyog Athan.
(Fest. Lett. 25:7); -^Z .^lH s^naSoOyTsg (Ps. 91:15 Hex. [Nol.]).
2. a. jZaL^ L^ palace (Bar Heb. Sch. Mor. 1:14); j^i^so wl^s
bitter fruits; lls.^!^ ^-^ capital city (J. S. 12.2); \U^ ja-l
mowit of Olives (Mt. 26:30); ]%\^ "%^ counsellor (Eom. 11:34).
b. jll:s.9 ^ i * m i* wanting of mind (Ga\. 3:1); \lsis rr^} ]^^ a slave
bought for silver (Ex. 12:44); jLia^? ZsLjj sick of love (Song of
Songs 2:5).
wtr iiwy (%u %T. 15AX
IIlo^ .I^lLis f jmrnt (Vk. 1:32); 1a2^*if ^^m^
itmImm (Lk. 4:25); IS^kJ V^ ftm iag^ (Tihi Xill^l;
II2J ^ Oroiyft fl^ jrivM (XL 27.-9); |ll^ ^ 1^. Ujmt fc
aiif ni j i (Mt, 27:24); |^f>^ flcMiiK<|M^0ft.
28:19); Za^ (J. a 2:15).
4. (1) >^ V^ hm9 9f SAm (Gol 14:1S); ^'^f- Anr
Mu (Gen. 1&:20): a^ '^ * ^ r*' ll^Ti rTM
1:19); ^tl9mmiiJ,S.rzl7); mlim^ kmrnmi^miJ JS.^S^
(2) WLS: lL; ftwr ^Gmi (Acts 9:31): |LZ AS^ 1^ r
iNc <JMK (J. a 90:5); oid.^? fimr ^hm(^^. %XSi)>,
\Ls^ ^i tte Jbtv < fcr (1 TIm. :10); i^L^ii 2:^
(Tv^Il^ fJW Im /W Act Mfortir Ait Ararl (Siiii. 4:I0X
BfM. 1. UtsIcL^ ^ ^^^I^Mw AtcMfifttrAflrwIiMiCfiiplff.n.
124:3 [K^d.]); oC^ |^ r^*^ mmmhm% V^ifcinfH
(Judges 11:1).
Bern. 2. A^lLs^ < .\^>g )f ^i^M oomyrf^M^nm (JuMft of
Edessa Z. D. M. G. XXXH, p. 4SS.9); dJU^ JII v^
iiMrift^ (JuL 112:13 [H^.D; )^ ^2111 MMl^
(X S. 1:1).
Ban. 3.--i^le ^i^v** ^4^U in tit wtntl ^ Aiirtii < ^IWmhmt
(J. S. 40:10).
The genitive relation, otHed eoMlratioB r tOMMOEiMi^ k dwMM Vv
a noun in the eonsUuot state ( 76) Mowed by % Mft ia the
emphatic state. The foUowing Ttrieliet SMj be ttoled^
97a.] ELEMENTS OP SYEIAO. H5
1 . Where two, or more, words form together but one idea, as (a) in
compound words, and (b) in translations of a single Greek word.
2. "Where the first word has a main idea which the second limits
as to quality, origin, possession, designation &c. The first may be (a)
a noun, or (b) an adjective:
Rem. A preposition may come between the adjective and the noun.
3. Where the second noun has the main idea, which the first limits
as to time, place, quantity, manner &c. Many compound prepositions
are used in this construction.
4. Where two words have distinct ideas of equal value, we have
(a) the subjective genitive, (6) the objective genitive.
Rem. 1. A particle, or enclitic verb, occasionally comes between
the two nouns in construction.
Rem. 2. A participle may be in construction with an adverb, or
with a governed noun preceded by *-^.
Rem. 3. A noun in the construct may have two nouns after it.
Generally, however, in such cases the relative ? is employed.
97 A.
II. The Genitive with ?.
1. jZii^? I-Znj ipsvloTTpoipyjToci (Mt. 24:24).
2. |*Va? IZosilikifi the kingdom of heaven (Mt. 13:11); jJI^^^j 1^5 |-s
in the land of the Chaldeans (Julianos 6:1); |2^"|? jjo-^ the mount
of Olives (Mt. 21:1); U?a^? j-lo? the Holy spirit (Mt. 28;19);
]?ok-? >al^ h^ (Mt. 2:1); ^l^s? |?|^ the Passover (John. 13:1).
3. lILk,? ^-1^ |La 6000 years (Aphr. 36:20); l^a^? \^ a hob of
beans (J. S. 34:20).
4. jsiAv? |iwja.rij,Z the glory of God (John. 11:4); |.al-? |.49oj-s in the
way of sinners (Mt. 5:10); plls? jiwaaJ expenditures for the building
(J. S. 81:18); ^ooi-j-^? |ZaJL...Juo V^^iao on account of the leanness of
their bodies (J. S. 37:1); U^]? ]1sq] the way to the tree (Gen. 3:24).
116 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 97a.
Bern. 1. >^oiQ-M? |.^!^a^5 P^> at the time of the end of his life
(J. S. 91:15), |JZa:J?o |laa?o l^lscl? j-j'^cf afflictions of
locusts and famine and pestilence (J. S. 40:16). See, also,
J. S. 92:11; Did. 1:5. l^M? |Iv^? ]1-^oIl (Gen. 2:4).
See, also. Gen. 30:37; Mt. 26:28. jil? v^^ % &oofc o/'
/i/e (Ps. 69:28); woucj?o v^^? ]Lu^.. w^ sin and that of my
fathers (Legends of St. Mary [Ms.] p. 9:1); gi l i S ^^o ^^.^o? jbo
the words of our Lord and of his Messiah (J. S. 46:7);
^j.^?o oi.l.aJ? j.^^ sufferings of his soul and of the body
(Overbeck 175:26).
Bern. 2. |Zg-.*.? jjas Vll^ a^ flesh of an animal (Sp. Syr. 7:26);
Italics?? ^^L^&X Va ^Lo from all the power of Bome (Did.
75:6); l-^col |J? ^t N.| hor7i without marriage (Overbeck
[Nold. 206]).
Bern. 3. .aVt'NA? ja-Jofff Solomon' s porch (John. 10:23); >al^ ^-i^
|5ooi-? Bethlehem Judah (Mt. 2:1); U^ai*? wl^^o^ the deceit-
fulness of riches (Mt. 13:22).
Bern. 4. jZaic? >c^ jiv^I;^ a??^ catwe whatsoever of death (Ad. Ap.
12:13); Uli^w ocn j-iija.^ U^J*^ jJLa^o-.? because the divine
teaching is the seal of the mind (Sp. Eph. Syr. Overbeck p. 22:6).
By means of the relative ?, all the varieties of the genitive mentioned
under I. may be expressed, ? being in apposition with the noun pre-
ceding it, and in construction with that which follows.
Bem. 1. The construction with ? is usual where there are two or
more genitives. Where two or more genitives are dependent on one
noun, the first may be in construction, the second with ?, though usually
both, or all, have ?.
Bem. 2. The first noun is occasionally found in the absolute state,
or even the construct.
97b.] ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO. 117
Rem. 3. This is the construction used with foreign and indeclinable
nouns, see 86. 6.
Bern. 4. Sometimes a word comes between the first noun and the
relative, see B. Eem. 2.
III. The Genitive relation denoted by the pronominal suffix and ?.
l^?]? gin's n in the heart of the earth (Mt. 12:10).
j i> 4 V ? ^cjioj-n:^ the works of Messiah [lit. The works of him who is
Messiah] (Mt. 11:2).
I Mt 4^9 (jij-KL** f/ie reproach of Christ (Heb. 11:26).
jlj^itf? oill.-*? ^Ae /ear o/" the Lord (Did. 1:8).
Eem. 1. |j>*.:iQ^? oiJ?| Azs riffht ear; >a^L^? oiZaa.lii.itf his eternal king-
dom (Did. 1:5).
i2em. 2. |kX? j-^ oif^-? /<>^ ^^ A^^ of God (Sp. Syr. 2:26);
jiiciw.-? i-i-,. |ooi |.^| for he was the father of the orphans (Over-
beck 207:19); ]otX? ^jf oi^ ^f if thou be the son of God
(Mt. 27:40); )L^1? v.jooZ ]o<n ]'f^*^o and he was, moreover,
a companion of the sorrowing (Ov. 207:2); joi^? jooi ai^ poi
this ivas the son of God (Mt. 27:55).
Hem. 3. ]?oi5 oiA^a^:^ because of this (J. S. 11:19). (But Sp. Syr.
2:11 ]?OT? V^).
Rem. 4. 1^9| oiSnn w aZZ the earth (Lk. 4:25); gi\t** otli^ his whole
army (J. S. 10:12); |Znl\iOT oi^s? o/" our whole faith
(Aphr. 6:16).
When the second noun is determinate, the first often takes a pro-
nominal suffix, agreeing in gender and number with the second noun.
The second noun is really in apposition with the pronominal suffix of
the first.
118 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 98,
Bern. 1. "WTien the clause with ? is an adjective clause, limiting
the noun and not the pronominal suffix, it is treated as a nominal sen-
tence, of which 5 is the subject and the noun, substantive or adjective,
is the predicate. If this predicate is an adjective, it is in the absolute
state and agrees with its antecedent in gender and njimber, see 79. 2.
Rem. 2. One, or two words, especially particles, pronouns, enclitic
copulas may come between the pronominal suffix and the relative, see
A, Rem. 4.
Rem. 3. A preposition may take this construction.
Rem. 4. ^Vo all, takes the pronominal suffix agreeing in gender
and number with the following noun. The noun, however, is put in
direct apposition with the suffix, 5 being omitted.
98.
lY. Genitive with Prepositions.
1. jLon lie 01? |n\v\ 1*4 io she was among the women belonging to the
king of the Buns (J. S. 19:6); ^-i^!^p:u \m^o^ a stool for thy feet
(Acts 2:35); oi.^ ^^iVitW composed hy him (J. S. 51:18); ,-*o,.l^
hy David (Ps. 3 heading).
Rem. .ZalLi^au^ l?aLi-^ finisher of our 'faith (Heb. 12:2); U-o-*^
ufl-i^oJaXk^a^oAlk the conquest of Constantinople (Kirsch, Chrest.
136:1).
2. .ogtVl 4 h ^ ] 4 Sn L ^-a^ he seized five of their chiefs (J. S. 82:22);
JJ-^^ ^ fZ one of the generals (J. S. 59:13); ^oollio ^5z two of
you (Mt. 18:19).
1. The genitive of possession and of the author may be expressed
by the preposition w^.
Rem. Verbal and some other nouns govern another noun in the
accusative, the construction being equivalent to our genitive relation.
2. The partitive genitive is expressed by means of the preposition ^io.
99.] ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. 119
99. The Adjective.
1. l-cJoV |-^cnJ great lights (Gen. 1:16); j-L^c? jiili^cL^ great
upraises (J. S. 1:5); |.rs9 Ij-oO great light (Gen. 1:16); |J-iaj
\j^l great shame (J. S. 1:6); |Li( iLc^ great wind (Jon. 1:4);
|w^509 l^oZl ^rea^ si^ws (Mt. 24:24); ]u^ |-Jc? aw emw^
spirit (Is. 19:14); jz^-ii^ |-io9 erring spirits (1 Tim. 4:1).
Rem. 1. |Ji^ |Jh*J (I'^other parable (Mt. 13:24); jiosT ^*^ man^
things (Sp. Syr. 6:6); jis] Jb^l^Ii a ?^Yf;e time (Eev. 12:12);
jjar) j-i.(Gen. 5:7) ; l^jajL^ ]^Aic,o the first foundation (Sp. Syr.
49:29); odL^j^ ^? |9iu*lc now the excellent Sergius; yzZ-^
ji^roa-^ holi/ Mary (Aphr. 180:2); s-cokiJ ^j ][ ^Tv^ noto
the honored Jacob.
Rem. 2. \^{} ^-^^^ \h^A ,-^^oi these three righteous men (Aphr.
454:3); ,.^ |.^a.- r7<7^ one (Gen. 1:5); ^*r*\i4, jZVcZ V^a^
serew /*a^ A;iwe (Gen. 41:18).
Rem. 3. lU^ c-^ UJ-= ^ great company with him (Mt. 26:47); |J^^
jjoi li >'=^ 4> i-A-^, C01 for this is a good thing (Sp. Syr. 1:20);
l^^fji oi.*.o9 his Holy spirit (Did. 1:6); jj-*.^ ^fL^^^.thy energ-
eticwilliJ. S. 2:1).
i2pm. 4. Vi-rLibitfo l-Ai? (jiic? his pure and precious blood (Did. 1:7);
|iw.,^J-o ]^ps ]bJL'ii.j^Z sad and melancholy tales (J. S. 5:9).
2. i >nA>? fAaf i^ 2(7as ^ooi (Gen. 1:3); |.a**i.^ I^*^? ot-ac? ^Ae
gpmf o/" God was brooding (Gen. 1:2); |ooi >c-*i^ |-.i^o awcZ
<Ae serpent was cunning {Q^Qn.. 3:1); j , * '^ 4? >c,.Lo anything that
was good (J. S. 2:17); ^v-^? ^Aa^ ^Acy a*e true (J. S. 5:12);
t^iS^4> o| ^r^? i^tSij those that read or hear (J. S. 5:12).
120 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. [ 99.
Rem. 1. li| ^o^ J&e^iere(John. 9:38); ij[ V^Z7re/^(J. S. 4:2).
Bern. 2. .nn;v>S ^2^Mo your eyes shall be opened (Gen. 3:5);
I <fc \i I? oia.*}.^ .ccn5jnaJ ^?!wi;.r;iJ;o absorbed is thtir light in the
splendor of the sun (Aph. 434:21).
Rem. 3. ]ooi |.Ivir<?? who had been blind (John. 9:13); 1.11 ).Jl^ w;e are
upright (Gen. 42:11); )yM^^Z |.J<n u)i^i..*^ truly this is the
apostle (Addai Apost. 34:8).
1. The adjective, or participle, when used in an attributive sense,
follows the noun which it modifies and agrees with it in gender, num-
ber and state.
Rem. 1. The adjectives |.Ji.-| other, ^a much, \.^> little, feiv,
often precede their nouns; as, also, do other adjectives occasionally,
especially words of praise or blame.
Rem. 2. Occasionally, the noun and adjective do not agree as
to state.
Rem. 3. One, or more words, may occur between the noun and its
adjective. The pronominal suffix occurs regularly between the noun
and adjective.
Rem. 4. More than one adjective may limit the same noun.
2. When the adjective or participle is predicative, it agrees with its
antecedent in gender and number, but is generally in the absolute
state. It usually follow the subject noun. But:
Rem. 1 . The predicate precedes the plural pronoun which becomes
enclitic.
Rem. 2. Sometimes when emphatic the predicate precedes the sub-
ject noun.
Rem. 3. When the definiteness of the predicate is to be emphasized,
it is put in the emphatic state. The predicate is emphatic also in
nouns which have no absolute state. 86. 17 (2).
100. Comparative and Superlative.
1. ]Zs-..i oilLs ,_iso >a.^ subtler than any beast (Gen. 3:1).
w^^^ii^l ; 4 %l ^ i-.w. more than thyself thou hast loved me (J. S. 2: 1 4).
1-^ 1 * 1^ ^'i li^lvi ^ -fJlZ more than 120000 men (Jon. 4:11).
I 100.] ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. 121
9 ^^i^if ^fi ,-iJ? J^4P ^^^^ ^**^ ^'*^^^ ^^^^ ^^*^^^ (^* ^' ^^'^)*
^owoi-alk) ^Jao wa4 j^f^lik aA^iA> ^/{e^ worshipped the
creatures more ihayi their Creator (Rom. 1:25).
Bem 1. v-tJlo ^''c? too great for me (J. S. 3:8).
|ou4u! ^ ]ccn ]1.^ foo younff for sins (Aphr. 221:12).
Bern. 2. r^ala^? ^ ,Ja-o /oo old to beget (Sp. Syr. 11:8).
<.nn4V? ,-i;fi |.9 foo ^reaf fo forgive (Gen. 4:13).
I lsn\? ^ w^ i^wLla^ -^ w^:is ii is wMcA better for me to
die than to live (Jon. 4:3).
Rem. 3. j.*^^^ ,-i^ c^a*. f/i6/ o^re i(;/iifer <7mw milk (Lam. 4:7).
V^^-fi ,~^ Q--s5 f/if^ are purer than snow (Lam. 4:7).
Rem. 4. ,-.*a!^ cj jjL.?? j^o.^^ w.*^^ jcoiJ . j-^o 5c^lk It will be
more tolerable for Tyre et Sidon in the day of judgment than
for you (Mt. 11:22).
nn A i>ViN|Z(-A^ I^J^kOsl.^ ^^^..^ of \l^s ,_Lo .:^lcl^ ^ en ^^.i^jas
I i>=i1 Ji is te^^er fo die of hunger than by much food to obscure
the soul (Anal. syr. 7:2). yrsj-l^!::^ IJc I^^la!:! ^.^tJoL It is
better to die &c. rather than to perish (J. S. 65:12).
Rem, 5. (.l...liso ,-iso ^1^..^ v*oi q.1 a Vi 4 V his servants are mnummerable
(St. Ephrem on Dan. 7:10). {See Duval 366 g.)
2. (1) J-kiOj-oo (.i-9 |J,..)a3 aJcji this is the greatest and the first com-
mandment (Mi. 22:38); l^b }-f^'^ least greatest (Mt. 5:19);
I ii*\.4.? ^cci^a^^i |.J||J| lam least of the apostles (1 Cor. 15:9);
Vfn^? |5\-*.isc most excellent of men (J. S. 1:1).
(2) p:n\il^ w^i p,-os.s |J-.| ivliich commandment is greatest in
the law? (Mt. 22:36); ]?cjL? |2!:^:jao li-l-^ least among the
kings of Judah (Mt. 2:6).
122 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ iO^^
(3) .Q-ik2ao Va ,-ifi )-C9 the greatest of all plagues (Eph. 1:204c);
wicked and the worst of men (Act. Martyr. 223).
(4) a. )..a^i>^? nSV) Hw^ of kings (Rev. 17:14); t^, nS ,-aik servant of
servants (Gen. 9:25); J-iTjo-d w.a.o^ ^io/y of holies (Ex. 26:33).
6. |Z9i-Mi>o jZoj^^ perfect liberty (Anal. syr. 49:21).
(5) l^jilao >-4m*9 archangel (1 Thess. 4:16); s*Zo,- ^jk-.9 wy chief jot/,
(Song of Songs 4:14); Isu^JJ |i^5 exceeding great (Jon. 3:3);
c ^ y * t^
lavX j-ja-i mighty mountains (Ps. 36:6).
1. The comparative of adjectives is expressed by the simple adjective
with ^-io. The comparative idea may be strengthened by the use of
such adjectives as i-2u, ,a^ and w^a^.
Bern. 1. ^ may sometimes be translated by ^too^\
Rem. 2. .So in the sense of "too^' or Hhan" is frequently used before
an infinitive with the relative 120. 1 (6).
Rem. 3. i>o is sometimes used in a comparative sense after verbs.
Rem. 4. c] and o are sometimes used instead of ^^.
Rem. 5. The construct state of an adjective is occasionally found
before V.
2. The superlative degree may be expressed:
( 1 ) By a determinate noun i. e. a noun in the emphatic or construct state.
(2) By means of the preposition ^^.
(3) By means of Vs ,-i^.
(4) a. By means of a noun in the singular in the genitive relation
with the same noun in the plural ; or (6) by means of a noun limited
by an adjective from the same root.
(5) By means of ^.^-9 chief; and perhaps, in a few cases, by means
of ]ai^ God.
101. The Personal Pronoun.
A. AS SUBJECT OB COPULA.
1. (1) ,*-i.|? i-i-V iJ| oi?a4wJ am I my brother's keeper? (Gen. 4:9).
|.J| ^} I am guiltless (Job. 33:9).
101.] ELEAIB.VTS OF SYRIAO. 123
2J| jk:^ thou art God (Addai 3 ult.).
,-JU >^ia^ th^ people are we (Aphr. 448:9).
i2em. jllIU I ask (Eph. 3:13)
nniit he is a debtor (Gal. 5:3).
(2) .CU.Z <o^l ^1 i/e shall live also (John. 14:19).
^i y-4,o^ OCT he shall bruise thy head (Gen. 3:15).
j-4*ZZ| O01O and he himself was taken (Jos. St. 10:12).
9Q-D ^.*? ooi now Kawid himself (Jos. Sty. 19:4). {See also
Rom. 14:9 ;Eplies.4:20; Acts 19:15 ;Lk.3:14;Spic. Syr. 1:7).
(3) ofciia:^ oi.^so 31 ,~^9o|J .Q-^^a wnaj Sihon went out to meet us,
he and all his people (Deut. 2:32); ^^ia:^ Jjotu. ^| Vs2o
thai thou shouldest fall thou and Judah with thee (2 King
14:10). (See also Deut. 5:14, 12:7; Gen. 6:18, 13:1).
2. (1) ,-L^I ^? ,-L but ive say (Jos. Sty. 42:19).
^ O b> ^ X h. V
]j| ^oas p|o ^oiuJ| ,40 ^AJJo and ye are in me and I am
in you (John. 14:20).
L2] .oillD L2] thou art one of them (Matt. 27:73).
Bern. 1. 2uo^ ooi wa^lz J If to learn thou art willing (Spic. Syr. 1:15).
^^o.^^^ \^ ooi ^^01 \4^ because of these things Solomon
sinned (^ eh. 15:26).
]2^^:^:bo 01 Ijai Jo and if this word (Spic. Syr. 2:5).
^5;^Vfi Q-.O01 he has spoken (Aphr. 5:1).
^^lt\i>nV> C01 |jffa.:iflJ p] but the law we are establishing
(Rom. 3.31).
Note.fja.':^\ ]9<^ ^ci this to do (Jos. Sty. 3:32).
| .,i n i p |3 p(ji 01 m ,.3 when this one came to Aniioch (Jos.
Sty. 13:1). (See also Jos. Sty. 12:11, 7:22).
124 ELB30INTS OF SYRIAO. [ 101b.
Rem. 2. j:^^ ^n ^^ that is Zoar (Gen. 14:8).
.o^^=iL s*oi*oi lj.^4^ w^9Q-a3 in the city of giants i. e. Hebron
(Gen. 23:2).
>oo?i cuooi ojfl-kL Esau i. e. Edom (Gen. 36:19; Comp. 36:43).
Note. vP^r-I *'''? "^"^^or^ tr^ Nedubaalj that is Gideon rose up early
(Jud. 7:1).
2. (2) J^koH OCT VjI I am Jesus (Acts 22:8).
l"--'^^ coi ig| J Art thou the Christ (Luke 22:67).
A. The personal pronoun may be used separately (compare 95:1).
1. (1) As the subject of a nominal sentence.
Rem. The pronoun often coalesces with the preceding participle
or adjective, see 35. 2.
(2) In verbal sentences to emphasize the subject. It may then often
be translated by "self",
(3) If a second subject follows the verb the subject contained in the
verbal form is emphasized by the corresponding personal pronoun.
2. It is used as a kind of copula, see 130. 1 (2).
(1) Agreeing in person, number and gender with the subject.
Rem. 1. (comp. 95. 4) Here belongs the use of coi without agree-
ment of gender or number for the putting of special emphasis upon
the word which precedes it.
Note. Sometimes the pronoun precedes the word. It is then equi-
valent to the article.
Rem. 2. ^ct Jai denotes "that is", "id est".
Note. OCT? also is sometimes used for "that is".
(2) Agreeing in number and gender only with the subject.
B. AS SUFFIX.
1. (1) OTJnSnS^I? that they should deliver it (Jos. St. 56:1).
^CT..*^^ created he him (Gen. 1:27).
oihf^ he sent it (Ad. 1:3).
^CToj]-i. they saw him (Ad. 2:10).
saIa^I )m,gu the serpent beguiled me (Gen. 3:13).
101b.] ELEilENTS OF SYRIAO. 125
^qin > itVZ thou shall bruise him (Gen. 3:15).
Rem. 1. .Qjj Ij^ created Jie them (Gen. 1:27).
A:f >^iJ3 Ae fc/essec^ ^Aem (Gen. 1:28); ^ootisfc ^J) VaiLo 13
I will not accept them (Mai. 1:13).
Bern. 2. j^wn <.oi-,-4, /te casf ^Ae silver (Matt. 27:5).
uBG^j oiJ?]i5 ouLai /ie cm< oyf f^e ear of Blus (Jos. St. 12:9).
|^,;\ a\ . qJ| ] o 01 ,-as Ae had commanded the disciples (Acts 1 :2).
]iJL:^-4.z ^ > \ qvl>i ^r*^L hj^h^ I have ivritten these narratives
(Jos. St. 20:17).
Rem. 3. >^i^ j-so ^^^o ^.Jj ^ |j|| n^V? which I am commanding thee
and thy son and thy son''s son (Deut. 6:2).
-Rem. 4. ^^H^f^ aC^ jcoio and he was before me (John. 1:15).
axbLs .OCTL^ al:^.]] they went after her (John. 11:31).
.as] Zalk ^ |.J| ^-iiKmo and I go to my father (Ad. 4:15;
Acts 5:39; Acts 12:19, 10:26, 12:15; Eom. 1:22).
(2) 01 iSH^ thou mayest eat of it (Gen. 3:17).
^a-M cil-o icho shoiced thee (Gen. 3:11).
2. (1) a. mLe^^^ in his image (Gen. 1:27).
oi.:;*?}^ >^h\ ulSo and between thy seed and her seed (Gen. 3:15).
f^ thy life (Gen. 3:17).
b. J^Of^ for a memorial of me (Lk. 22:19).
oiiulJ.? fear before him (Ex. 20:20).
Rem. 1. ^lAJoifi? |Vit>\ our necessary bread (Mt. 6:11; Mk. 16:14);
IZoIji? ^ksW-jo] ^ from thy whorish ways (Ezech. 16:27).
Rem. 2. |-a-.|~o oijoJjd in his holy mount (Ps. 87:1).
Ijjas ctJ-js her first born son (Mt. 1:25, so also Mt. 3; 17).
|^\4V ^oi|-i* our prevailing freedom (Overbeck 21:20).
f
126 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC [ IQlb.
3. (1) jJoi i^H^ ovi with this history (Jos. Sty. 8:7).
^^1 ^ V^l^ ous under their government {3 0^. Sty. 8; 15).
.Qjoi JLicQ-.^ ^? .oavo iVow in <Aose days (Mat. 3:1).
(2) a. |.l1.s Olio and in the same hour (Acts 3:7; Mt. 26:74).
|l\\\in (31.S through the same word (Overbeck 21:20); ovs
I^Zji in ^Ae same jj/oce (Liik. 2:8); ji^La^ cjtlk the same word
(Matt. 26:44); ucak^ oud ^5^ he met Blus (Jos. Sty. 12:G).
h, li^i^ 01^ |J| ^^ |i? litwow woi f/ie man (Mat. 26:74).
).j) 9|Ja^9 ,^t\|3 .ooL^V^Lo:^ w^J] j]9 ^0 muu shall hill those
whom I send] jZoA.^SnN oi.^ fo the feast.
Bern. jl:^ ^ oLOio from the ship (Acts 27:3).
I li^V^ >a:I oiIa icith Christ (Rom. 6:8).
i?oi V:^ CT >\s on account of this (Acts 9:21).
}^^ V:! 01 \s over the stone (Aphr. 6 ult.)
B. The pronominal suffixes are substituted for the independent pro-
noun in all oblique cases ; except in the case of the third plural after
verbs, where the enclitics .oJ] and .iJ) are used.
1. "With verbs.
(1) The pronominal suffix is generally the direct object.
Bem. 1. The 3rd person plural after verbs is either the independent
personal pronoun or the pronominal suffix after Lomadh.
Rem. 2. The pronominal suffix is often used after a verb to deter-
mine its object.
Bern. 3. When a second object follows, the independent personal
pronoun may be used to strengthen the suffix.
Bern. 4. Preceded by ^, it forms the socalled ethical dative, which
can rarely be translated into English. See 124:5.
(2) Sometimes it is the indirect object.
2. "With nouns.
(1) The pronominal suffix may be treated as a genitive (see 96:98) :
a. subjective whenitis equivalentto an adjectiveo"r possessive pronoun.
6. objective.
R X02,l ELEMENTS OF SYKIAO. 127
Bern. 1. In the genitive relation the pronoun is usually attached
to the last noun, but sometimes to the first.
Bern. 2. With adjectives, the pronominal suffix is attachedto the noun.
3. With prepositions.
(1) The pronominal suffix is used with the preposition where the
noun following it is definite.
(2) When > and 1:^ are used with a suffix they are repeated before
the noun. In this construction
a. the suffix with i sometimes denotes ^Hhe same'\ though generally
it has the force of the definite article merely, see also 107. 9.
h. the suffix with lik often has the sense of the definite article.
Rem. The preposition _:;o with the pronominal suffix sometimes
occurs before the same preposition followed by its noun.
Vii and >aL are used in the same way.
102. The Demonstrative Pronoun.
1. |Joi jls^s at this time (Jos. Sty. 2:3).
^xl^oi IZoZJJ these signs (Jos. Sty. 3:17).
I^^io ]?oi? V^ui^ on account of this word (Spic. Syr. 20).
\l^ ^-Ili^oi Vik on account of these deeds (Spic. Syr. 6:2).
ilc] jjoi this time (5:4).
2. \^o'^ Wr^ oJoi \u^oa\ Hosea, that is ^'the Lord is Saviour^' (Bar Heb.
Sch. M. 1:7).
>*i.^ QjcS this is my body (Matt. 2G:26). -See 36:3.
3. .o, nSl 90.141^^ .cai^ t-^^^? ^r^ *'''? ^^^^ ^^^* alone which was
commanded them should they do (Spic. Syr. 3:15).
,-1^:1? |\iSs? lL5 c(n the judgement of the world to come (Jos. Sty. 6:4).
]a\1 |J? s*oi fsxl^l^t^ wa.*^*? OCT jicylk lic^ until the time decreed in
His unerring knowledge (Jos. Sty. 6:8). (So Jon. 4:49; Matt. 14:21
and Jos. Sty. 49:64, 5:16, 29:6).
Rem. .^^aIZct ^^i"^ these our tvords (Aphr. 299:2).
J 28 ELEMENTS OF SYEtAO. [8 [02.
\t\l M? ^01 oi^,-i^ in his knowledge that tohich is unerring (Jos.
Sty. 6:8, 1:27).
4. Px5 I? 01 Za-ali^ in comparison with this of thine (Jos. Sty. 2:19).
^] lJ(^ this of thine (Sim. Stylites 331, Nold.).
5. JJOT? oiV^Nn^ at the end of it (Addai 16:1).
jjoi? oi^vlika-^ on account of this (Jos. Sty. 11:19).
|5(n wlsf V:! for the sake of this (Jos. Sty. 8:18).
6. jJtJi U*f^t^ ovo in the same month (Jos. Sty. 58:6).
UoQ-i c(ji coio and the same day (John. 5:9).
]L^'^ ^ai^ai the same city (Bar Heb. Sch. M, 1:13).
iJoi coi the same (Spic. Syr. 22:18).
7. '^k^u4<]? coi? of him who has obeyed (Spic. Syr. 5:2).
.cai.*.l.L? ^01 those upon whom (Spic. Syr. 12:2).
^ Zp&s ^0i.? ^^*Nai those in which thou hast commanded me (Jos.
Sty. 1:2); ^.ii. >olli^? coi he who shall betray me (Matt. 26:46);
|c3i ^jidikLo ^Ai.M ^iso v-s]? COI |3| 6tt^ Ae who has been delivered from
sufferings (OYerbeck n b:2Q),
Of the demonstrative pronoun it may be remarked.
1 . As an adjective it may be placed either before or after its substantive.
2. Before the personal enclitic pronoun it generally coalesces into
Qjoi (coi ]J^ji)=that is, this is, see 37. 3.
3. It is sometimes used like coi for distinction or emphasis, or as
an article.
Bern. A demonstrative may limit a noun in construction with pro-
nominal suffix.
4. The demonstrative may be in construction with a personal pronoun.
5. The demonstrative may be used as a genitive.
6. "The same" is generally expressed by the demonstrative pronoun
preceded by the personal pronoun. See 107:9.
7. The demonstrative is used before the relative in the sense of ''that
which", "he who" &c. See 104. 2, Rem. 1.
103.J ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO. 12&
103. The Interrogative Pronoun.
1. (1) wl^l ^QJi^ ^o >*io| s*oi ^ who is my mother and who are my
brethren? (Matt. 12:48). |.Joi ]\n\k^ ar^? ivhat is this
salutation? (Luke 1:29). |oci ^^l^^^l om ollJ to\o would
be he that ministered? (Spic. Syr. 3:24).
(2) ^2^J| ^^so Zj-s ivhose daughter art thou? (Gen. 24:23).
(3) ^iu.o(ji ^jiof l2^ what were you saying? (Spic. 1:5).
(4) ul!^j# jJLic in what have they sinned? (Jos. St. 40*3).
(5) ,-^ '^=5>4^^ on account of whom (Jonah 1:7).
)lVi\^:^ on account of what (Jon. 1:8).
Bern. 1. \:^hZ ,--4-0 po hoiv strait is the gate (Matt. 7:14).
^ |.i^ ^ what is that to us? (Matt. 27:4).
^AsiikO v^lk 1^ ivhat have I to do with thee? (John. 2:4).
Bern. 2. .n > ^^ oi^ '^]. ^f^&jk, ^"^ what is thy name? Se saith to him
Legion (Lk. 8:30). (See also, Ex. 3:13; Jud. 13:17).
Rem. 3. ^nS^ \tiO li^utf jiL what Satan hath filled thy heart? (Barh.
I. p. 184, 1. 24 [Duv.]). jnSv .^^oi'^Qjf |iL ivho are those
kings? (Chrest. Knos. p. 80 vers 10 [Duv.]).
Bern. 4. mj-iaja? io osi? of him whosoever had done it (Jos. Sty. 76:17).
1. ^ HvhoT\ aiJ (o5i ^lao) ''who isf\ ^-J^, jias, |^ "what?'\ alio
''what isT^ are used substantively and may stand:
(1) As subject.
(2) As genetive.
(3) As object direct.
(4) As object indirect.
(5) After prepositions.
Bern. 1. 1^ sometimes means "how'\ It is used also in certain
idiomatic phrases.
E
130 ELEMENTS OF STEIAO. [ 103.
Rem. 2. ^ is equivalent to our ^^whaf^ in the phrase v^io^ ,^
^what is thy name?'\
Rem. 3. |jbso is in a few instances used as an adjective, and
occasionally for persons.
Rem. 4. ? ^ or ? ^ may denote ^^ichoever^\ ? |L:ao whatsoever. See
107. 7 (4).
2. (1) 01.^ ll]:^ ^^^\^ with ivhom was he grieved? (Heb. 3:17);
.j-aa i-i^ai*| for tchat is our hope? (1 Thess. 2:19); .ooiJIas |j-|
jJliojj) ,^a.aj which of them should go out first? (Jos. Sty. 26:1,
see also 3:7).
(2) ,;;4^sil |J-.U ly ichat authority? (Matt. 21:23).
*u*oJ .0^1 1,^1? o/ 16'^ai spirit ye are (Luke 9:55, see also Rev.
3:5); |IaL ^f j-Lf ^ from tchat people art thou? (Jon 1:8).
(3) ,^i A n <>\ i ^? ^r\*| those things which are too hard for
(i. e. above) my strength (Jos. Sty. 3:13).
woi9 If^P^ 01.^ we surrendered to that which teas (Acts 27:15).
Rem. ^Za.^ JisI^ |i-.| 'Vli ^"^^ praying against (him) who is turned
unto me (Mai. 3:5).
(4) .oooiZ? .al2^ ^?'| .1-^-1 <f-]? what manner of persons ought ye '
to be? (2 Heb. 3:11).
2. ^-f, ]^U ^*^.f? "tcAo?", ''whichr\ ""whatT' may be used:
(1) Independently or substantively.
(2) As an adjective.
Rem. The personal pronoun sometimes comes between the adjective
and the noun.
(3) In connection with ? to denote "Ae wh6'\ In this sense it is
sometimes preceded by the demonstrative. Compare 1, Rem. 4.
Rem. "Ae wh6'\ ^that whicK^ &c. are occasionally denoted by the
interrogative alone. In such cases, the whole interrogative sentence is
a substantive clause. 135.
(4) |i-| ^1 means "^waWs", ""what manner of?^^
ft 104.1 ELEMENTS OF STBIAO. ^gj
104. The Relative Pronoun.
1. (1) wioaX fi^? they of the house of Mlus (Jos. St. 14:12).
|^|ii.? ]^Cao? ^lS| the tree which is called that of Jcnowledge.
yal!^ flaS} the things of Caesar to Caesar (Mt. 22:21).
(2) _Lm .j^x? ive are the Lord's (Rom. 14:8).
iLaic? .QJoi those ivho are the left's (Spic. Syr. 12:6; 1 Cor. 3:23;
John. 1:52).
(3) ]ZhJ) ]oa\Z .ooiJ.La \L,]^ ichose ivife shall she be of them (Mk.
12:23; Gen. 32:17; Mt. 22:20).
(4) ^^? ,^>\|? ^01 .osn.^? it is their part that {namely) of those
ivho read (Jos. St. 5:12).
|j|^?o |.j^'n\? such as clothes and utensils (Jos. St. 35:4).
2. \:Ls Ij^^ |.? which (masc. sg.) went up in a night (Jon. 4:10).
.k^f.^ |3? who (masc. pi.) knoiv not.
Rem. 01.S jooi >a.ie? wherein ivas put (Matt. 28:6).
ovn w*|3 |3? on ivhich (sg.) thou hast not labored (Jon. 4:10).
Vi^ ^n^"^*^ y^^ against whom the Lord has raged (Mai. 1:4).
01.^ .oiJ] ^.aiaifi? wJiom ye seek (Mai. 3:1).
2. (1) See 102. 7.
(2) 1^'>J? V^' ]^a\ cai? who ivas the chief of the island (Acts 28:7).
jiLoi'oiJao .ooiA.aJ Ofh^ rO-Jsi? who have made themselves faithful
(Matt. 19:12).
Rem, ^s^? he who sifteth (Ps. II, 4).
ai.Lfli^? those who were with him (Matt. 27:54).
^Jitf? he who offers (MaL 2:12).
n it\q? those who served (Mai. 3:18).
132 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. [ 104.
3. .ooiilaJ? ocoi *-^5- t^ey took charge of their expenses (Jos.
St. 38:12).
^.Llac? - Q-s,|Z %-asoi 13 do not then take thought for the morrow
(Matt. 6:34).
"Rem. ^iik-5 h^oax ^^ thou didst take care of me (Jos. St. 3:10).
^V > usll I ^'^ i-A-^ ccn for the morrow ivill take thought for
t^ie//" (Matt. 6:34).
4. TT^^ o^(s\ ^J-^? I'^l-s "'-s ii^ ^'^6 same place where they were
abiding (Lk. 2:8).
I cot ]Lja^ r^^-^? 1 1^1^^.^ ^^ Vji.4, he set out from Melitine
where he had been winterhig (Jos. Sty. 64:20).
5. ]2f "^^01 |?oi ^]y such a sign also (Jos. Sty. 41:7).
_^9i v^l? jJ^c] such oppressions (Jos. Sty. 4:17).
Mem. jjjflio:^? ^] by way of witness (Jos. Sty. 1:3).
6. ^01 ]|-| l-^^i^t ^4^i^ on account of anything whatsoever
(Jos. Sty. 16).
\'fi^ coi? |J-.| '^^ any old grave no matter what (Jes. Sty. 39:10).
7. ousj-co I j-oo ^a*? icho showed and called and made him to approach.
(L'omelia di Giac. di Sarug. 504.)
The Syriac relative pronoun 5 was originally a demonstrative being
equivalent to the Hebrew nt, sit which are also used sometimes as rela-
tive pronouns, e. ^. Ps. 74:2; Ex. 15:13.
1. ? is still used as a demonstrative.
(1) In phrases which correspond to the Greek article with the genitive.
(2) In phrases which correspond to the Greek predicate or possessive
genitive.
(3) In the genitive construction mentioned in 97 A, especially note-
worthy is such a use before the interrogative.
(4) Sometimes it introduces an appositional or epexegetical phrase.
Note. ooi? also may be used in this sense, see 101 A, Rem. 2. Note,
105.] ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO. I33
2. It is used as a relative pronoun for all numbers, genders, cases.
See 38. 1.
Rem. The oblique cases are expressed, as in English, by means of
prepositions, which follow with a pronominal suffix agreeing with the
antecedent of the relative.
(1) That ivhich is usually expressed by the demonstrative followed
by the relative, see 102. 7.
(2) For emphasis sake the relative is followed by the personal pronoun.
Rem. The relative alone sometimes stands for "'^e who^\
3. |o<3i and ^| in the sense of "fo have^^ and us^ "fo take charge of%
^^to have care of , "to take thought for'\ take after them a noun pre-
ceded by 5,
Rem. V-? may also be used after ws^.#.
4. After nouns of place, the relative is usually followed by the
adverb ,_:^Z.
5. >^]5 followed by the relative pronoun means "sc^".
Rem. ? ^\ followed by ^ means ^^ly way of\
6. ? preceded by the interrogative and followed by the demonstrative
pronoun means ^Hvhatsoever^\ '-'no matter whaf\
7. More than one verb may be used after one relative.
8. It is used as a relative conjunction, especially in the senses "fAaf"
and ''because'', see 135, 136, 137.
105. The Eeflexive Pronoun.
1. zJ-?Z] have I conducted myself (Ad. 41:4).
992)wAiQ!ijk to confirm thyself (Spic. Syr. 43:11).
\l.y^ _^J^,.lkiwiiO laying their blame on time (Spic. Syr. 44:7).
V
oa^o^uikJ to associate themselves (Ad. 31:6).
2. .ooi.i5i4.4 ^ovAli;*:^ _IfS|.io reminding themselves of their sins (Aphr.
223:19).
ASiNJ (sC:L ^01 she harmed herself (Ephr. III. 2c.)
cffi >Q^.i^| he delivered himself (Jos. Sty. 71:1).
01^-5 oulio on his part (Jos. Sty. 62:6).
134 ELEMENTS OF STEIAO. [ 106.
3. ;4ql ]^ save thi/self (Ksitt. 27:40, see also 27;5).
^^oio^^l U svicaJ-o |n\i fate itself does not exist (Spic. Syr. 9:9).
oifiJ >a^ |Ij lY disagrees ivith itself (Overbeck's Eph. 45:6).
5ui1l^ Zos^ ^ of himself {John. 7:18).
s.i^2u <-aL?-^ P) if thou thyself know not (Song of Songs 1:8).
oi.aXc Ijjo i^AJK^p ^<^ Sarah laughed within herself (Gren. 18:12).
aHob j-CQJac he distinguished himself {S]pic. Syr. 4:1 [Duv.]. See also
Lk. 2:17; 11:17).
The reflexive pronoun is expressed:
1. Generally by the reflexive species of the verb.
2. By the personal and possessive pronoun.
3. By such words as |..4^J "sowf', j^aJLo "j?ersow", ]L^ ^^ existence^ \
p1l9 "iwtnd", |.A^ ^heart'\ and similar words.
106. The Possessive Pronoun.
1 . I Znn\v w 01 >p:x ; ? V^lLo because thine is the kingdom (Matt. 6:13).
^-i^? ,Ju for our part (Spic. Syr. 2:9.
.oji^? ^itf KSv oi-D .aa.i:k:iiQjo and to set up over it a king of
tJieir oivn (Jos. Sty. 17:23).
Bern. 1. ,^5 ]l>} my time (John. 7:8).
31-x.? ^i-^oj-s ycfji |Zq-clo >iico and he placed a box in front
of his palace (Jos. Sty. 24:1).
Rem. 2. ^^? >|KS^ i /Ame ot^w eyes (Lk. 6:42).
01.^9 a\h^ci.Ci^h^ to his own glory (Bom. 3:7).
Rem. 3. mJj.^ s#oi cjl!:^.*? Jm*.^ ]^*i:i^ /or ^Ae good is the man^s oim
(Spic. Syr. 6:11).
I^O^flao? ouiL? )^AL*s| the city's own bishop (Jos. Sty. 29:4).
I 107.] ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. I35
|wi ]U-4,? cjiX^? ^? w^l u.*?|jD in the month Ah of this same
year (Jos. 28:1).
Rem. 4. ^!bk .cosiJ they shall be mine (Mai. 3:17).
1. The independent or absolute possessive is rendered by V^j
followed by the suffix of the person.
Rem. 1. V-? is composed of 5 (primarily v*?) and li^, and hence
v.lJ?=what is to me, what I have. Hence ''^'iwj can be used instead of
the possessive adjective pronoun.
Rem. 2. The independent possessive may be added for emphasis
to a substantive or a possessive pronoun.
Rem. 3. ^V.*? is sometimes used to emphasize the substantive which
is usually subjoined with 9.
Rem. 4. The preposition Lomadh with the pronominal suffix is
also used to denote possession.
107. The Indefinite Pronoun.
1. waJ| ovll ^? ^1 then one said to him (Matt. 12:47).
^icZ ^ jj .-aJ| it wounded no one there (Jos. Sty. 25:17).
2. ,-1 r-- e^'^**^ ^^^ (^k- 14:19; Matt. 26:22).
w^j] every man (Cor. 3:8, 7:2).
. a'oj> '^j every soul (Kom. 13:1).
^ Vs every one (Anal. Syr. 49:6 [Dur.]).
f^ fM Va every one (Eph. 5:33).
wA.j] Va every one (Lk. 14:33).
.ooi.liac?oi ^ f^ f-ttSi in every one of their limhs (Jos. Sty. 21:24).
22em. iJiZi^ every morning (Am. 4:4); J^q-aT) each day (Jer. 37:21).
3. ^ ,^ ^ one from another (Matt. 25:32).
jlkS |.L one on another (John. 13:22).
^L^^* one another's feet (John. 13:14).
138 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 107,
f/f^ one another (Luke. 23:12, 4:36).
1^^ r"^ &n^ they kissed each other (Bern. Ch. 47:12).
4. \SpM f^ o-oaJ some went out (Jos. Sty. GO: 12).
I^oitt ^ X if some of the branches (Rom. 11:17).
.coi ^ some of them (Bern. Ch. 144:7; Eom. 3:3; Mk. 2:5).
^i^l? Lj some say (John. 9:9).
^|_ w.4j| some (Phil. 1:15).
5. (I) 6 |Jr-*l *" i^im*^w^ .coiJJio ^V^l] some of them were
persuaded . . . and otJiers not (Acts 28:24).
(2) ) f"^" ^? U'r^] r^^^^ ^'r^h ^^\ some said: it is John; but
others, it is Ellas (Matt. 16:14).
(3) Xs^ I ^ - ^ T ^ ^? W.A.JI W.4JI l^am*. ^ ^.jlI] ^.a.J( some out of
envy^ but others in good will (Phil. 1:15); oooi ^^>n tV^ .coiJic
C05I ^p^l .oflUi^o some mocked but others said (Acts 17:32).
6. (1) >ajiJ |jj.i|.Iii.o ]SjaJ I ii\ the one he hates and the other he loves
(Matt. 6:24).
(2) 52i^j-i*]o'^9l oat ^'fM]onesowethandanotherreapeth(Joh.iiA:31).
(3) i.N'^r3 _i^(no )^n^-|\i^ ,^i\gi some trust in chariots and others
in horses (Ps. 20:7).
7. (1) ^\i^? Vs whosoever heareth (Matt. 13:19; Spic. Syr. 4:2).
(2) ou^ ^1? P-| "''^^ everyone who has (1 John. 3:3).
^3) ^in-.(3LSiC5 |J-.| everyone who believcth (Mk. 16:16).
(4) |J?| 01^ u]? ^io whosoever has ears (Mk. 7:16; Mai. 1:14).
8. (1) ViSVil? |\i\n^ in lohatsoever he shall speak (Acts 3:22).
(2) )J|_ -^yl >c^ whatsoever I say (Matt. 10:27).
(3) jooi w]? >Cjio Va aiXnD a~^^ whatsoever was in the midst of it
(Jos. Sty. 29.3).
108.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. 137
Mem. v*oi? ]^] ]^o.s, \^.^S!ic on account of anything whatsoever (Jos.
Sty. 80:16).
).a^L^ It-^^ ocn? ji-l Va any old grave whatsoever (Jos. Sty. 39:10).
9. ocffi ,-.^j-Dwitf 1-^? .oJoi fZi -Q.JOI they were bringing the same
sacrifices (Heb. 10:1).
1-1.05 ^(ji ,-s ^01 ,-li* L^] pS since we have the same spirit (Festal
Letter of A than. 7:17).
The indefinite pronouns are expressed:
1. One, a certain one, by f^, or >-.Lli.
2. Every, every one, by ,-, or '^-s followed by fi^, waJ) or some
similar word.
Rem. The plural, or the repetition of the noun, or sometimes even
the singular, denotes distribution, see 92. Ic.
3. One another, each other ^ by j?^; but when a preposition, or the
relative ?, comes before another, by ^m followed by ,^ with the
appropriate preposition, or 5.
4. Some, by ]3-^ ,-* or ^ partitive.
5. Some others, by ,--^1 or ? w) followed by |J-f-j ; or by repetition
of the word waJ] ; or by a combination of the words for some mentioned
under 4.
6. The one the other, by \2'f^ ,-*, pj-i* |J^ and ,_*lii.(no ,^-^oi.
7. 8. Whoever, whosoever, by ? Vs, ? \1j Va, ? U-.!, ? ^; ichatever,
whatsoever, by ? jlo^, ? >=r^5 ? >r^ ''^'^
jlcfyi^ c^? or ^01? may generalize any indefinite pronoun.
9. The same is expressed by two demonstrative pronouns of like
gender and number, separated by ^s as. See also 102. 6.
108. Uses of VS.
1. (1) Vi? )Iji2 Lord of all (Spic. Syr. 27:24).
^oi'c^l-c Vs >c^jI he gave all over into his hands (Aphr. 123:2).
(2) ]::^ ^ j-^xa worshipped of all (Ephr. III. 532c).
j.3g ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. [ 109.
(3) 01^ rr^i^? '^ allwlio were seeking him (Aphr. 198:10).
(4) VlI? 01.^ I'-^l^ *w all the country of the Arabs (Spic. Syr. 16 ult.).
ILlI,.^ ouiikS the whole city (Jos. Sty. 37:2).
jL^all .01^ always (Matt. 28:20).
2. See 107:7.8.
3. ,^4^3-1^ Vi all power (Matt. 28:18).
^JLLs Vs all quarters (Jos. Sty. 30:12).
4. ^L:sc| Vs always when (Kirscli. Chrest. 171:15; 1 Cor. 11:25).
oC:^ V^ quUe all (Kirsch. Chrest. p. 129:18; Acts 22:20).
1. Vs may be used as a substantive
(1) In the absolute state.
(2) Occasionally in the emphatic state.
(3) Before the relative pronoun.
(4) In apposition with a noun in the sense of ^^all the^\ Hhe whole^\
2. It may be used as an indefinite pronoun.
3. As an adjective it is used in the sense of "every or "a/r'.
4. As an adverb in the sense of ^ always' \ ^^quite^\ ''^jusf\
109. Uses of >c5^.
1. (1) yo^:^ ''^'aJ? to make known anything (Jos. Sty. 24:2).
>cJ-D) >c,.:;fi au^ |ooi A i N there was nothing in it that was standing
(Jos. Sty. 30:2).
L^S^ >c,J;c |3 nothing have I sinned (Acts 25:10).
Pi^l >cp>ao in anything else (Jos. Sty. 50:4).
(2) >OjJbe >cj^? 01^ L^] |.j^c-i^ he had clothes of different kind (Jos.
Sty. 56:7)
>oy.ic >c^ 01 that anything whatsoever (Spic. Syr. 2 ult.)
(3) >*oicu]5 >c^ ivhatsoever is (Spic. Syr. 22:10).
I 110.] BLBMENTS OF SYRIAO. 13ft
Ijj jiDJ .ol^? >c^ whatsoever I say to you (Mk. 13:37).
(4) ? >c^ OCT? of whatsoever (Spic. Syr. 10 ult.).
.oijf ^^nal^^? >o^ |Jcn whatsoever ye are commanded (Spic,
Syr. 1:7)
^J| V?!? ^^ oci whatsoever thou sowest (1 Cor. 15:39).
2. (1) \1^ ]ll^b >o^ Q-4a-4,| iJo and they found not any evil accusation
(Acts 25:18).
|J^] l^i. >z^ any other work (Add. Aph. 32:15).
>c^ ]^| any enmity (Matt. 5:23).
(2) >c^5 1^^ Vj without medicin of any hind (Add. 7:10).
The pronominal and adjective indefinite for things is >0|^. It is used
1. As a pronoun:
(1) In the sense of '^ anything'' \
(2) When repeated, in the sense of ^^anything whatsoever'^
(3) Before ?, in the sense of "whatsoever^\
(4) It may be emphasized by the demonstrative.
2. As an adjective:
(1) Absolutely before or after its noun in the sense of "any^\
(2) Preceded by ?, forming an adjective clause, see 136.
110. Numerals.
A. CAEDINALS.
1. (1) ^-11^ \)^ a hundred years (Jul. 220:23).
]S^ ^^ V^'f four modii of wheat (Jos. Sty. 33:18).
>cQ-. j-io ^'ria^ twentyone days (Aphr. 56:21).
Bern. ,-laX ^.| w^ twenty thousand (Jos. Sty. 75:12).
]|.'io' i:;Lz three hundred (Jos. Sty. 34:21).
Illoii^j] ^T'iV l.:^?] .^r^Snl fifty and four thousand and
four hundred.
140 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. [ HQ.
(2) L^Z ]lol] three signs (Jos. Sty. 32:12).
^^wSo^l \LSi'p^ fourteen ffenerations (M.a>it. 1:17).
Bern. j^o ^*s^^f ,,^jljk. forty-one years (Aphr. 466:17).
(3) ^Ai^jjo 11^ l-2n?? Ir^--^ ci hundred and forty pounds of gold
(Jos. Sty. 26:11, see also 34:21).
^I^Limo I).^ "^^Vjo ^aX |.^o ,^i 4\i^o \\:io one hundred and
fifty one thoiisand and four hundred and fifty (Num. 2:16).
(4) -^"^ \:L^^ seven thousand (Num. 3:20).
Ui^? ^>qV ]h^ six thousand years (Aphr. 36:20).
}iL^-^? a.r;'') ^^"in^^ two hundred thousand Christians (Jul. 83:8).
(5) -^^ -^'^ ^r*^^ ^*-^ i^.tjfftS |oi behold twenty years have I been in
thy house (Gen. 31:41).
Il^* |ooi ]\:^ i^ he was one hundred years old (Aphr. 235:20).
^X^Av^ jf llvs^^l there are four hundred pounds (Gen. 23:15).
1. Cardinals are generally in apposition with the substantive.
(1) The numeral is generally first in order and in the absolute state;
the substantive following is in the absolute or emphatic state.
Rem. waX and \]:^ follow their limiting numeral.
(2) The numeral follows in the absolute state, the noun precedes in
the emphatic state.
Rem. Sometimes, even when the noun precedes, it is in the
absolute state.
(3) When two or more numerals are used the highest stands first,
the lowest last.
(4) With numbers from 2 to 9 ^aX and o-cj are treated like anyother
substantive.
(5) A short word may come in between a numeral and its substantive,
as also between the parts of a number.
B. ORDINALS.
f iSiO^. |^a- the seventh day (Heb. 4:4).
iLLXz jll^I the third beast (Eev. 6:5).
111] ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO. 141
^?Z? |Ld3u the second day (Gen. 1:8).
Il^^^if i\M>\ to the year 400 (Aphr. 475:2).
'^o Ijv'fvz hl^ the year 810 (Jos. Sty. 27:11).
ll:^ >caL3 on the fifth day (Jos. Sty. 27:1).
1.(1) ]\^h, )^.a^ seven by seven (Gen. 7:2).
(2) .ciJ:^ 't^'-^ ^>^\ between each two of them (Jos. Sty. 85:10).
X y V V p V
2.(1) r^.*-Lcl '^nA\ l^fli until seven times (Matt. 18:21, also Luke 1 7:4).
(2) ).^iAo .^iSn^N seventy-seven times (Gen. 4:24).
As to order and agreement they are like any other adjectives, see 99.
By putting the noun in the genetive relation (either by construction
or by ?) with a following cardinal, the ordinal may be superseded,
1. The distributive sense is denoted:
(1) By the repetition of the numeral.
(2) By the preposition !^ before l.^^,
2. For multiplication the cardinal number
(1) Can be followed by jXc] time]
(2) Or may be used alone.
111. The Verb.
1. jooi (Gen. 1:2); Zooi (Gen. 1:1); ocoi (Gen. 2:25); |oaiJ (Gen. 1:2);
^f (Gen. 2:18); "^aajz (Gen. 2:17); hWr^L (Gen. 3:10); fi^s]^
(Gen. 3:12); ^^1^ (Gen. 3:16).
2. ^oLj] ^jio (Mai. 1:8); ^Jj |^^ (Mai. 1:10); -i^ (Mai. 1:8);
M? ^ ^-^ (Mai. 1:14); ^- ,^ail (Mai. 3:15); ^ ^i'^S*
ol2^ we are learning Him (Overbeck 22:5).
3. ^a^LT (Mat. 26:1); j.Lf (Matt. 26:1); ^,J (Mat. 26:2); loo! (Mat.
26:2); wa2?p (Mat. 26:2); |^2^ (Mat. 26:3).
142 ELEMENTS OF S\EIAC. [ 112.
1. Genders, numbers and persons are distinguished in the Perfect
and Imperfect by means of preformatives and sufformatives.
2. In the participles, the first and second person require the personal
pronoun, but the third needs none.
3. In general, it may be said, that the Perfect denotes a completed
action, and the Imperfect an incomplete or dependent action; while
the Participles denote states or continuous or frequentative actions.
As to order of time, the Perfect and Participles may be past, present,
or future; as is determined from the context, or the nature of the verb.
The Imperfect is perhaps always absolutely or relatively future.
112. The Perfect.
1. (1) ]^ he created (Gen. 1:1).
Zooi it was (Gen. 1:2).
(2) l^criii"^ Is "Nno I have received the letters (Jos. Sty. 1:1).
stlic^ .coi^n 4 > n LfiJi^jjo? ^Vjuitf because their iniquity has come
up before me (Jon. 1:2).
(3) ^oi^ik Ola IjoL] ]Ls they had built small houses for themselves
(Jos. Sty. 69:20).
Vi^? which he had made (Gen. 2:8, so Gen. 2:1, 2:22, 3:10;
Matt. 27:35).
2. (1) jolX oai ydi.1 ^,- ^5 ,JLi for we know that there is one God
(Aphr. 497:17).
jlLi-fc. AnViw the sTcy is red (Matt. 16:2).
^ ^^\^Z] JIVS why art thou angry (Gen. 4:6).
]ZrVi\ )^t^ ^ J^t^ it grieves me unto death (Jon. 4:9).
(2) <^oi P? who hath not walked (Ps. 1:1).
W.A.I5I \1'^ the Lord looks doivn (Ps. 14:2).
3. (1) a. ffiLi^Lc] oiLsj.s |(n behold I shall bless him and multiply him
(Gen. 17:20).
R 112.] ELEMENTS OP SYRIAC. I43
wSOL-? ^1 he said that he would give (Bar Heb. 80:1 [Uhl.]).
0. ffLJj-so? ^^l^Zjo |-c|o s*oioiuL!^o^^^ j-ifcijc to-morrow he shall
disappear and shall not be and the memory of him shall perish
and he effaced (Jul. 9:6).
)^? jjoiaJ o*!^ shall see a great light (Is. 9:2).
(2) a. p>a-ik^:D (oci? j-s? f.a-i^a-A< ^i^ over the great change which
shall have been in the loorld (Jos. Sty. 92:4).
6. OC31 ]z]? V^ when he shall have come (John. 4:25).
1^019 \-Q.^5 ]^ lohen he shall have received the money (Jos.
Sty. 61:15).
jJaisQ^ >Cyo |?ffi ^LlciwA,) Jo and if this shall have been
reported before the governor (Mt. 28:14).
t^ t* n 4.] J if we shall have been able (Spic. Syr. 13:2).
|3 o| s*5u*^.**aA] c| ivhether thou shalt have found him or not
(Aphr. 144:22).
Mem, 1. I'f^^ 'v'*""^^^ 0001? ''^Aioi p] l-c, I will therefore that
men pray (1 Tim. 2:8).
-o-i-sic ^.ooi5 wJta.j*Z] constrain thyself to be humble (Anal.
Syr. p. 8. 1. 6 [Duv.]).
Rem. 2. a. _!il ji|^ Zooi jJ let it not be wearisome to us (Gal. 6:9).
^xlZ .oioofli be watchful (Mark. 13:37).
b. L^ooi ]^i-o ^a^ I would thou wast cold (Rev. 3:15; Aphr.
221:22).
.cl.'a'\\r| ^? wSo^A^f that ye did reign (1 Cor. 4:8).
The Perfect denotes a completed action.
1 . It is used for past time
(1) As the true historical tense, in the narration of events viewed
as completed.
(2) Of events viewed as completed in the past.
144 ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC. FR ^^3^
(3) "Wlien the action expressed by the Perfect precedes another action
already completed, then it corresponds to our Pluperfect.
2. It is used for present time
(1) In verbs which denote a mental or physical state or quality.
(2) In imitation of the Hebrew, in the statement of general truths.
3. It is used for future time.
(1) When the event is looked upon as certain.
a. In promises.
b. In prophecies.
Note. This usage is mostly biblical.
(2) It may denote our future perfect, see a.
b. In this sense the Perfect is usually preceded by the hypothetical
particle such as J, o| and ? |^.
Rem. 1. The perfect of jooi is used with the participle in clauses
denoting a purpose or result which is looked upon as certain of fulfilment.
Rem. 2. The perfect of ]ooi is used with an adjective or participle
to express a wish or exhortation.
a. Absolutely.
b. After ^o^ or wso^^j .
Rem. 3. For the auxiliary uses of jooi; see 127.
113. The Imperfect.
1. (1) ]^4 SnS fliie? wsoul ^ja^^J Pj^o and before he was crucified
he gave his blood to drink (Aph. 222:5).
jjoa^cJ >a-l3^ jjjil before the law was established (Aph. 25:5),
see also 2 King 6:32; Jer. 1:5; John 1:48.
Rem. .*ouOa^|-^i Pj^ before ye asked (or shall have asked) him
(Matt. 6:S), is probably meant for a literal translation of the
Greek Aorist.
(2) ]auX qi^ ^'s\? . i ? >c^ before God spake with him (Aph. 2:35 ult.).
. P V p
iJSj-as TT^^^? ^r ^^f^^ ^^ ^^^ conceived in the womb (Lk. 2:21).
(3) | Sn\s jooiJ? ^^ ^ before the world was (John. 17:5).
113.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. I45
>i.A-^^J? >cj-o ^Ls hefore he had taken a body to himself (St.
Eph. Ov. 198:1 [Nold.]).
2. I jli^ U l-ifcLcojo |.a--5o neither sword nor spear is seen (Jud. 5:8).
loviicZ Sc^nJ s^oiialilQS his angels he accuses of foUi/ (J oh. AilS).
h^ ^^^<n ^ ]L^JI^\.s whosoever drinks of this tvater (J ohn.i:!^).
^aJj Z9aJ Ijja-.!? |-*j:9as thrones of honor he causes them to
inherit (1 Sam. 2:8).
^a2^iJ they are quenched (Is. 43:17).
3. Vlsa-^ wa4 jooiJ |J there will not again he a flood (Gen. 9:11).
^ 9,..^( |^ \^ 4 N 2vn^ffl9 y^ after that I shall have gone to heaven
I will send thee (Ad. 5:22).
|?oi.o l,..*4a ,Jlo awcZ we shall rejoice in this (Ad. 30:10).
^ >aiaZ wii^ if i(;t7/ Z>e very pleasant to thee (Spic. Syr. 43:13).
v^ wcoi^f I shall write to thee (Aphr. 6:8).
Note. pTiil j^jJ J i/z^je shall speak ive shall want (Aphr. 496:8).
The Imperfect denotes an action as incomplete, either because
future or because dependent on another action or state.
It is used:
1. For past events after certain temporal participles such as
\if^j ? >0|-o and ? >o,-o ,-iio in relation to which the action denoted by
the verb was viewed as incomplete, or incipient.
This corresponds to the use of the Imperfect with d'^y? and ti^ in
Hebrew (see Harper's Syntax 20. 1&; Driver's Use of the Tenses in
Hebrew 27. lyS"; Ges. Heb. Gram. 127. 4a) and to the Jussive in
Arabic after ^ or j (see Wright Ar. Gr. Vol. II 12) and to the
Subjunctive in Ethiopic after ^^od Jcedma (see Dill. Aeth. Gram.
90, 120. In solchen Satzen liegt der Sinn: es sei etwas zu kommen
oder zu werden bestimmt, nur sei es noch nicht verwirklicht, vid. p. 140).
Note. Some claim a Perfect in other cases, e. g. Philips p. 163,
Uhlemann 61. 2c. Compare 206. Philips mentions Hab. 2:1
(>ca.D| =Heb. iTi^"2J? a regular cohortative ; see Driver 49B and 54),
Judges 5:8 ]\mI*2 P cannot he seen.
T
146 ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO [114.
2. The use of the Imperfect for the present indicative -s doubtful,
except as an occasional imitation of the Hebrew.
Duval gives as examples Jud. 5:8 and Job. 4:18; TJhleraann gives
John. 4:13; Philips 1 Sam. 2:8 (=Subjunct (?) comp. Uhl. 181 Rem. 2)
and Is. 43:17 (which last Uhlemann and Cowper make Perfect or
Preterite),
3. The Imperfect is sometimes used for the future Indicative.
Note. This use of the Imperfect is especially common in conditional
and hypothetical sentences. See 138.
114. The Imperfect (continued).
1. (1) ^aJ? jiaJ ^] jS let no man forbid them (Ad. 12:3).
s*Z^ ]?oi \1Z let this my daughter live (Ad. 14:5).
ifoiQj jooiJ let there he light (Gen. 1:3).
7 ^ . * > V ,t
(2) Ofiiii? l-*^r^ ]'? >f^] .osiZ |3 he not as former generations which
have passed away (Ad. 22 ult.).
^fi 13 take no thought (Matt. 6:31).
Bern, oiZu3) ^ffis-i| wsxaj his hrother shall take his wife (Matt. 22:24).
^Vv^ ^ / I ^Vv^^ |umS5 Va every sacrifice should he salted with salt
(Mk. 9:49).
j*"^ '^Zj? >c^ cCT ^ %>21 thou shalt give to me whatsoever
I shall ask of thee (Sindban 1:17).
2. (1) '^oiU thou mayest eat (Gen. 2:16).
^|J ^l fAa but one may say (Spic. Syr. 6:21).
waJ| Vlai oiicJ now one may wonder (Spic. Syr. 47:6).
(2) jiiolJ ^ who can say? (Rev. 20:9).
Vljj^ VsZiuJ \ili2 ^ \Ju] \^ on which of possessions can
a man rely (Spic. Syr. 45-6).
J14.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. I47
Most of the variations for mood are expressed by the Imperfect.
1. The Imperfect is used for the Imperative.
(1) Always for the third person, except in the cases mentioned under
112. 3 (2), Bern. 2.
(2) Always for the negative, except in the cases mentioned in
112. 3 (2), Bern. 2.
Bern. The Imperative expressed in English by ^^shair, ^^shoulcV ,
"es fo", ^^has to^^ &c. may be classed here.
2. The Imperfect is used for the Potential
(1) To express permission.
(2) To express possibility.
3. (1) v4lAi^? pcii. ^ ^Ao!^ wDQ.a-4,1 I wish to leave tvith thee
some of the people who are with me (Gen. 33:15).
]w^-ijD -i"^-^ might the evil cease (Ps. 7:9).
l i'^iV^^ ^-Aioa^ ]^Z 1?^ ^]jj |4.oi now we would go
a journey of three days into the ivilderness (Ex. 3:18).
(2) \'f^ >^*ifi,-o (^.^^k^ tr^^ ^NVil let thy servant speak a
word before thee, my Lord (Gen. 44:18).
010,^::^ jjffi ^1.^5 ovjLaJ >^z^<s\J. restore the soul of this youth
to his body (1 King. 17:21).
(3) \^h p^!^ v^|.riik|o andIwillmaketheeagreatpople(GenA2:2).
o,-aik ^.ioj-o ^JiJ;^? l^.L^v^( ^1 ]\m\ -io-i| I ivill go down
and see if they have done according to the cry ichich has come
up before me (Gen. 18:21).
)j| > ,'=i'\v^? >^ \LJ\ I will show thee, that I shall teach
(Sindban 1:16).
(4) .o(n..A.al^ woiaaj let us break their bonds (Ps. 2:3).
|.^9 |.^ Js) V:aaJ let us look at each other (2 King. 14:8).
^Za^A.^ 1f]o o?l let me be glad and rejoice in thy grace
(Ps. 31:7).
Bern. 1 (1) .LiJso --? ^Li,f Oh that we had died (Num. 14:2).
148 ELEMENTS OF SYRTAC. [ 114.
>f^l^ \^U V^ia^l ^5 wso^-4,] Oh that Ishmael might live
before thee (Gen. 17:18).
(2) .cL-coi ^-lo-.^ ^L.a:^9 f^^ ^? ^ Oh that ye had
altogether held your peace (Job. 13:5).
VlaJ Ur^? l-^a:^ oil^ ,-iii* ^? ^ Would that all of the
Lord's people were prophets (^um. 11:27).
(3) -'^^^- '^^ aS^ that wy people had heard we (Ps. 81:14).
(4) ^^ ^^^7 ,-:so wi:(jUk ^5 ,;-^ Oh that one would hear me
(Job. 31:35).
|Ja-.? >f^] f^. s*^ wsou. ^? ^Jao Oh that I had wings like a dove
(Ps. 55:7).
(5) II ^^ ^ lis? "^La oiifl Oh that a clean thing could come out
of an unclean (Job. 14:4).
.*iJ::^|-^ 1-^1 4? ^^''^iJ olio Oh that I might have my request
(Job. 6:8).
(6) -^'1.^ |J3i llaill^ gi\i\A>| ^? ^ Would that one had
delivered this people into my hands (Jud. 9:29).
\Lh]jD |jL? v^Jj-a!:* ^? .^ Would that they had made me judge
in the land (2 Sam. 15:4).
(7) w.oai Ij-t-* ^3.^ Oh thai thou wast cold (Rev. 3:15).
^l^zl J| ^1^ ^? vQiik Oh that thou wast hearkening to my
commandments (Is. 48:18).
Rem. 2. .^^^? , ? ^cji ^^a^? would that ice had died (Ex. 16:3).
>^TiSV^ jf 1^^ ^f that thou ivouldst hear me (Gen. 23:13).
3. The Imperfect is used for the Optative
(1) To express a wish.
(2) To express a prayer.
(3) To express determination, or intention.
(4) To express "a self excitement toward a certain line of conduct."
Rem. The Optative is often denoted by such particles and phrases
114.] ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC. I49
as ^owjfc.f, iX, ^sou. ^^, aa^, ^2J oJic (p'^ '^^), ,-io and ,-ai ^bo.
As the examples show, the Perfect, Imperfect or Participle may be
used, according as the kind of action varies.
Rem. 2. The auxiliary verb \^* may be used to. express a wish,
see 129:3.
4. (1) fCLi.s]? |j| ]^. I would persuade thee (Aphr. 345:1).
Ivjj V itn4V> y wc??]Z5 J if thou canst justify thyself (Aphr.
270:5; John. 3:3. 4. 5, 15:4).
(2) \'r^\i T^A 1 am come 'to destroy (Matt. 5:17).
I m>a V^\ ^o*|-fcJ5 |-Q-*oj ^ ooCTi r '^l? w?^o are coming from
afar to see the Messiah (Add. 2:6).
Bern. 1. .ol^yJo that they might know (Ez. 20:26).
b, 7 7
.a-ifc^DjJo that they may sacrifice (Ex. 8:8).
^aLiai!^ ^ ^clLsL2^ \,.^ on this account, that they may
he restrained from their sins (Jos. Sty. 6:2. See also Gen. 21:1 ]
Aphr. 217:2, 20:18).
Bern. 2. h^^] v*1 * nn n 4. permit me to send (Jos. Sty. 76:5).
ZoLflJ ^-^ was) bring out thy son that he may die (Jud. 6:30).
i^M ttn^l w^J) |3 no man could pass (Matt. 8:28).
Rem. 3. oTp^S J^^jy he began to preach (Matt. 4:17, 11:7).
wnaJ? ^i^ he began to drive out (Mk. 14:15).
s ti^^^V^^ v.u*.a^:;^ ^J) |] no man can serve (Matt. 6:24).
* 7 ^ o
1].^? V i>n A'-r y he cannot see (John. 3:3).
Rem. 4. "^Z^? jlka-A.:^ |3 it is not able to give (John. 15:4).
wsol^ |3? ,_:so \ >>iVi? who is too weak to avoid stealing
(Spic. Syr. 5:7).
4. The Subjunctive.
The Imperfect is the form generally used to express the Subjunctive
or dependent mood. It is used especially:
p .p. .p .p
150 ELEMENTS OF SYKIAO. [ 1]5.
(1) When the first verb may be translated by one of our modal
auxiliaries.
(2) "When the second verb expresses the purpose or result of the
action of the first, see 137:4.
Rem. 1 . Waw and occasionally ? \4^:sd may be used to introduce
the Subjunctive.
Rem. 2. The conjunction before the Subjunctive may be omitted.
Comp. Ges. Heb. Gr. 142c.
Rem. 3. After many verbs the Subjunctive or Infinitive may be
used indifferently.
Rem. 4. The Subjunctive may be used after adjectives.
115. The Imperative.
1. >t^ |i[ 1^1? >c^ f^ do whatever I say to thee (Sind. 3:11).
V^j-o Vilo taJce tear (Jos. Sty. 16:15).
.^g J^ jifil tell me my son (Spic. Syr. 1:11).
2. W.A-J.S |o3iJ let it be dividing\(jreii. 1:7).
^oiZa^i .oalfcJ let them show their greatness (Spic. Syr. 48:13).
f|Zan\^%\ '?iJac^.4J let us be obedient to the dominion (Spic. Syr. 48:1 4).
\LttJ . , . jicU let us say and show (Spic. Syr. 10*21).
3. jlal |J let him not harden (Addai 22:3).
aab.4,Z {] be ye not led captive (Addai 22:4).
^ai-oi |1 thou Shalt not hill (Matt. 5:21).
9 *. P
^ ^^]Z P swear not at all (Matt. 5:34).
\LfL ^] ^f^ |3 let us not sleep as others (1 Thess. 5:6).
4. >a^.. ^01 farewell (Acts 23:30).
iLc-kic ^oai be faithful (Rev. 2:10).
Ii iV,. cooi he ye ready (Matt. 5:48).
5. >^A^ h,l\ "%%, L^oai enter with me (Addai 32:19).
116.] ELEMENTS OE STEIAC. 151
,-^ pl-i^ Zooi |J let it not be lurdensome to us (Gal. 6:9).
t^iVi n .oiL.coi be i/e abiding (Addai 41:16).
tO^ r^H-^ .ci^oCT P 6e ye not looHng (Addai 42:15).
6. ,^1A,i>n ,^1 tnq] >oQ-D ^ef up and let us go and let us pass the night
(Jos. Sty 29:11). L2] ^^ be still (Mk. 4:39).
1. The form of the verb called Imperative, see 48, is used only
for the second person, and then in positive commands only.
2. For commands or admonitions in the first and third persons, the
Imperfect is used, see 114. 1.
The Imperfect may be used also for commands in the second person,
see 114. 1.
3. All negative commands are in the Imperfect, (except those coming
under 5 below).
4. The Imperative of jgoi may be used with participles or adjectives,
instead of the Imperative from the root of the participle or adjective,
112. 3 (2), Rem. 2.
5. A form of the Imperative is expressed by means of the Perfect
of I OCT and the participle of a verb, see 127. 4 (1).
6. The context sometimes compels us to translate a Syriac participle
by our ''lef\ See 116. 5. See Agrell's Supp. Syn. p. 25.
116. The Participle Active.
The Active Participle is used to denote :
1. A state, or an action viewed as continuing.
2. A series of actions or states (corresponding to the Hebrew
frequentative Imperfect).
3. A state conditioning another verb.
1. (1) a. .-LIL^ are rve to hole? (Matt. 11:3).
jViNs ,^>Vi.*j ivorlds exist (Ad. Sp. 14:11).
.^niV^ |j) jiojo ^p^l? >cj^ anything that I have said ana
am saying before you (Ad. Sp. 26:3).
^) >i^9 |3> ^c^v\n whatsoever thou dost not love (Sind. 1:18).
152 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ [fy,
^ p ^ P t*^ V ^
b. oO^xos jji \-iiiic \jk,v\ wsj notv also I receive his commandment
(Over. 172:5).
l^ 1-4^ Ujc^ |?ct this has come unto the present (Over. 215:14).
.Q,'^V> |j| ^1 \^/n vow I say to you (Acts 5:38).
(2) a. ^4as-i#| yz\l thy brother shall rise (John. 11:23).
.^ Jjj 9,-4.L2 ^oi^fi? }ico jJl wailxff I am about to
asce7i(l and after I have ascended I shall send to thee (Ad. Ap. 4: 1 5).
-'" ^oV^> )n\v ^J| jcoi thou shalt be Jcing instead of him
(Sind. 3:12).
b. ]z] .c^l r^>*? \^ ichen ye shall see the sign (Matt. 24:15).
uf^t 4Sn |3 >iil:l^ thou shalt never zvash (John. 13:8).
|J[ ^^iiic iJ} ]m behold I shall .-end (Mai. 3:1).
^^aJ' ]l^ ^.^nS? 1^^ until six days be passhig away
(Sind. 2:20).
|t\^\ jTi^ U! jiwAic I iiViS to-morrow I shall bring the youth
(Sindban 2:9).
I^j-o? |ica- ]coi ,^ witil the time of ivar should come (Jos.
.Sty. 64:11).
(3) a. t3L^ jcoi V qSsn was teaching him (Smd. 2:4).
^^Saf j-i-^ coai for they were eating (Smd. 27:4).
co(ji ,^i\,^.gA^ oLi? -(n|>j50|.^ at the place where they were
to be killed (Mart. 1:91, 3:99.1).
-fi-.oi.J >c^ Vi |c3i ]^o and began and continued to
see (Greek Impeifect) everything clearly (Mk. 8:25).
b. ^>\ V f^ oLiciuAl were heard uhen they prayed (A-ph.ibi: IS).
]iiL.ALD ])~0^ JJ^V^ for a long time it was firmly believed
(Over.* 22 5: 15).
^il*^"^? ^^aSqi those who were selling (John. 2:14).
116.] BLBMENTS OP SYRIAO. J53
li-a^ n t* n A.| ^^ * n=^i j-so and as they were going out, they found
a man (Matt. 27:32).
2. (1) a. atij^ ^ Vs] ijjjLo j-*-^ l-*9| for the lion eateth flesh naturally
(Spic. Syr. 7:14).
m.^ I-Sf^ i'l-s l^au.5 ],-*|o awi whichever heareih fruits, he
piirgefh it (John. 15:2. See also Mai. 3:17).
b. LJ] jj^? '^i^l whenever thou pragest (Matt. 6:6).
j| P^? 1^ when thou pr age st (Matt. 6:5).
7 /^ 7 7
(2) a\hb^ r^ ^ffiQj-a-i, |.Aa:isoj oiu j-l^,-. I ^wot<; Aim f/ja^ he will
commandhis sons after him (Aphr. 25:14. Compare Gen. 18:19).
(3) ]^] ocCTi ^^jj^sii^ the brethren used to go about (Jos. Sty. 37:20).
l^aJ looi ji>>nV> he used to kindle fire (Sind. 269:9).
|ooi ual^ia |.La_a:a:o a7id a mist used to go up (Gen. 2:6. Comp.
Matt. 27:30).
1. The participle denoting a state or continuous action.
(1) a. When the time is not defined by the context the participle
generally denotes the present.
b. The present may be emphasized by a particle.
(2) a. For the sake of vividness or certainty the simple participle
may be used for the future.
b. The future may be emphasized by particles and phrases denoting
futurity ; with some of which, it can scarcely be distinguished from our
future perfect.
(3) a. When the participle refers to past time it is usually accompanied
by the verb jooi "to be".
b. Without I OCT the past time is sometimes determined by the context.
2. The participle denoting a series of actions or states.
(1) In present time.
a. Especially in proverbial clauses.
b. After particles.
(2) In future time.
(3) In past time. Here the participle is accompanied by the verb |coi.
U
154 ELEMENTS OF SYRL\C. [ 116.
3. (1) Vl^iiaiso coi ,.ik while he was speaking (Gen. 29:9).
s*?| CCT ]ooi '^(-i pS r^i ^^ oi.njo]o and brought him to Ahgar,
' Addai himselfknowing (Add. 6:3).
Ijd. P ,j ^5ialc?a2 j-^ jcci ]zl? Vso an^ all who came how ed
before him unwillingly (L'omilia di Giacomo di Saruq. 150).
jsiJ:;^)] ^'aiifi fS onaJo and they went out praising God
(Jos. Sty. 26:14).
(2) a. wSfibI? '""^"^ \\jt he saw Levi (who was) sitting (Mark 2:14).
^i 7 1-i.ZLitf 5 |.L*| tvhosoever is taken (who is) stealing (Prov. 6:30).
h >c|-o l^c and he saw the angel of the Lord standing
(Num. 22:31).
c. ^t)\ i Z .osi^ou. |j| L have made you accursed (Mai. 2:9).
4. w^J ll'f] I will let him go (Sind. 8:13).
otiik ,-aL.? 0-.^ they have begun to judge him (Aphr. 220:14).
.cow9Z , -"^^ pnnA^ let both grow together (Matt. 13:30).
jjlxcjos -^'' y-xc-a.^ let the Persians go (Jos. Sty. 77:6).
5. A^ \^ '^ ^% ^^'OM^fZ he die? (1 Sam. 20:32); ^LnnrV
tntisf we look (Lk. 7:20).
3. A participle may denote a state.
(1) Conditioning another verb. The participle is usually preceded by
,^ or fS and forms an adverbial clause of time, see 137:2.
(2) Limiting a noun or pronoun, when:
a. It may be preceded by ? and form an adjective clause.
b. Or the participle may be used as an accusative of state or con-
dition. (Compare in Arabic L^l^ jo p i^r* ^ passed by Zaid,
(as he was) sitting down (see Wright Arabic Gram. Vol. II, p. 122, sq.).
c. Or it may be an objective complement.
4. The Participle is frequently used as the objective complement of
another verb.
5. The Participle may be used to denote the various moods. Compare
114. 3, Bern. 1 and 115. 6.
117.1
] ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC. 153
117. The Passive Participle.
1. ^omJO y l^aloJ Vij-abik? u:cuu29 }.ln^] as it is ivritten: the law was
not given for the righteous ({ Tim. 1:9).
)^>a <tN? |oi behold the sea is disturbed (Overbeck 384:16).
|.a.AlM l-iLaJ the soul is strangled (id. 385:8).
2. |-o^-? ^01 '^ogx ^iwiD j--v. JJ for the covenant teas not sealed
(Aphr. 28:8).
jJLsci Zooi |.ixio5 ]f-.| which had been ivritten thus (Ad. 3:16).
3. (1) ci-liiik j.^-Ciii jZf.*^^ hymns were made by him (Jos. Sty. 52:1).
ou-^ , >ns? >c^ whatsoever shall have been done by him
(2 Cor. 5:10).
(2) J.:Eiws v^ Tr*" boohs were read by thee (Spic. Syr. 13:8).
,-^ '^i-^J^.A.? llL.] as ive have heard (Spic. Syr. 16:22).
4. pi f^ I possess (Ad. 4:7).
,-J:Liz? tvho trust (Ps. II. 12).
^L2] ^:^^Z ?/e rws^ (Ad. 23 ult.).
jJiio ^^i A *l-i having gathered ivater (Lk. 14:2).
Bern. oil^ j-.,..** surrounding it (Lk. 21:20).
^ 01.1k ^tN^nA- bearing them (Mk. 6:55).
|.iLalih jcoi '^pso Ae troubled the water (John. 5:4).
5. r^? >cj!io Vs |.j| 'f^s^ Iremember all that he has done (\ Sam. 15:2).
^2wJ| ^j..*oi^ ye are mindful (Spic. Syr. 18:17).
6. w b Nmv ? ycf!^ I^^^a^ nothing to be blamed (1 Tim. 4:4).
,--i^^pL to be blamed (Ad. 26:18).
niSn toiSnS to be believed (Overbeck 54:9).
Rem. w^2^yio to be opened (Ad. 14:18).
156 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ US.
7. j.is > A>n\ clothed in Byssus (Ez. 9:2).
8. 1^1 ^^^ wounded in the hand (Barh. 170:19 [TJhl.]).
f 1 . The passive participle represents the result of an action as continuing.
r 2. With jooi this participle forms a kind of pluperfect. See 127.1 (2).
3.(1) The logical subject preceded by ^ is often put after the passive
participle.
(2) A logical object may be used as the grammatical subject.
4. Some particles of the form \ >Sq are used in an active sense as
well as a passive.
Bern. The passive participle so used governs an accusative.
5. Peculiar is the use of the passive participle of verbs likejo? and
?oC^ *'fo remember^\
6. Sometimes the passive participle is used like a gerundive.
Rem. Eeflexive participles are used in this sense.
7. Passive participles of verbs which take two accusatives, take the
second accusative after them.
8 . Passive participles may take after them an accusative of specification.
118. Participles as Nouns.
1. pA^9 friend.
l&.Vin pillar.
(ui*i^ o%rd,
\l:^h shepherd.
2. -^""^ Vsl eating of my bread (Ps. 41:9).
sf^iOM) vA^? fearers of thy name (Ps. 61:5).
X^'^} s^oia-r^^ blessed be the Lord (Ps. 37:22).
.Qj] l^ifts >^^] they are flesh eaters (Spic. 7:15).
\L'^t olL^ blessed of the Lord (Gen. 24:31, 26:29).
3. ^Za^^4^ J^aL deniers of beneficence {unthanV.fid) (2 Tim. 3:2).
ij^aj >o:I ^s^kl lyring with males (1 Tim. 1:10).
119 .] ELEMENTS OF STKIAC. I57
4. lw^ |-io5 a wandering spirit (Is. 19:14).
]i^.\onSr 3iZalk^5 b?/ whose accepted prayer (Aphr. 454:19).
\J^ \^^ ernng heathen (Addai 42 ult.).
1. Some participles have become real substantives.
2. Participles are used in construction before nouns.
3. Some participles receive a preposition between them and the noun,
though the participle itself remains in construction.
4. The participle is sometimes used as an attribute.
119. The Infinitive Absolute.
1. (1) a. ZalcZ h:^ thou shatt surely die (Gen. 3:2).
_L99^ a-.55^ijo ice are chastened (I Cor. 11:32).
^^i T\q^siao Q..^s2Cac |{jvlik| '\^ concerning God they are
doubting (Spic. Syr. 2:25).
6. aTV^gi^ >alu ,_La-ai only believe (Spic. Syr. 2:13).
uj^j-slio vj.s flew swiftly (Dan. 9:21).
. (2) aii|.Ii^ lod |f ^l^jLj^ CO! Q^f^ i-i^ Vlf^
,^*N) 4> for teachers are asJced questions they do not ask them.
2. ^"^r^ rr^V^ r^l^ 'T^V^ s^'^\"No 'Paul was at times
imprisoned and at times stoned (Aphr. 300:20).
Bern, 1. (1) |Ifc\i V^,-\?\ to Mil at all (Spic. Syr. 17:20).
\hJL^ ]?ci l^j] sJ-o ^t^iA,? "^ tvhen the sons of men sleep
this shep (Aphr. 170:12).
(2) Q^^? ji^c^ the fast that they fasted (Aphr. 49:12).
ouD o^? l^nNnm the folly with which they have sinned
(Sim. Sty. 295:24 [Nold.]).
1 . Tlie infinitive is used absolutely in order to intensify the meaning
of the verb.
158 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 120.
(1) a. Before the verb.
h. Sometimes after the verb.
(2) In contrasted statements.
2. "Without the finite verb the infinitive is occasionally found.
Rem. 1. (I) Instead of the Infinitive Absolute an abstract noun
from the same or a cognate root is sometimes used, especially when the
idea of the root is to be further modified or when two infinitives would
stand together.
(2) This abstract noun can precede and be connected with the verb by ?,
120. The Infinitive Construct.
1. (1) jJo obai.^b A\n\ J if to glory is necessary (2 Corr. 11:30).
a4lnS>Lal^ V-iJiu|3 woZ 01^ ^-ilib it helongeth not to Israel
again to he assembled (Aphr. 359:7).
(2) |lnV^\ ^^ he began to build (Jos. Sty. 24:11).
OAioli^^^ftl^ u.*4a-4lo y he cannot be healed (Aphr. 136:4).
(3) ^1^1^ saying (Jon. 3:1).
y nSn\ ,-JL.,-*^^ we are ready to stand (2 Cor. 5:10).
(4) nSAjSriN cons cut off by sinning (Jos. Sty. 20:15).
in\Vi\ by making (Gen. 2:3).
(5) Q-*9LA.Lai^ )v\ii >^| as a dream are to be dissolved.
v^ViS i&iW\ >^^ ]ocnJ .] though I shall have to die with thee
(Matt. 26:35).
^I^A^ ui^ ]?oi yf but this cannot be said (Jos. Sty. 5:20).
easier is it to do good than to keep oneself from evil (Spic. Syr. 6:10).
nnik\-)\^ ,Jso ^Zn ^nm -^ci]-::? my sin is too great to forgive
(Gen. 4:13. Compare Jon. 4:3).
2. (1) IILd n\^nVi's to raise up children (Matt. 3:9).
121.] ELEMENTS OP SYRIAO. I59
vi-A^ii;. "^..nvh^ to kill my soul (Ps, 40:14).
i^SV^\ f^L^ V^H? ^^*^^ ^^ ^^^^s ready to deliver battle (Jos. Sty. 18:10).
I^^IJ g4^SnI^ to curse the earth (Gen. 8:21).
(2) ^ qi| nSVi\ to make them (lit. for the making of them) (Aphr. 319:5).
1 . The infinitive construct always takes wik before it. It may be used :
(1) As the subject of a verb.
(2) As the object of a verb.
(3) To denote the purpose or result or manner of an action. Compare
137. 3, 4.
(4) As a gerundive.
(5) With hJ\ and jcoi, but sometimes without to denote ^^cai\!\
^^must'\ ^^have to'' &c.
(6) After the comparative iac, in which case the infinitive clause is
preceded by the relative ?. 100, Rem. 2.
2. (1) Like any finite verb, the infinitive can govern an object.
(2) Like any noun, it can take a pronominal suffix in the genitive.
121. The Subject of the Verb.
1. ]ov^ li^ God created (Gen. 1:1).
Zocn l^^jo and the earth was (Gen. 1:2).
\Zh,l] Z-^\o and the woman said (Gen. 3:2).
2. (1) 1^^ c"P the people saw (Ex. 32:1; John. 5:3).
.orn^ oooi 9oi.^z| .oovi&L? J-2^oot9? lL- the troops of Romans
who were loith them had dispersed themselves (Jos. Sty. 47:20)
. coi A 1 n (3i.Iii.s alQ.0 the whole assembly rose (Lk. 23:1).
)Li^9 ci~sj-A< c"jl* the rest of the army saw (Jos. Sty. 54:18, see
also Mt. 27:49; Acts 26:13). wa.JJ oL^each cried (Jonah 1:5).
(2) l^J-.^ oi-Ls l^^ls the whole city assembled (Acts 13:44).
IZjJ^ aiXs ^mXsZZ J if the whole church be assembled (1 Cor. 1 4:23).
1(JQ ELEMENTS OF SYBI AC. [ 121.
.j^jo OC31 ,^tSoo Im->^ l-^>a^ oi5u i-4.^, |coi (Z( /or the multi-
tude of the people were following after him and crying (Acts 21:36).
(4) fL f^ oC^ ^I^^aIu Q^pM> one after another began to sag to him
(Matt. 26:22).
j.^ ^ ai^ ^-\^] they say to him one by one (Mk. 14:19).
(5) looi }J ,^^oi ,-isc \f^notoneofthesethingshappens{^^\c.^yY. 14:5).
should see the land (Deut. 1:35).
3. (1) \^ oL^lZZJ? |io f?Ae the waters are troubled (John. 5:7).
li^ic asou* I VVi i>^ the heavens gave rain (Jos. 5:18).
(2) jooi \l^ 31-c i him was life (John. 1:4).
\l-^'i^ ifpT |o3iJ |3o and there shall not be bitter absinthe (?)
(Ezek. 28:24).
4. <7L^ , V ns |Zf.<^']c |JL^QJ9o and psalms and hymms were made
by him (Jos. Sty. 52:1).
|tuJ3-i ]^.iii'wa 01^ <-a-Io Greek letters tvere written on it (Jos.
Sty. 66:10).
5. (1) jicf ^iJik oj-A* wfii^coio ^j-i4^ Patriciiis and Hypatius beseiged
Amid (Jos. Sty. 52:14).
^a-L^l-o CO01 o-o^ l^Jf^o _-? wfflsXos But Paul and B
far-
nabas abode in Antioch (Acts 15:35).
(2) ]^i-^] >c-j^o 1^.^^,-^ >ci-iiao jLZ] Mary Magdalene and the
other Mary came (Mk. 28:1).
]^f^o (Zaiaco p^so pi.c"| Icol ^iwisc|o awfl r^^Aew were the earthquake
and the famine and the pestilence and the war (Jos. Sty. 1:4).
6. OCT JJ) ,-:ic.oo and we arise, I and he (Jos. Sty. 29:13. 17).
l^o^ .c^^--^ wsica-o ^J| #Aow aMcZ Joseph have concealed the day
(LegendsofSt.Mary25:3.SeealsoJ.S. 92:3; Lk. 2:48 ;S.S. 31:1).
121.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. v Igj
Rem. 1. *^| Ills ^ I tkk aVo |j| I and Messiah are of one nature
(Assem. 1:347. 28 [Uhl.]).
>f.b.jt^ \^o 1.1] %.Q^ enter thou and all thy house (Gren. 7:1).
Rem, 2. >ai.Loo o(?i ^Aja^silo he and Mary were going (Legends of
St. Mary 26:10).
*aajQ-o |^.rai: oJIikii the old woman and Joseph went in (Legends
of St. Mary 27:10).
7. ^r*^^ *^^^ ^'^^ asking (Mai. 2:7); ^{*S.^^ \1:^'::^ why do
we lie? (Mai. 2:10); ^hS\ ^i^^f ^]o and if ye say (Mai. 2:14).
1. Regularly, the verb conforms in gender and number with the subject.
2. (1) Collectives, or other words when denoting more than one
individual, take a verb in the plural. Compare 90. 4.
(2) But a collective noun conveying the idea of unity requires a
verb in the 3rd person singular. Compare 90. 4.
(3) Hence arises the peculiar construction when in the same sentence
two verbs agreeing with one subject are put one in the plural and the
other in the singular.
(4) |.^ f^ ,fOne another''^ takes a verb in the plural.
(5) ^-ifi f^ before a negative takes a verb in the plural.
3. Nouns plural in form but singular in signification
(1) (generally take a verb in the plural.
(2) Sometimes they take a verb in the singular.
4. The passive participle followed by a i^ denoting the agent some-
times is uninflected.
5. (1) "When a verb has for its subject two or more distinct nouns,
it is generally in the plural number.
(2) It may be put in the singular number.
6. "When the subjects are of different persons the first is preferred
to the second or third and the second to the third.
Bern. l". "With two subjects, one of the first or second, the other of
the third person, the verb is sometimes put in the first or second person
singular as if there were but one subject.
Bern. 2. "When the subjects are of different gender, the verb prefers
the masculine.
X
ie2 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO. [ 122,
7. When the subject of a participle is a personal pronoun, it is
usually not expressed, except when it is in the first or second person.
122. Impersonal Verbs.
1. ^^tV= ^^^ *^ happened (Lk. 10:13).
^liik wsj-^o and that it may he tvell iviih us (Deut. 6:24).
2. ouij. ^aLo ""^ -^ L^fS it was painful to Jonah and it teas grievous
to him (Jon. 4:1).
.cauik ^]Z |3o and it should not le weary to them (Lk. 18:1).
ooi \hfSi ,i^ J|^ I ivas grieved with that generation (Heb. 3:10,
see also Gal. 1:9; 2 Thess. 3:13; Ephr. 3:13).
3. ^^^v:v o-ojI they announced to Jacob (Gen. 48:2).
]Zi-ri .aI^ .o^LiJ let them write for me letters (Neb. 2:7).
4. (1) *A^ li^io jJ to me it is not irksome (Phil. 3:1).
1z^\i\ Ur^ ^A.sll>, 01^ ^01 1-.;^ my soul is sorrowful even
unto death (Matt. 26:38).
\^^ U it is not possible (Jos. Sty. 46:6).
^ajsaa.^ l-fcL4 j-A-T it has not escaped thy knowledge (Jos.
Sty. 15:16).
(2) ^aiCj^Vr: "C^ it is in his power (Spic. Syr. 5:13).
]o3iJ? jJs jisi so it is necessary that it should be (Matt. 26:54).
'B.em. ^^/^^^V ^^ ^^a?i itjis better for me to die (Jon. 4:3).
5. 2J}-Izl i-i-T aJ| >\,^ for certainly it has been manifested (Jos.
Sty. 2:2).
^*1^ ,&sZ? v^Xafi it has been commanded me by thee (Jos. Sty. 3:21).
I:^ ^.aVa? >^] as we have heard (Spic. Syr. 16:22).
Hem. ]-M,L2j .oJJ OA.? tramplers have trampled them (Nah. 2:3).
1^
123.] ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO. 163
|-4,G-.? ^jk^Of^ y tJie treader shall not tread out (Is. 16:10).
]L.^ ZiiaJ Jo if a man die (Num. 6:9).
p,-oas f.a.>z\ a command has been issued (Jos. Sty. 49:8).
The following forms of the verb are used impersonally. Compare
64. 911.
1. The third masculine singular.
2. The third feminine singular.
3. The third plural.
4. The participles.
(1) The feminine singular.
(2) The masculine singular.
Rem. Adjectives, also, may be used in this impersonal sense.
5. Frequently the passive is used in an impersonal verb.
Hem. Instead of the impersonal construction we meet occasionally
with a subject from the same root.
Note Generally this is a literal translation of the Hebrew ; oftener,
however, the Hebrew participle is dropped in the Peshito and the
subject is unexpressed or expressed by ).^J) as in Deut. 22:8,
^ 123. The Object of the Verb.
1. (1) ll!^ ^.^nj he took a child (Luke. 9:47).
]z-f.jAjb> ]^L2] ]\^ he saw a beautiful woman (Sind. 4:9).
(2) Ql:kii.o y ]9i-4.? |^Vin> ^ ]2^r-*i knowledge frgm the true wisdom
they have not received (Spic. Syr. 2:22).
(3) w.iJ|3 V^jJ? who would hlame a man (Spic. Syr. 6:1).
s.jkJP V nn4. |3o and suffered not a man (Lk. 8:51).
(4) ^-*^? tQJ<n \l:a-^ ^ iit^L^o and three of these Persians he pierced
(Jos. Sty. 68:4).
2. (1) jZj-iI ]}liJ? that he might see the end (Matt. 26:58).
jlusii'l^ ^iii3 I have received letters (Jos. Sty. 1:1, see also
3:15, 4:11, et al.).
164 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. [ 123.
(2) v-aJ] ]^ IJ ]:n^ Gody no man hath seen (John. 1:18).
I^coi IL^itf s^Za.nlTff m^ deficiency thou wast supplying (Jos. Sty.
3:9. See also 3:12, and Matt. 27:42).
(3) ^.Ia!:^ cja^sl they persuaded the multitudes (Matt. 27:20).
Izozjj i^-3oi I^Ai ,js tvhen I saiv the signs (Jos. Sty. 3:17. See
also Jos. Sty. 3:14, 18:5, and Matt. 26:72, 27:30).
(4) ^'^1 ^-"^^ '^ojLA^ JeSMS, ye are seeking (Matt. 28:5).
Lli^Z s*^o and me hast thou begged (Jos. Sty. 3:12. See also
Mt. 26:48, 27:32).
Rem. ^i^aJ? ^? "^0.12!^ hutthat they should destroy Jesus (Katt 21:20).
(5) )Mn s*ju.,..A.o and he threw down the silver (Mt. 27:5).
fia^L^ jJoi *#oi-iJZ jj M-'AfW Ae foM this word (Aphr. 520:18).
P P OP V P P
(6) oiZj^l xpJu^^ |Joi in #Ay reaZ thou hast said this (Jos. Sty. 5:5).
I n\i s*OTG^!i;k ou^9 (TiJiic^hisown blood the dogs UcJced(A-phT.lS^:lQ).
^rfj) *sou. j vS ao )jLm /e/e and peace have I given (Mai. 2:5).
Bern. ol!^ r^r-* fi ^^ ^'^^^ ^^''"^ **o^ stubbornness (Aphr. 177 end).
(7) |^Tnn\ ^oiol^LajI f/je^ <ooZ: fAe silver (Matt. 27:6).
li^ilS ^OTCj^ifio and they closed the mine (Jos. Sty. 68:13. See
also Jos. Sty. 21:18, 5:17; Matt. 26:51, 57:69, 27:59).
Eem.^llS^ ai^ i^coi ]}1 I beheld Satan (Lk. 10:10).
|y?^A^^ (julik h\Jl ,-so and as he was dragging aivay the corpse
(Jos. Sty. 68:9, see also Jos. Sty. 4:11; Syr. Spic. 6:13).
(8) (Ju^-iJ oLljcii IiNaN he would taJce with him the dead body (Jos.
Sty. 68:7).
s^g,^ J!^o arid me thou didst command (Deut. 4:14).
1. When the object is indefinite, it may be with or without ^ and
may be before or after the verb, that is the following constructions
all meaning ,,he built a house^' may occur.
124.] ELEMENTS OP SYEIAO. 155
(1) iL.^ lis.
(2) I.LO i^,*^.
(3) \'L4,^^ lis.
(4) \L:> iLi^:;^..
2. When the object is definite and direct the following cases arise
meaning ,,Ae huili the house^',
(1) ]Lj^ lis.
(2) lis jL.^.
(3) |L*:a^ lis.
(4) lis 1^.1.^::^.
Bern. The object with ^ may be put before the particles which
connect the sentence with that which precedes.
(O) fivxS ^5I-J-S*
(6) M<qi iln |ui^.
12em. The participle does not take the pronominal suffix directly
but governs it by means of 2^:^. See (7) "Remark.
(7) ]A<.n\ ^ouiJ.s.
Bern. The participle takes the pronominal suffix just as in the
construction (6). See (6) Remark.
(8) >^gi.AXD ]L^:^.
' 124. The Verb with an Indirect Object.
1. 01^ cjitfj ^? .qJcti but they said to him (Matt. 27:4).
Gi^ .j^l ^9 ,_Li but ive said to him (Spic. Syr. 1:5).
01^ ]ooi ^- -^ that was due to him (Jos. Sty. 3:1).
2. ]iwl;ki ^59iw4.| 01 .oai^ to 7/ou Is the U'ord sent (Acts 13:26).
166 ELEMENTS OP SYEIAC. [ 125.
3. ot^ j-al^l liliD ^'^ At\o And to Jesus what shall I do (Matt. 27:22).
4. ^^^"^ ^mog n^ ouiik cjicj his servants said to the Lord (Jos. Sty. 4:10).
2. ov!^ L^ he tcent down for himself; w*^ U[ ^ a \^ Iam going (Ad. 4:15).
The Indirect object is preceded by ^. The following constructions
occur.
1 . 01.1^ ^lacf he said to him,
2. f^aoj 01^ to him he said.
3. 01^ jifij liVS to the Lord he said.
4. |/sn\ oil^ j^l he said to him i. e. the Lord.
5. The so-called ethical dative is of frequent occurrence in Syriac;
but it can scarcely ever be translated into English. See 101 B; 1 (1),
Bern, 3.
H^ 125. The Verb with Two or More Objects.
Four cases occur. The verb may govern
1. Two direct objects.
2. Two indirect objects.
3. Two objects, one direct, the other indirect.
4. Three objects, one direct, two indirect.
1. (1) ]z| ^OTol^l-fc. they asked of him a sign (Aphr. 460:20).
Uiio oillajsz / asked him words (questions) (Aphr. 395:2).
|ii*5o jjcoiaaj ^aAq\ Itaughtyou laws a7id judgements (Dent. A:b).
^ *. _
|j-5? \.^ho] qiS'iw he has taught him the way of judgment (Is. 40:14.
See also Lk. 11:5, 15:22; Ex. 27:2; Lk. 23:11; John. 14:26).
)Lm 0111:^0 and filled it with vinegar (Matt. 27:48).
l^i^Jo lv-*p' i^l '^oj.aJ he will reward them indignation and
wrath (Rom. 2:8).
(2) ua-fciflia ^315-^^ they clothed him with a robe (Matt. 27:28).
^5ia-. ^Qjl j-aifc] he caused them to pass over Jordan (Aphr. 357:8).
125.] ELEMENTS OF STEIAO. jgy
Rem. V^ljja^l^^jJii^ j^^fz^c] I caused the children of Israel to inherit
the land (Aphr. 20:4).
|Za-oi}^. ^ n^\ j>,]o and ihey took from me their glittering robe
(Apost. Apoc. 274:16).
(3) l^jn.VnSSn ly ^Qjj v*a.M he shotved them the mystery of baptism
(Aphr. 226:11).
]1^ -iJ:^ jia^ the hungry he fills with good things (Lk. 1:53).
\^] .a-. show us the father (John. 14:8).
2. I^J^calsflli* ^ooL^ ]ooiJ5 that it might be to them for food (Jos.
Sty. 69:4).
^--^ wcqw nn ^ ? OCX .CLaJ-iXciJik? ^^^.i^ because that for your
edification he hath given it to us (2 Cor. 10:8).
3.(1) , ^^^1 1 Tn\ U^ >o^-^] he delivered the lad to Sindban (Sindb. 1 ult.).
|--(ji9ci3 ]4mM ^sgi.o and he gave wheat to the Edesenes (Jos.
Sty. 67:14).
wXpo^Na'ti,^ v^g!n\^\.A>|o and he delivered him to Pilate (Matt. 27:2).
(2) jjLm oviu v-!n-.o and he gave him life (Jos. Sty. 3:2).
l-.iwA^ 01^ ,..ci:; he made for him a feast (Sindb. 2:23, see also
Acts 13. 14. 20. 21. 32 and Matt. 26:15).
(3) | .: ^ li>^I:^ oL.M^-A.lAli. bfM, wjscZ cci he again sent his Messiah into
, the ivorld (Aphr. 5:1).
1|.ns\ ^o|^!^ G-4,cj.s set apart Saul for the work (Acts 13:2).
^02.1:^ oi.!iik p| >aSoS'^ |j|o andIivilldeliverhimtoyou(M.8iii.2Q:lb).
]^?nVS\i^ l-^Q-A^Vsi-ifc ,^iSnnV< .coavJ j3 they should not be
receiving heretics to baptism (Overbeck 220:19).
(4) |-c| j-a^ .o3vl^ it-"^? '^^^^ ^^ should deliver to them Bar abbas
(Matt. 27:20).
ie8 ELEMENTS OF STRIAC. [ 126.
4. 1^^^^ l^i^^V^ ^o|-A.I:i^ w*I^ Q-4,o jiS set apart for me Saul and
Barnabas for tJie work (Acts 13:2).
ashamed to take this ivoman to us for instruction (Overb. 102:15).
5. -^"^ ^SV4> thou didst hear my voice (Jon. 2:3); ^UaJ^ o-Ju^a-^
l'^- rule over the fish of the sea (Gen. 2:2S); j^aj^IJ |oi^ |j^
)-^^ God called the firmament heaven (Gen. 1:8).
1. (1) Verbs of asking, teaching, filling, rewarding &c., may take
two direct objects.
(2) Any causative (Apli el or Shaph'el) may take two direct objects.
Rem. Either accusative may have I::^.
(3) Sometimes the Intensive Species governs two direct objects.
2. Occasionally we meet with verbs having two indirect objects.
3. Many verbs take both a direct and an indirect object; the indirect
object always taking !i!k, the direct object being either with or without
it. We have the following cases.
(1) 01.!^;^ li-^-c |J- he built a house for him,
(2) ]L^^ (jtlk i-Xc a house for him he built.
(3) ai^ ]Ai^\ |J^ a house he built for him,
(4) ]^ -^"^ oils. Virs a house for him he built.
4. Sometimes we have a verb having one direct and two indirect
objects, all three preceded by 1:^.
5. By means of a preposition before their object, some verbs have
their meaning supplemented, or modified.
126. Passives &c., with the Object.
1. fl,jL^ ^.L^Z] thou hast been repaid thy evil (2 Sam. 16:8).
p|.3 |X? Q^t--^^ ^^^y ^^^^ ^^^^ repaid a just judgment (Aphr. 49:3).
|-fc.?a-c? |-is5 "^^^-^i ^^ ^Qj^loA/ ^t-*^ then Simon Peter was filled
with the Eoly Ghost (Acts 4:8).
126.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. X69
^81^ Zj.i^ZZ]? which thou hast been taught (Lk.l:4).
p * " *
Rem. ]oi U:^ llaJ he was full of cunning (Aphr. 61:11).
i ii^i h> IvJJ wa-i^.^ thou art clothed with glory (Aphr. 494:12).
Uxria ^^tmnV wearing {covered with) turbans (Jos. Sty. 25:1).
2. (1) ^oio^Liffl they knew him (Kk. 6:54).
v^oia:sk?o^^|o and they kneiv him (Lk. 24:31).
*-^^x^ ,-iiD i.ji -^r^?-^! I thought about one of my companions
(Sindb. 9:5).
p 1 ^ ^ p 7fp
],i>>A.V)? aCiO^ pj J.S52CSO I waZ:e mention of the name of the
Messiah (Addai 20:19).
Rem. jlaw o 4n\ tJiey clothed themselves with sackcloth (Jon. 3:5). Com-
pare Jon. 3:8 Ijoso .afiisU they covered themselves with sackcloht,
(2) ^LmisZ .^^Z] cover thyself with thy garment (Acts 12:8).
l^oiQj fiw^JisZ] thou coverest thyself with light (Ps. 104:2).
3. (1) ]^.A.2r: ,_i^ ^ou^^^ |3? to whom some evils have not happened
(Jos. Sty. 81:4).
P V ^
S.45U.O0I pio 1 iS|..* |3 tve knoiv not ivhat has happened to him,
(Acts 7:40).
oiZcoi? ai^^Ls all which happened to her (Addai 12 ult.).
(2) .aJw' I^' ^^^^^ desire the desire has come to me (Lk. 22:15).
>a!:L4.9cl3 '^ll? ^J^' l?5 this desire has come to me that I may
go to Jerusalem (Overbeck 164:23).
4. (1) ]oml^]:^]L^''>ob]ZoJs] great cures he wastvorkivg(A.d. A-pos.l:14).
|VS^ ]^^^ io5i y-alk^ he taught the peopleknowledge (Eccles. 12:9).
^^ v^v >cl(lx| |Vi* n he made a covenant with them (Jos. Sty. 90:5).
]hf.i hf.2 he vowed a voiv (Sindb. 1:3).
170 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 127.
Vjui*9 |.ii>o vf-A^jJ let the ivaters sirarm icifh swarms (Gen* 1:20).
(2) ]^h jntk^ wu:ufc,] he experienced great agony (Sindb. 3:14).
p,.x>a^ t-oszj he was commanded a command (Jos. Sty. 49:8. See
122. 5 Rem.).
1.(1) Verbs which in the active govern two direct objects may govern
one in the passive, the other becoming the subject.
J2em. Passive participles of such verbs may also govern an object.
2.(1) The reflexives of many verba mentis, in the derived forms, govern
an object additional to that involved in the verbal form.
B,em. Verbs which in the P*'al involve a reflexive action come
under this same rule.
(2) Verbs which in the active govern two direct objects, may in the
reflexive govern one additional to that involved in the verbal form.
3. (1) Verbs signifying "fo hajjpen to'^ take a direct object.
(2) The impersonal verb i^? (3rd fem. sing.), see 122. 2, some-
times takes a direct object.
4. (I) Some verbs take a cognate accusative from the same or a
cognate root.
(2) Reflexives and Passives sometimes take a cognate accusative:
but only those of such verbs as in the active would take two direct
objects (see 1. 2 (2)), or such reflexives as w^ould come under 2 (1).
127. Uses of jooi.
1. (1) ]ooi wa!^ was going up ((ren. 2:6).
Ic3i 'sol-^ was cunning (Gen. 3:1).
]o3i li^s-o cci he tvas the priest (Gen. 14:18).
w-ooi .c-altfiik? because I was ivith thee (John. 16:4).
]33i i ViSsrs he icas in the tcnrld (John. 1:14).
(2) ouA-^nS jooi ^(Tow-] his clothing was (Matt. 3:4).
l^^iiS ^? Zcoi ^otji noio there was a question (Jon. 3:25).
jibao? .coiW looi a-i.^ theg had not a place (Lk, 2:7).
I 127.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. 171
pj^jlsDJ jJLsoi ^? |ooi P hut I am not thus saying (Jos. Sty. 42:23).
]ooi w(5u. he had given (Matt. 26:48).
2. (1) oioZ Zooi |^9]o awe? the earth loas waste (Gen. 1:2).
j.ik5]-2 wfc^ ]ooi ,~|-oo Cain was a tiller of the ground (Gen. 4:2).
]o3i ]JL* cue in 7iim tvas life (John. 1:4).
(2) io3i 01(^1^ |\n\s ^Ae M?oWfZ tvas made with him (John. 1:10).
wi'ooi |ll^^>no ^t\oi these things were done in Bethany (John.
8:28. Comp. Matt. 27:54).
1. (1) Whenjofli stands after a predicate participle, adjective, noun,
or even a clause, it takes the enclitic form jooi and has the meaning "tW.
(2) It is often so used to strengthen the past sense of w| or of the
finite verb. Sometimes, also, it emphasizes the negative particle |3.
2. (1) When jooi stands before the predicate the en is pronounced
and is written without linea occultans. This is true also when a word
occurs between the predicate and joci.
(2) When jooi is used in the sense of ^was made^\ '^came into heeing"f
^^happened^^ &c., the oi is always pronounced.
3. (1) a. I MA4Vi\ CO 01 ^aio]].j they saw the Messiah (Addai. 2:10).
p^ois (tlI:;^^^ . ctnj; |.^}.ri Zooi I\Vi\ua>]o and all Syria was
delivered into their hands (Spic. Syr. 18:8).
|ooi iu*| f^ ir^\ ^^^^^^ ^^^ ^ certain man (Matt. 21:28).
b. 1 iiOiS jooi fM**) wa?c9oi j-fc-^ coi for Herod had seized John
(Matt. 14:3).
axhh^ wi'coi wZjj ivho had come after (Matt. 27:55).
01^ vJTooi sjS'Ti^zl \2af^9 V^lJio ,-iac9 who had been given to
him by the Persian King (Jos. Sty. 70:10).
(2) ci.^ jooi \,si2^ jooi wx?] it was right that he should let it well
forth (Aphr. 314:4).
172 ELEMENTS OF STRIAC. [ 127.
Zooi wi9i^ZZ9 jooi l3o it jvas necessary that she should have been
given (Aphr. 234:2).
]ooi jnM qiSrril n ooi? j^j ^5 ]op l^^ Ahgar wished that he
himself might pass over (Addai 3:6).
|^^JLX0 {Znn^gNSnN ^oi f^Z |9(ji f^^^L P^^? ^^s^ ^/^^s cause
should call forth bitter enmity (Ad. 3:9).
\^|.la^ |Viti\ oooi .r iJiAl )]9 ^Aa^ fAe^ could not eat bread
(Mk. 3:20).
(3) a. . > A 1 n i iln OOOI *SiaA^9 who were standing in crowds
(Ad. 2:12).
jo 31 j-^ 1-3 r-^-* ^^^ dearness was increasing (Jos. Sty. 35:2).
i-,-n^ _I^X ]'fJii^ ^] CO 01 ^0019 which consisted of about
ten thousand men (Jos. Sty. 74:15).
j?ovtt ^a-*-I '^k^ oooi ^A^^ they were seeking, against Jesus,
witnesses (Matt. 26:59).
h. 0031 .10=11? fiA^? withersoever they toere going (Jos. Sty. 34:10).
l-oa-A^o iQ4JQ|. OOOI ,-4.^?o they tvere in the habit of sleeping
on the porcJies and streets (Jos. Sty. 36:19).
]^9| ^^ jooi ^.nSw 1^2-aitfo and a mist used to go up from the
earth (Gen. 2:6).
V p p O V fts ^
(4) 1-0^? -toi ^ooi jJ!ac^_ikio j.A^ |J for the testament had not been com-
pleted (Aphr. 28:8).
ccci ^^i 4 ii"i I A'i\ no I'^^r? |.a^| when the scribes and elders
were assembled (Matt. 26:57).
ov2^ looi h^L^Lo It had been sent to him (Jos. Sty. 17:16).
3. (1) The Perfect ]o3i is used to render more emphatic the past sense
of the Perfect. It may express
127.] ELEMENTS OF SYEIAa 178
a. The past.
h. The pluperfect.
(2) The perfect of ]ocn is used after the imperfect to emphasize a
past subjunctive.
(3) The perfect of |ooi is used after an active participle to express,
a. A state, or continuous action in the past.
h. A state, or action as having occurred frequently in the past.
Bern. For the subjunctive of {a) and (&), see 4 (2).
(4) The perfect of jooi is used after a passive participle to denote
the result of a past completed action. This is true of the participles
of the reflexive forms, when they are used as the passive.
4. (1) jJoi |Vi\s.s .n n 4 i3 .nn\ X^::i^^^ Zom jjiioi so he it reckoned by
you in this world (Addai 44 ult.).
_i^ |j|^ Zooi IJ let it not he wearisome to us (Gal. 6:9).
.QAU|.ajSn\ ^?oul^ ^oiv-ooi remember your guides (Heb. 13:7).
,AsZn iiV) ^J;) ) %n < S tt ^i^oci be ivhole from thy plague (Kait, 3:4).
(2) (TLO ^>\iAioA^ oooi? that they might he put in it (Jos. Sty. 23:14).
ovL. ^^i\n A OCT? oooi T-A-Sf they were willing to keep carrying
it (Aphr. 264:6).
jilnnl "^ nn\c I 01 5 |ci ci,..*:^ it ivas his custom to receive strangers
(Aphr. 391:8).
5. a. |Xfc-o }jla.Vs ilat 1?!^^ <JL^ ^^'i^S .oiJ? aLa.-o] and they
determined that they would be keeping this festival every year (Jos.
Sty. 26:17).
^oiZ-^^ ^l^ ^oaiJ |J {they) shall not he entering into their
cloisters (Overbeck 212:5).
^?}^ .ocsii jJ? V-?o^ ''^^ H-I H^ f^'*' ^^ commanded concerning
the JeiDS that they should not keep circumcision (Aphr. 95:14).
b, y.^k,f^\oaiJl let it he separating ((ren. 1:6).
|.si-D .01 ii^ >cI-o jooiJ |3|o andy if not, war should he continuing
between them (Jos. Sty. 77:12).
174 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. [ 127.
1^4 lofifii ||-^ >o^ w.AJi? that a tnan he erring with the many
(Spic. Syr. 22:13).
lUtn. |"i ^"^ 31,^ ]-^xii^9|3 ^f.^ .cai^ r^4-J ]c3i.Jo a7id it should be
kept hy them until the U^'* of the same month (Aphr. 217:7).
6. ]L:zL o3vr: Vgl ]ooi oij^? ]Hii'o ^"'^^ every one will be reading
the uritings of his bo>k in that day (Ad. 23:10).
7. (1) Zo3i oiLl^^D Zcoi aU.\>* fL when she saw him she received him
(Addai 11:S).
|o3i qinn^ he left him (Jos. Sty. 76:11).
(2) .egi\- ^-.^^n^o ccCT rrJ-Ip they all were reclining and enjoying
themselves (Jos. Sty. 26:18).
^q\Vo Il-coi s^hl I was sitting and teaching (Matt. 26:55).
i^jo ]oai y^^o and he was praying and saying (Matt. 26:39).
^r^^nVo ^-C5i ^TnwSfl t6'e tcere expecting and hoping (Jos.
Sty. 41:15).
Bern. , ^^^'^^ .oooiJ ^']i-'^ lis f^af /7ify sAow^fZ not be altogether
injurious nor altogether injured (Spic. Syr. 21.4).
8. ^001 .Zc^jiao ^|r7i^n owr chastisement ivas abundant (Jos.
Sty. 4:14).
oiL-ZJio Zoffi iw-jjjjjs Icoi y ani 7ws coming was not in vain
(Aphr. 150:15).
IZj..!^ L^] 4 i ^. ccfli they ivere evil to the end (Aphr. 293:5).
r-O ft. ft, * "
9. liaJii? .cn.^ |c3i.J i3o a7i(i /Ae^ should have no need (Rev. 22:5).
^oL^ |coi i-fcxa| f/ie^/ had a prisoner (Matt. 27:16).
IZj-c ffiiic ci.!:^ Zcsi Ae 7mcf by her a daughter (Jos. Sty. 19:7).
4. (1) The perfect of jooi is used before adjectives and participles to
express a wish, a command, or an admonition 112. 3. (2), Rem. 2.
(2) When the frequentative expressed by means of jooi with the
128.] ELBMENTS OP SYEIAO. 175
participle (see 3. (3) 6.) is put in the subjunctive, jooi precedes instead
of following the participle.
5. "When a frequentative action or a state is looked upon as future,
or contingent, it is expressed by means of the imperfect of jooi and a
following participle.
6. The futurity of a state, or continuous action, may be emphasized
by placing the participle of ]o(ji before the participle of another verb.
7. (1) The pronominal suffix is placed after the principal verb.
(2) Where two, or more, participles occur, ]soi is usually formed with
the first only.
Rem. For special emphasis, especially in contrasted statements, it
may be repeated.
8. An adverb may be used with jooi.
9. jcoi accompanied by ^ expresses our verb ''fo have'\
128. Uses of fi^K
1. (1) }-i9o| ,-* J::^ VaJ? lJ\ there were some that fell on the tcayside
(Matt. 13:4).
.a2[ wi^ |JL}|? IhoLs in the trouble of men are they not (Ps. 73:5).
.aa^ hJ\ ^jVinN pes how many loaves have ye? (Matt. 15:34).
w^o|ul2^ there is not a man (Jos. Sty. 77:19).
^i^l? |Jj-i1 ^5 ^1 there are others who say (Spic. Syr. 9:7).
(2) iA'^A\,^ oi^iscffiajLC v.*cnow|? wJio was a Galilean by race (Jos,
Sty. 69:6).
v*oioi^-.] |3 oi.:^aa-o ]n\m o| or fortune itself does not exist (Spic.
Syr. 9:9).
>c?| v*aicL-^ fi when Adam did not exist (Spic. Syr, 4:15).
2. (1) .ooilai^ |ooi 2la^ who was not with them (Jos. Sty. 76:10).
]r^X Hx<=^ ^oi-.I^1 for they were fishers (Acts. 22.3).
(2) I iVr? jooi ^(Tioiui? loho had been blind (John. 9:24).
Rem. ViJuD .ooLialk joci 2u-]? ^>\yo and them who were ivith them he
killed (Jos. Sty. 76:15).
176 ELEMENTS OF SYKIAC. [ 12S.
pkJ ^^^ ^? wiboi lJ\ and note there were there women (Matt.
27:55. See also the examples under (1) and (2)).
3. (1) >coi|^| ^il ^[ \jz] we have Abraham (Matt. 3:9).
jZasL*..^ V-.<ji5cP .coi^^l the Edessians have care (J OS. Sty. 3S: lb).
I "^ in oilk jofli IuJ;ik? because he had no sons (Matt. 22:25).
Bern. .ai!ik ^| |,limV ye have the poor (John. 12:8).
(2) <jlL ^I l^iDoiio ^a\\^^ that he had all possible vices (Bind. 3:21).
IL^ >^ hJ\o and thou hast power (Jos. Sty. 76:19).
^z^ hJ\ we have (Kirsch Chrest. p. 80 ult.).
4. l^iOws ^oicL.) Mi-*^'*' if the word be true (DQui. 13:14).
yjcic^] u.)i-.j.^? Jcj-Lq^ wonn4l ^aJ| ^ if one should leave
something that really exists (Spic. Syr. 22:15).
5. iV|v\ w-fc^|?CTlJ|^ but this cannot be said (Jos. Sty. 5:20).
vs\i4Vl>, |oc3i i^^o nothing could be heard (Jos. Sty. 39:14).
j^V^&lk Zu^ It cannot be said (Aphr. 496:3).
1. ^] is employed impersonally in the sense of "there is", "there
exists''] Lj^":! in the sense of "there is not'\ "there exists oiof\ They are
used (Compare 130. 1. (3)):
(1) Uninflectedly.
(2) AVith pronominal suffixes. 65.
2. w] or ^.-i^ followed by ]coi is used to express, or emphasize, the
past or pluperfect of "to be", "to exist''.
Rem. AYhen hat is used with 2U], either one or both may be either
inflected or uninflected. See all the examples under 2. (1), (2) and Rem.
3. (1) The verb "to have" is generally expressed by means of i^-|_
followed by the preposition Ik and a pronominal suffix. But see also
127. 9.
(2) l^} followed by ^rs or -^o^ with a pronominal suffix may also
express our verb "to have".
4. ^?^ is occasionally followed by an adverb. Compare 127:8.
5. b^] followed by 1::^ with an infinitive may be translated by "can".
g 129.1 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO. 177
129. fJLL, and Other Auxiliaries.
1. t-^^? I"^"^"^? |J-? ^^^^ judgment of the world which is to come
(Jos. Sty. 6:4).
-ioZ jjo-^nS (jiZq.13 ''i-oZZ? 1,.-^^ |j(ji SO shall her righteous-
ness he avenged on the unbeliever there (Addai 24:12).
jzUal^i. r-^ 1^^ Elias who icas to come (Matt. 11:14).
2. (1) a. .Of.^-ifli? iJo must they worship (John. 4:24).
I 4 i 4 jotnJ? ^? J3o for the elder must be (1 Tim. 3:2).
AvnVnV , ,\ joffiJ J though I should have to die (Matt. 26:35).
b. 01^9 liiaJ? v-ii^^ |3 ought not to cover his head (1 Cor. 11:7).
(2) a. aVin\i\ lovX ^,n4V' GocZ ca?^ rmse w^? (Matt. 3:7).
j-iJ ^^^1 v4j] jj wo owe comZ(Z pass (Matt. 8:28, see also
Mt. 26:9).
6. f^]} ji| Ivi^ |3 ]?oi f^zs I cannot do (Jos. Sty. 5:16).
c. o^iv\ jJi^ ^.^113 ^0 WMM could quell (Spic. S}t. 44:16).
(3) .ajf V2ij \^. y /^e would not receive them (Jos. Sty. 17:13).
Bern. \.\sCl^ ^-5 ak4 /^awfcs 6e <o GorZ (1 Cor. 15:57).
2. cci ^oij^l *^-^ -a^l our own father is Abraham (John. 8:39).
..*|5 j-fc-T |j| (Ji?a4^ for am I my brother's "keeper? ((jen. 4:9).
(3) / ^ V A .V 1^5 ^:^ijk ]\m he saw people who
were numberless (Sim. Sty. 271).
I H>^^7 -Qj] l^^lkl? .... .en *tl ^^ey showed that they were
disciples of Christ (Overbeck 177:3).
1. The futurity of an action or state is emphasized by the use of
,-^:i futurus (=iJLsXkxv).
2. In regard to mood
Z
178 BLBlOBrre OF STRIAa [ 130.
(1) The Imperative is strengthened by the use of jllo "i7 is necessart/''^
'^-- "it i due'' and .^ ]om ''one has to'\
(2) Tie Potential is strengthened by the nse of ^*^ "is able",
I %^ "is possible'' and |^V "ts sufficienf\
(3) The Yoluntativ is strengthened by means of Jjd. ^totcilT', ^toicish''.
Bern. The Optative (1). Indicative (2) and Subjunctive (3) moods
are all found in simple nominal sentences.
130. Verbal and Nominal Sentences.
1. (1) )J) rfl^\ I am thy servant (Overbeck 383:2).
I ' V that it teas good (Gen. 1:3).
wai ^ \:Li]y 0L<ji? the gold of that land is good (Gen. 2:12).
l5naJ l-cs-T love is light (Aphr. 257:22).
Bern. 1^^ J ^Hr^ /nnl W Attn foff^c in <Ae cloister if it be near
(Gverbeck 212:9).
(2) ^ M? ^* !/* 6 that thou hast (Spic. Syr. 2:3).
0I3VJ-I. cci ^S9 Am n is great (Aphr. 45:10).
(3) ^^ S^ M? U>^ "^ aa that is above me (Spic. Syr. 3:21).
1 7" tt V ? <f^M fr4s--5 aw4 ttoM art a branch of the plague
(Aphr. 82:4).
U ' ^ .* ? ^ ous LJ\1 in which is knowledge (Spic. Syr. 8:11).
Bern. ^=.2^ L-^ cJie tcAom Aar you i. e. who is existing amovg you?
(Mai. 1:10).
2. mJI. *iJ-c c,-iZ? j-i^ P /br /Ae os of man are not commanded
(Spic. Syr. 5:2).
01^ ?c9i . ii^4 he sent to him (Addai 37:11).
M.^i-s ji:^ fA Min^ answered (Apec. Acts. 25:4).
^^^^ r^ ^^ he fU;d from them (Jos. Sty. 70:9).
ft 131.] ELEMENTS OF STRIAO. 179
Simple sentences, and the parts of compound and complex sentences,
may be either nominal 1. or verbal 2.
1 . A nominal sentence is one in which there is no verb, but in which
the predicate is a noun substantive or adjective or a pronoun. In
nominal sentences, the subject and predicate may be
(1) Simply placed in juxtaposition.
Bern. The subject, as well as copula, is sometimes omitted.
(2) Connected by the pronoun used as a copula, see 101. 2.
(3) Connected by L^], in which case the idea of existence is empha-
sized. See 128. 1.
Bern. Occasionally both cai and ii^j are used.
131. Simple Sentences.
1, |,nSV) |c5i ]ytt the Jcwg satv (L'omelia di Giacomo 157).
|i.^r r^*? ^^ '^^* ^^^^^ ^^ ^^'^ ^^^^ (Overbeck 348:20).
g/amJ V^^::*:* they took counsel (Matt. 27:1).
ooi '|.i>o? wklsa^J it is the price of hlood (Matt. 27:6).
2. (1) |.iia^^ olIs* wriou* JJo he answered him not a ivord (Matt. 27:14).
jcffi w**jLa,] jJ he could not (Add. 3:8).
L^o(Si |.o, j-i^ |3 for I did not wish (Jos. Sty. 34:17).
j 4 i ^i |3 ]ZJ| the woman did not perceive (Sindb. 16:8).
Bern. ]z] ^J^i* Li.s.o ^5 y the miracle is not sufficient for us (Jos.
Sty. 23:6).
w^oi^ioflj V n ^. VAaoi |3 let us not hasten then my sons (Jul. 28:23).
|Js| joffi Ir^ r^ W f^^ ^ ''^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ become a father (Spic.
Syr. 11:3).
(2) M-^j.^ Vaio^ ovJUs ^i;o ]o8i |3 it is not from his nature a man
doefh wrong (Spic. Syr. 12:21).
j-ik-z| ).:i05 ^ ol^ik? ^^I those who loere not horn of the hlood
(John. 1:13).
180 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAO. [R 131,
(3) cu'j-.^I.La!^ \^h\ ujJij Valk P it has not pleased him to be seen hy
any one (Spic. Syr. 6:19).
i-jj |I>^ |J|? ^] i not as IwUl (Matt. 26:39).
Ijjiis Jixsj |3 not carnivorous (Spic. Syr. 7:21).
(4) 9j^2^ 13 Ij^ 01 ^l^iso po and the body is neither restrained
nor assisted (Spic. Syr. 11:2).
m' ^ V " m y f> p V ^
\J^ |J )jLm |3 jzaio P? fAaf neither death nor life nor angels
(Rom. 8:38).
Bern. V^aa ^ ^ P \hixja P | 4 Vi 4^ j-i^ P For neither sun nor
moon nor one of the stars (Spic. Syr. 3:17).
\^'f^] P .-aica-. P neither Joseph nor another (Legends of
St. Mary 25:7).
^lieoi P |ico? P nor height nor depth (Rom. 8:38. 24).
^]2^-Aio ^ |j| >axL |j| Us) J am wo^ ehvious against thee
and I do (not) excuse myself (Jos. Sty. 3:15).
(5) jail ^ ^0^ ^^^^^ (=much) (Matt. 28:12).
|s^ P? tfi7AoMf care (Matt. 28;14).
IztiN^m^^ P incorruptibility (Rom. 2:7).
(6) 'rJJ> li it is not good (Gen. 2:18).
,-4^A!iI.4. P >cpja and in some things they are not powerful
(Spic. SjT. 9:23).
Simple sentences are declarative, negative, optative, and inter-
rogative. For optative sentences, see 114. 3. For interrogative
sentences, see 132.
1. The declarative sentence may be either nominal or verbal,
2. (1) The negative P precedes the verb to which it relates.
p
Rem. A particle may intervene between P and the verb.
(2) Generally, when the negative is separated from the verb which
it modifies, it is reinforced by the copula oi (which contracts into ol^)
or by ]2i.
132.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. t8l
(3) When the negative relates to a phrase, or to a part of speech
other than a verb, it immediately precedes it.
(4) When the negative is repeated and has the sense of ^neither',
'^nor'\ it comes at the beginning of the sentence.
Bern. The negative must be repeated before each noun ; but it may
be omitted from before each verb after the first.
(5) 13? is used before substantives and adjectives in a privative sense,
("wn", "tV, "a", ''without &c.)
(6) |3 may be used, also, when the predicate is an adjective.
132. The Interrogative Sentence.
1. >^a.^ glV tvho showed thee? (Gen. 3:11).
vZ,.:aL? IJoi alio tvhat is this that thou hast done? (Gen. 3:13).
y^ w4.|-sZ| |.l.^l> tvh^ art thou displeased? (Gen. 4:6).
jZiJl^ 01^ ^cLjI ^]hc ih^ icht/ trouble 7/e the icoman? (Katt 26:10).
^1 li[ llf where ivilt thou? (Matt. 26:17).
X^hjst .al^i^J Vasct jlL.] how then should the scriptures be fulfilled?
(Matt. 26:54).
vJ^ 1:^^ ^ what is that to us? (Matt. 27:4).
|.\i\ ^1 |jL] ^^o from ivhat people art thou? (Jon. 1:8).
^9] ^cn],..*|o hi] jnSn .| ^.lio ^r^^ <3J^ tvhat is thy business, whence
art thou, what is thy country and of ivhat people? (Jon. 1:8).
2. hi] ^Ll |J thou hearest not? (Matt. 27:13).
"^ hah*] ]fS.'L hast thou brought dust to us? (Sind. 10:13).
]jiih) ^ ^H ^i^^ I/ou read the books (Spic. Syr. 13:8).
h:ij^Z] Ijoi ,_:^ from this art thou persuaded? (Spic. Syr. 12 ult.).
'^s^^JJlxLJ? hi] ,-as ait thou going to command that he shall be killed
(Sindb. 6:9).
|1v^ ]^^ |L*5a.iQiio5 nohl] ^^t- |3 Do you not know that baptism
works miracles? (L'omelia di Giacomo 729).
182 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 132.
]Z]oaL'^ jnSv coi Lj j art thou the king of the Jews ? (Matt. 27:11).
b^Ls] \^] ,^ \ai behold from the tree hast thou then eaten?
(Gen. 3:11).
3. (1) .o1j| ,^iS\i^ |3 |i?nMi\ aC;uareyenotobei/inffthelato?(Ga\A:2\).
^:kX ^ V I aVim .G.Joi-ii iO^Jl ^-?oi^ U do you not remember the
five loaves? (Matt. 16:9).
(2) IZj-sLjo ,-^ Ir-^ X^^ski Zooi |3 is not the life more than the meat?
(Matt. 6:25).
|n\^^ ^hJ\ )J wsjo a&o ar< f^OM not king? (Sindb. 3:9).
(3) lifl^^s ^1 Viio W ansiverest thou not a word? (Mk. 14:60).
)^9^ ooi J| ^ooi }J ar< f/<OM Mof f/mf Egyptian? (Acts. 21:38).
4. (1) >c,.lo oii^ ^i..j w^jj |Ifl!bk has a man brought him something?
(John. 4:33).
VjuD olIsJ ^ ]L\ will he then kill himself? (John. 8:22).
(2) w^ ]A\ liali^ is it I Lord? (Matt. 26:22).
\aCL^ i^r^ y^l j.^? ivill a man rob God? (Matt. 3:8).
5. wSinlsi^? ^oic^l |gi 13 ajoi^ jViN? was not Esau the brother of Jacob ?
(Mai. 1:2).
^^^r. ii |Ic^5 es it not evil? (Mai. 1:8).
^"NnS I'k] ^ jcoi P lis!!^ have we not all one father? (Mai. 2:10).
Rem, |J |Vi\? o| .*Ua5?Z? iL.^ .oas ^| have you power to purify me
or not? (L'omelia de Giacomo 211. See also Mt. 22:17).
6. (I) ri>4V 01 jf ^"^ if thou be the Messiah? (Matt. 26:63).
)] o] I ?,- >c:^ ^IVm? jvitn V^ iJaOAjj .? z/ f^oi /ias^ ^epf ^72e
agreement ivhich we made with one another or not? (Sindb. 13:18).
(2) |.a\v\ ^cci |iaaJo |J-^a.*# jiosj how great expenses and out-
lays kings have? (Jos. Sty. 15:16).
133.] ELEMENTS OF SYBIAC. 183
litk^^jJ^ f^^LOiD Va-.|5 where Christ should he born? (Matt. 2:4).
Bern. ^coiJUL9 aiiao ^j;^ ^cX^o let them reveal to us tvhat their mind
is (Add. 21:4). ]ooiZ olio Zalu j'f.iJ H ws see fo whom she shall
belong (Legends of St. Mary 14:4).
7. Pi.2a.J >^52-i4jik^ ^^a csi 1^1 ar^ thou then only a stranger?
(Luke 24:18).
fz^l^Lm ^ w^L-4J shall he then find faith (Lk. 18:8).
1. Interrogative sentences are often denoted by interrogative pro-
nouns or adverbs.
2= Generally, the interrogative is denoted by the inflection or con-
nection without any particle.
3. The negative |J may be used in interrogative sentences, without
showing whether the answer expected is dubious, positive, or negative;
but always the answer "^es" is hoped for or at least desired.
4. The negative j.:^!^ is used to express doubt in the questioner as
to the answer.
(1) When the answer "^es", though half expected, is deemed scarcely
possible.
(2) When the answer ^^surdy, not'' is hoped for.
5. The double negative ^ j.^d* is used, when the answer ^'-surely, yes'^
is hoped for, or expected.
Bern. In a double question, jJ llicii^? is often used elliptically for
the alternative.
6. The indirect question is introduced by J or ?.
Bern. The indirect question is sometimes introduced directly, without
any connecting particle.
7. The particle ^^^ is often used for the purpose of strengthening the
133. Compound Sentences: Conjunctive.
1. |,A * 4 n I^o P3va wl^j^ .^3il he returned to the chief priests and
elders (Matt. 27:3).
|!7U^? oL^oy Zo,-4^Jo oiZa:a*-^o oiZolo-kia^ ^4^i^ because of the
kindness and grace and longsuffering of God (Jos. Sty. 6:7).
184 ELEMENTS OF Si EIAC. Tg |33^
Rem. 1. |wL,Jac9 |.Iaaaoi \LLt*? \^c\ terrible earthquakes, overturnings
of cities (Jos. Sty. 4:21).
^01 1 '\]jo and he went and returned (Matt. 27:3).
Rem. 2. jJZaIsc? jlas? j^iox? ji^^o] afflictions of locusts, and of
famines, and of pestilence (Jos. Sty. 40:16).
|-aiuc??o llja^? l^~c] rods of the hazel and of the poplar
(Gen. 30:37).
f^At^fiJ^o n >n'^sVN <^La^9Z9 jJu^ h^asjs iio &nf ^/^e e^e of my
understanding is unable to examine and to see (Jos. Sty. 1:10).
o?q i vS o '^^;>ikLili ^> itn^V J3 they were not able to enter and
to harm (Jos. Sty. 63:1).
'\|.-J?c t-^rJ? v-A. he sent , . to bring . . . and to ask . , ,
(Jos. Sty. 78:8).
2. ^litf oi-i J-A.O OL-^ ;)Zwci 17 OMt awf? cast it from thee (Matt. 5:29).
o-ifcAjfc.] ? '^^ ,-oc] o a.a.4. o G^ j.<i|o oy^they plundered and destroyed
and took captive and burned all which they found (Jos. 63:12).
{^ 1 nM ,t '=^ | .ccTi^ (s\f^iLL.o |..si^4^.s^ asco^ i..k^.o ^ns-sa-AMsf
T/<e clergy persuaded the Patriarch and he made him their bishop
(Jos. Sty. 78:7).
s*ijio >c,-o he foresaw (Aphr. 12:3).
Rem. l^^l-c wr^Li ''^lli? <Aa< he might go and stay in the land (Jos.
Sty. 57:15).
<s\Sh^ "^ijl >co anci he arose and went after him (Mk. 2:14).
Compound sentences, or phrases, may be conjunctive, alternative,
or adversative. In conjunctive sentences, or phrases:
1. One word may govern two, or more, connected by o.
Rem. 1. The o may be omitted.
Rtm. 2. The i of the genitive and ^ before the Infinitive cannot
be omitted from before a second, or third word in the same government
as the first.
134.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC 185
2. Several verbs connected by o may govern a common object.
3. Of two verbs connected by o and in the same tense, one may be
in dependence upon the other, often as an adverb or complement.
Eem, In such cases the o may be omitted.
134. Alternative and Adversative Sentences.
1, IJLqJ o| jjsoi^ the law or the prophets (Matt. 5:17).
I^j-D V^5 jn^ViS j^^^ o] or to my to the king: ^^Take
tear:' (J. S. 16:15).
Bern. 1. j-lllv? |LL ^2^ of ]'^f:u:<. Vl? ^ac o1 Pf hut either the
weeping over the dead or the lamentable cries of those in pain
(Jos. Sty. 39:15).
Bern. 2. ^J| j^io c| or thinkest thou? (Matt. 26:53).
^\nrff| g.Snttt.bg j-Iifi.!^? o] or did I commit a sin (2 Cor. 11:7).
2. |.T>inZiwr> Jo |-kr:j.^^ Jo either to the north or to the south
(Spic. Syr. 19:15).
]l^A^ .]o ji^s-^l J either flute or cithara (1 Corr. 14:7).
3. 2^J]5 >^j yi |jj U^, |J|5 ^] \i not as I ivill hut as thou
(Matt. 26:39).
iL^I? |31 l^^l? jj not to destroy hut to fulfil (Matt. 5:17).
^^o^ 0031 w:a^? ^).^aS5 yi QJi^xalsCi-:^ ^ Mn^l P? /^ar
f^e?/ should not he able to do wrong hut that ahcays they should
he doing what is good (Spic. Syr. 1:9).
wsoliaf Uh .0-1-^ ^^ they shall huild hut I will destroy
(Mai. 1:4).
1. Alternative sentences are usually connected by oj.
Bern. 1. o) may stand at the head of each clause.
Bern. 2. In the Peshito New Testament, o| translates tJ "used in an
interrogative sentence which refers to a preceding categorical sentence".
AA
186 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. [ 135.
2. Alternative sentences are sometimes introduced with J or Jo.
3. Adversative sentences are generally introduced with V) ; but
occasionally by AVaw.
135. Complex Sentences.
These may be divided into substantive, adjective and adverbial sen-
tences. Substantive sentences are those in which the sentence takes
the place of a noun, as subject or object of a verb, or in apposition
to a noun.
1. j.l'^n^ t-*!-^ ^ojSLl^ ^ ]\2 ^.1^ P for that thy slaves should die
of hunger does not become thee (Jos. Sty. 76:6).
iikJiAl;^ Vn^"iS\ i^..<4laal;^ n.!:^ i.as^^9 to whom it has been com-
manded to go doicn in the depth of the tvaters (Jos. Sty. 4:1).
^991 ^ r^P? H->^ t-^ v-mas it is better for thee that one of thy
members perish (Matt. 5:29).
l^wi:;^^? ^3i.>>nN cm , n NaV ci^ ^J:^ l<n^9 ^-ib^ (nZ)^^:;^99 ^J^
for whosoever has not the ftar of God in him is suhject to all fears
(Spic. Syr. 2:26).
7 m p P
2. ''^^Z? jjoi this is that thou mayest know (Aphr. 213:15).
ta^? p.^] |scn j^^ii the reason icas its being (it was) the time
of fruitage (Jos. Sty. 48: IS).
wr^iuaJ 2w-^-^4i ,-aJi? ^cn|^i.^| it is one thing for a man to write
sadly (Jos. Sty. 5:7).
3. (1) ^31^ ]o5i wsX |.co ccoi ^f^} those who should read the Scriptures,
he taugh* in them (Add. 40:13).
'^a-A^* wTi^^Z]? Ii^* ^ ivhen he saw that Jesus had been condemned
(Matt. 27:3).
(2) 3J-*^^ cJ^ V^H ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^^ "know ivhat his desire is (Spic.
Syr. 1:19).
S ^351 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. 187
_il i-ajk. ]3 jiao Vjjio ^al3? to sJioio thee why it does not please
us (Spic. Syr. 2:5).
^?Z ^uali^ x^aj]^]? Usj also thou Icnowest not what my measure
is (Jos. Sty. 3:7).
(3) fai^ ]1] ci^? i-sT r^l for he saith: "J am the son of God''
(Matt. 27:43).
]]? .offL^ i.iac] he said to them ''Nay'' (Jos. Sty. 4:11).
(4) waLi? oil^ he pressed him to take (Overbeck 167:17).
vvX ^.^ >c^i^ to that which we have heard (Heb. 2:1).
I CO! 2 '^^^ Zal^ ]^^ Zef MS see to whom she shall belong (Legends
of St. Mary 14:4).
4. .cIjJZZ .oI^J] ws| j.\i\?? ^i-cil .cLoci and be mindful lest ye
also be Umpted (Gal. 6:1).
V iJorJ? jZorflao ^-^'^ A If ,-as.M these chastisements are
sufficient to rebuke us (Jos. Sty. 5:16).
5. ,-o5 ziiOi-c? i.isc|.i^^ ^.J:^. i?cfi 13] &wf f/iis i^ is necessary to say
that like David etc.
^ h^l^} ]5oi this that I have written thee (Aphr. 359:1).
wZ^ZJ |LS.S\ ^-I^-l ^ ^^U^l^ L2] 1^^ |?(n vci 2J]o and
thou art desiring to learn this, by what causes it was provoked (Jos.
Sty. 7:22).
-offiiw^Vo] ^ Q-oZ? .covi*,^ ](7uX \\uo and God saw their works
that they turned from their ways (Jon. 3:10).
1. Subject substantive sentences are such as are the subject of a verbal,
or nominal sentence. A dependent question may constitute such a sentence.
2. A predicate sentence is one which corresponds to the predicate
noun in nominal sentences.
3. An object sentence is one which is the object of a verb or pre-
position.
(1) It may be a direct object of the verb.
188 ELEMBNTS OP SYRIAO. [| 136.
(2) It may be a dependent question.
(3) It may be a quotation.
(4) It may be an indirect object of a verb, or the object of apreposition.
4. Object clauses are sometimes found after adjectives and after the
participles of intransitive verbs.
5. Substantive clauses may be in apposition with a preceding word.
136. Adjectival or Eelative Sentences.
1. (1) |.r)ia-D5o V^o'? ^=4 ^1 ^?i-tt reports also from far and near
have terrified us (Jos. Sty. 4:20).
]] it\n\ ^^-A^i|? ^~^l ''^^-s everi/ tree ivJiich teas pleasant to tJie
sight (Gen. 2:9).
(2) |.so? jjoj^ cj:^iJo|5 1^0.^0 and calamities that befell in many
places (Jos. Sty. 4:21).
V^a^.? >C5|J the man that he had formed (Gen. 2:8).
oiX^ "^a.slz? |ica-.a in the day wherein thou eatest of it (Gen. 2:17).
2. Q-a:^ ^015 |iw!arf,.i^ sHTiVS^a the city of PtolmaniS^ that is AJcka
(J. S. 44:8).
^oib.A.^.r) ^^ ^oui^L^tf IJ9 w.^1 a man who did not suffer some
harm from them (Jos. Sty. 81:4).
3. CT'i-^? <^vNo and him who had sent him (Jos. Sty. 91:11).
i^ 01^ (ooi >cuJ09 \Lso^ the place in which the Lord was placed
(Matt. 28:6).
jioIaJ? giirSvv fulfilling the law (Jos. Sty. 2:2).
i-a:^? (ViN ^ r-^ y they loor shipped not the image which he had made.
B^m. .^ ^^ * n\v ? ^f > "r, f!7all>.3 Vih over thy philosophers who are coun-
selling thee (Sindb. 17:18).
^jicj? ^oiV:^ because of that which he said (Jos. Sty. 42:5).
ft 13g 1 ELBMBNT8 OP SYRIAC. 189
4. ]f.Aa-? --(Jiaiao? the price of him ivho is precious (Matt. 27:9).
jIa^joI? >fLL thy right eye (Matt. 5:29).
5, ji oT-iajw? |-Zq-^. a Goth whose name tvas Illod (Jos. Sty. 68:3).
.on^'^l Jiliso? whose hands are full (Addai 43:13).
6# 01.S ^j^^?).!^ |Zaal.**5 |^.Ii.A,Z? oai (?j^ P-c") rAe <tme of that
festival in which heathen tales ivere suvg (Jos. Sty. 24: IG).
^ \1] hf^'ia ^c(nZQ^? JJ'H*^ |Vi\is the other peoples to whom
I send thee (Acts 2Q:11).
Rem. 1. ^ .oZj.!^]? of whom ye spake to me (Gen. 43:27).
..fy^iLboi I -> -^^^ ) Spg i '^i on the eighth day tvhen they were
circumcised (Spic. Syr. 19:17).
Rem. 2. ]coi |^i Joct |Jls^? |.2^|]o whithersoever he turned he was
victorious.
^^ ^V? I ^N whithersoever they came (Aphr. 339:9).
Ijjiu* |3 J| wfi^yioo iwjj Vq4.? j-3 ,_::^ Jif is notwantiyig there,
when thou takest and kindlest.
7; ]Za^|-ar: oi.LaL5o awcZ those who were with him in the ark
(Gen. 7:23).
i..*a^5 S^-^? ^^^ ^<^ 1''*'^^ for that which is good (Spic. Syr. 5: 1 2).
^ mIS to him who descends (Overbeck 385:6).
8. \h^:Li^Z ,-ifi oiloas JLaJo |)oi jZ^a^jZ 1}-^? ^ho might
see this miracle that could restrain his mouth from praise (Jos.
Sty. 66:18.)
VJa-a^t-^ jcci ,-ijDLo ,^ ffuiijajk,) U-^is-^, Go//i z<;7?05e wame
M?as iZZoci and ivho had been made tribune (Jos. Sty. 68:3).
Rem. l^i-i^? Po > mnV ? |3o .oa^j ^.aJJ |cai iiA^o and there tvas no
one who warned nor who rebuked, nor who admonished (Jos.
Sty. 25:10).
190 ELEMENTS OF SYEIAC. FR ^^G,
9. ^1 '^i-^^LJ whom it immerses (Overbeck 384:17).
saoiq.^^ ^oirJ ^(n.^ ^f tZniSnoi? ]2ao|^.^ r-^ ^J for they have
not the foundation of the faith upon which to built (Spic. Syr. 2:23).
10. ,^ i i M .ootnJ? l-^Q^f .ooi.di^^) jul^ ooi (Jo for it is necessary
that three things [that of nature, and that of fortune, and that of
purity] that they should be maintained.
11. a. \*h:^A^hZZ] ^Via\ ).:^|.i^? ^cn >ca-iL]y.2 A.J)o and thou Capernaum
which art exalted unto heaven (Matt. 11:23).
^-J^oi Z|J:^o \j^^ ^ Z^J? hi] jsi^ o) or thou art God who
hast come down from heaven and hast done these things (Addai 3 ult).
^L3] ^^>1^ tjL^? .aa2i you icho believe (Spic. Syr. 2:19).
.*^ ^oAJJ ^>m9 P) wsj I also whom you see (Addai Apost. 21:18).
&. v^^l r:r*^r-* I *^*^^N .nm>qZ^? ^T'-^a' ^*\|o and ye ivho
wish to be to the Messiah obedient knoio (Addai the Ap. 30:7).
)j0a.LaJ L^A^Z .oo(nJ9 ^^-s.? >N t| ^J| ye tcho wish to he under
the law (Gra\. ^:21),
Adjective sentences are introduced by the relative particle ? and
may limit any noun.
1. Adjective sentences may be
(1) Nominal.
(2) Verbal.
2. It may limit the subject.
3. It may^imit the object.
Rent. 1. It may limit a noun or pronoun, which is the object of a
preposition.
4. The relative ? when it follows a noun with a pronominal suffix
may refer to either.
5. When the relative is in the genitive relation with the noun
following it, the noun must take the pronominal suffix.
6. When the relative clause is to be governed by a preposition, the
137.] ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO. 191
relative appears at the head of the clause and the preposition with its
appropriate pronominal suffix follows, either immediately or with inter-
vening words.
Rem. 1. The relative sometimes stands alone where we would expect
the preposition and pronominal suffix to follow ; especially is this the
case where it may be construed as an adverbial accusative of place
or time.
Rem. 2. The preposition is sometimes placed before the antecedent
to which the relative belongs.
7. The relative may stand without an antecedent, provided that it
involves a demonstrative conception. It may then be regarded as a
substantive clause, see 135.
8. When several relative phrases are joined by the copula, ? is often
found but once, even when the relative is used in different coiistructions.
Rem. It may, however, be repeated.
9. The relative is sometimes omitted, especially in servile imitation
of the Hebrew.
10. "When the subordinate phrase has been separated from the Dolath
to which it belongs, the relative is sometimes repeated pleonastically.
11. When the antecedent is a pronoun in the first or second person,
two constructions are possible in the relative phrase.
(1) The verb, or pronoun, of the relative phrase is in the person of
the antecedent.
(2) The verb of the relative phrase is in the third person, although
the antecedent is of the first or second.
137. Adverbial Clauses and Sentences.
1, l2w--Jy^ ^--^? jjo and where sin abounded (Rem. 5:20).
ll\i ^oioZu]? U^i ^ V:^ >i.D he stood over the place where
the young child was (Matt. 2:9).
2. (1) \^^B^ \Z] v*i^j when the locusts came (Jos. Sty. 1:3).
]ZoZ] ^ooi 1^ ^ when I saiv the signs (Jos. Sty. 3:17).
jJl >cfj3? bLsi ^ after that I am risen (Matt. 26:32).
192 ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO. [ 137.
(n^a.V.Q ^^aj p j^ before Philip called thee (Jud. 1:48).
.OA^Ti^) ^jiAiaJ? ichen your fathers tempted me (Heb. 3:9).
>^1-^o7 l^oJ^ ^] i-cjJs ^-^1 lA^a-. the days are coming ivhen
my wrath shall hum like a furnace (Mai. 4:1).
(2) ^oio,'j-o CO 01 ^-aITsI ,-s while they were calumniating him (Matt.
27:12).
)j) "'^l^ ^ as I was entering (Spic. Syr. 1:3).
Itv!^ - ^ - ^^^ ^ ichile they are proving them (Jos. Sty. 5:13).
\f>z.C) oi-^^l:^ ciZ,.!i^5 l^r^ until she had borne Jier first born
son (Matt. 1:25).
ji^l "^l) ,jI until I go and pray (Matt. 26:36).
1 ]j-c:s.cii* 1.^? jZnnNv r^r*^ r^ s^^^^e i^in the kingdom of
God has been preached (Lk. 16:16).
y^'^v\ >aJ^xA.9=|] 2i-a!^j since I ivent up to Jerusalem to wor-
ship (Acts 24:11).
(3) ]oci j-2:]^ liP^ N^ * 4 ^ o |.:^ija.? ^Aicj Va as often as with
fetters and chains he ivas bound (Mk. 5:4).
^14\ ^2^^? ^^i^l ^^^ as often as ye drink (1 Cor. 11:25).
3. |jD^ 13 J.3 unwillingly (L'omelia di Giacomo 150).
tJc? 1^ ^1 as is necessary (Jos. Sty. 4:6).
Z^Lojj 1:^0 >^| as I said (Inedita Syr. 18:1).
^coi^M? >t-l as they are (Jos. Sty. 4:12).
^n-i.J = ^ji^icJ? v^f how they might put him to death (Matt. 27:1).
^?Z? Usj >^c..? (jv*.Z9 ^Ssc? |.^r^ until that from the loarmih of
thy Icv^ thou dost not knoiv (Jos. Sty. 3:7).
^o^j) ^-i^l? |J-a-| as ye say (Spic. Syr. 1:6).
^oLjI ^r^? liL) as ye know (Matt. 27:65).
137.] ELEMENTS OF 8 YKI AC. 193
4. (1) ^i^]Z? .. . ^ Pi \:Lc2:iiladjurethatthoutellus(M.a,it.2Q'S^),
jZoi looiZ? oiZjic) I? 01? Ul,-.o and I kneio that tJiis thou hast
said in order that tJiere may he contrition (Jos. Sty. 5:7).
|IqI "^jSo that the sea may rest (Jon. 1:11).
\1] i^ lest I come (Mai. 4:6).
(2) ^^ ^^ wo^Z |3 lZ\&J^'i ila-f ^w order that thou mayest not
depart from m without profit (Spic. Syr. 2:7).
b4] uaaio jcoiZ ^| j-*(nJ? ^ ^| or that thou mayest know clearly
(Jos. Sty. 8:6).
Rem, ,-Ijf \JZoLs] J^ Lm^^ thou hast sent me [that] I should write
them (Jos. Sty. 5:3).
^ -cJ^siJj V.^ Pn }.iii^^x: |. A i; 1 ^ ^?9i^^? i-^ Gu^s
^(nSai^ for the ivhole (purpose) of it, (to ivit) that men are per-
secuted in this world (is) on account of (this) that they may be
restrained from their sins (Jos. Sty. 6:2).
f^[ S.]]^ f^ until I go to pray (Matt. 26:36).
|0lX9 okl^r:. (.^^J ^..J]? .i^int* >a.j;^ L^Ls^ |9?i this that I have
written to thee, my beloved, (1 have written) in order that men may
do tJie will of God (Aphr. 75:6).
Adverbial sentences are such as modify the verb as to place, time,
n^i^nner, condition and so forth. The most common forms of adverbial
sentences are as follows.
1. Local.
2. Temporal. These are:
(1) Those answering to the question "t(?^ere".
(2) Those answering to the question ^^how long^\
(3) Those answering to the question ^'how often!\
3. Modal or Comparative clauses are introduced with some com-
bination with >^| or |.ik or ^s.
4. Final or consecutive. (Purpose or result).
These are (1) generally preceded by ? (=wi), but sometimes by o.
BB
194 ELEMENTS OF STEIAC. [137.
(2) Sometimes after combinations of particles.
Rem. Sometimes we meet with elliptical sentences from which ?
or some other word has been omitted.
Rem. 2. The Infinitive with Lomadh sometimes takes the place of
the Imperfect with Dolath 120. 1 (3).
5. (1) jzfijp ,-:2-oi? lecause he believed the icoman (Sindb. 4:2).
]!.} lie? IvIq^kA.]? because I betrayed the in7iocent blood (Ksiit. 27:4).
(2) .* 1 i S y oiZ nX ati V)^ ^^ooi f^t^ f^o and in that I considered the
weakness of my mind (Jos. Sty. 3:20).
>^Za.^^ V^ |j[ V.*^Z5 V.Jl:^ because I trust upon thy prayers
(Jos. Sty. 4:2).
ooi ii^? ^V> jy Vj^ because it is the prise of blooa (Matt. 27:6).
m p y y ^ y
pl \^ woio-or-^ ^.i^ >^| g.^ since according to my strength 1
shall swim (Jos. Sty. 4:4).
j-k.^ jooi ,^^ for he teas accustomed (Spic. Syr. 1:3).
b.^ ifcl "-^-i^^ f^^ ^ ^'^^^ sw^erei much (Matt. 27:19).
IZolao |o3i ).1j ,-4^? IjlL.]o and since through man ivas death
(1 Cor. 15:21).
.o^] ^i^^ nV? V^ because ye are offering (Mai. 1:7).
^ y y p ^ y *^o o o
. > ^\aV? {ji- VI . iSi^n? jjoijD jcoi P not because they are fixed
but because they have porcer (Spic. Syr. 4:21).
\.A^\ V i in ^i^?io w.Uq-^ |ooi U? |?9i ^^ because men are
not equally governed (Spic. Syr. 1 2 ult.).
7 ^ Q ^ ^P y y
6. -f^Ljo] y <^ w^lio ^iNoi x^]? ,.0 rtw7 although nothing like this
has been done by me to thee (Jos. Sty. 3:3).
Q-iJcnZ| |3 .c ji V3 n ,-:^ >c,.i^ fS although they have been profited
nothing by their sons (Jos. Sty. 3:10).
^ "^4 1^3 y ,4 1 \a ^1 though all men should be offended at thee
(Matt. 26:33).
138.] ELEMENTS OF SYRIAO. I95
7. >c|-D Uj^? cyuoU^sai:* ]yMO and he saw the angel of the Lord standing
(Num. 22:31).
<^(3v:^ OS he was walking (den. 3:8).
5. Causal adverbial clauses are introduced:
(1) By the relative ?.
(2) By ^ in that, ? V.^ because that, pS since, j-a^/br, ? iliu] as
that J ? ]?fyi-^ in> this that, and ? ]?oi ,_io /Vom this that, 5 'Vi* ow account
of this.
G. Concessive adverbial clauses are introduced by ,a and ^|.
7. The adverbial accusative belongs here.
138. Conditional Sentences. <
1. (1) ^A^ \x^ . . ^a^ua* ]j| J if I have sinned, wherein have they sinned?
(Jos. Sty. 40:2).
^^h /V ji^v^ [Ll^lJ] i-i.ajl ^? Jo &wf i/'M;eW ^aw I spoken,
why smitest thou me (John. 18:23).
Zoci \l^] v-.A-^ us| jia-l ^s]^ voi LViaWZZ I^La^ J if this stone
7iai teen placed as foundation, hoiv ivas it head also of the cornerl
(Aphr. 11:13. See also Overbeck 62:6).
(2) c-2?iJ .n-^X ws| OS?? ^li^ J if they have persecuted me they will
also persecute you {J o\m. 15:20).
_:ift-oiJ I i4 A*^ >aik .iwk^ Vjlsot .] if then we have died tcith Christ
we believe (Rom. 6:8).
(3) >?^,i^ >^? J if he is fallen asleep, he will be saved (John. 11:12).
aS59 |3 _!:ik p.^! a^?9 51-^ J if they persecuted him, how shall
they not persecute us? (Overbeck 228:14. See also Overbeck 67:8).
(4) |?cruo 51.^ hJ\ UL (jilall ^^^ l^jL^ o| '\Loh ^^1 if then a spirit
or angel has spoken with him what is there in that? (Acts. 23:9).
oJLiO^nlfiJ::). ooi h^\ . . paJ9 oig > ^ nN, ^asiasI oiJ^A, ^.maj^\ J
196 ELEMENTS OF SYRIAC. r 138^
if his loill has been able to quench the violence of fire, it is to be
believed (Overbeck 54:7).
2. (1) CC01 ^ i^ i nv \j^h jba:^ . . . . ? v.*.,.^ wsoz J if again it happen
etc., they had to endure great fatigue (Jos. Sty. 83:13).
I^^mZ]^ . . . ^opioiJ ^ if they shall say . . . it has been seen (Over-
beck 54:27. Comp. also 48:27).
(2) ^''NM \Uj^ wlio sL-i^ ^occjiJ ^? J if they icould be members of
his army they should enter (Jos. Sty. 19:5).
. ^H l c ^ ^coiJ oiu.^x| ^ if I ^ust drink it let thy will be done
(Matt. 26:42).
oi.Ii^ .olLcaJ ^ooiZolk wsa-aJ j.L^ ^] if he shall go forth to them they
should lie in ambush for him (Jos. Sty. 58:4).
(3) <^iaL ^^^>W^^V . . . .^ '^^ ^? ^ if then our Lord will grant,
we will speak with thee (Jos. Sty. 43:1 6).
w^csi x^?ff ii\o J lis] ^ \sL<o waJ| |3 no man will harm thee
even if thou comest out alone (Jos. Sty. 89:21).
(4) V mn^ ^^iSs .aJL^J .oJsi ^? Jo if then they be too strong for
us it is better (Jos. Sty. 65:12).
^ci j, nS\ .cffv-i-ca-^ ]z|J Jo and if he come blessed are those
servants (Lk. 12:3S).
3. (1) ]Z--\-r ^aa-i^L ou^ ^-^i-^ 1^*? U1 ^-^^^^ M[ I^''^? i-*Or^ rl
jsuX? if by the spirit of God I cast out demons, the kingdom of God
is nigh unto you (Matt. 12:28).
1j-i.zaio |J? ^ci Zf^ZZ] Ur^-i^^ ^r-^^ M-^ ^-^? ^4-^ ^1
if, because the soul has entered into the body, I am enclosed, that
which was not enclosed, has been enclosed (Overbeck 63:7).
(2) ous ^ZL2 |3 >c^ l^cs^ \lo(T^ J if there should be any oath he
would not be found by it (Jos. Sty. 76:12).
138.] ELEMENTS OF SYRLAO. 197
osisoiLJ . . . ],1^::^| ^^oi-. J if Areohindus allowed, ihey sliould
turn (Jos. Sty. 58:9).
.^^ -'-" . . I 4>^ . . wjfc-i^ .o5iJ-*-c^ 1^ J e/" this will were able
to separate evil, we loould believe (Overbeck 50:8).
(3) <^ |.J| U^ P QJLisfi s^i-ft ^? J if then thou knowest who he is I
shall not hinder thee (Jos. Sty. 76:19).
/ J 6y Beelzebub cast out demons, by whom do your sons ? (Matt. 12:27).
(4) coi oij-c il^l Ur^ o*^ Ir-^ t-*c? V^soi J if David then call him
Lord, how is he his son (Matt. 22:45).
coi l-al*:^ al:! V^,.:ao ^? J if he deceives he isno hivg (Jos. Sty. 61:19).
4. (1) jjJo? 01 qi n\o jcffi ^lo? lai.!^ coi if it were right God himself
would have put it in his heart (Jos. Sty. 74:4).
>a.c I MtA^ Us| iwJis. jiJuiso h^^ Jo and if there be no resurrection
Christ also is not risen (1 Cor. 15:13).
(2) ]^f^ ^5^'P ^--ifca^.ic? (jiJ| if they were able, they shoidd tneet
. (him) in battle (Jos. Sty. 14:4).
^^ wicn ]JU.A. f^J? L-*L^? coUJ t/ //zoM de sir est us to make peace
give us etc. (Jos. Sty. 58:17).
^?|^ t^^r^ ^:^^^ 1^? r^^^-*] ^1 J if il>ere be those who are
not ivilling . . let them draw near to us (Addai 21:2).
]^i n1 ,-i^ (-^!Ji Z^^l V-jjfl-.? COI oLjalilo J if he be the king of
Israel let him come down now from the cross (Matt. 27:42).
(3) -^ |J| h^^ikJio |^^js ^-fcllc? COI .) if thou askest it as a loan I
will send it to thee (Jos. Sty. 18:15).
ll*4!ao >^L-] )j L2] ^1 L2] j^itLlc V.iJc!i |ic why thtn baptizest
thou, if thou art not the Messiah (John. 1:25).
(4) l4^** loo-^ y U^TaNSc? coi ^I . . . .^^01 ^ U'-^o- ilio
j^3 ELEMENTS OP STEIAC. Fk j3^^
what profit is there from them if it be that admonition be not mingled?
(Jos. Sty. 5:14).
t/" f/je case between a man and his wife he so, it is not expedient to
marry (Matt. 19:10).
5. >Jiom ^au*A-&M*'| .^Zo.* (J? wf ^^ >*c0i ^^^r^c p ]9(n ^9 cX
.Zo^ if they did not teach us this, they would be quite useless to us
(Jos. Sty. 5:19).
v-i'coi ^ooi li^9C9 |L>S4>Z G-2>.sZ|a^ if they were written great
histories would they form (Jos. Sty. SO: 6).
.0^0 91 ^^-^r" ^*^" ^^> vf ^^" ^^^f^ '"'^ ^^ ^/ ^^ ^^^^ knowing
me, ye woitld be knowing my father also (John. 14:7).
^l^csi ]f^ w^ .o 2^0 01 .^i\if? aX if ye had loved me ye would
have rejoiced (John. 14:28).
Zzm ^jk^j^iraca-. Zcci |3 |?<Ji oX if this had not happend to-day, it
had happened (Addai 15:7).
Icoi zfcc jJ \A^^z:^ifhehadnotwished,hehadnotdied{Kdididl\^:\(j).
nk. ^ ^ P V P ^ m
1^9 2.^ ]cai y . . .aJoi o^j..*? P aX if they had not knotvn, there
had 7iot been the desolation (Addai 27:21).
\^z^ .C3i^ ccoi ^^nn4> . . . cofli o^, aX if they had wished,
the commotions had not permitted them (Addai (28:2).
]cm x^?"| coi .coi-;;^ . . . |^-*^9 .cous jcci h,^} oX tf there were m
them feeling, it would be right for them (Addai 24:1).
Adverbial sentences of condition are of two kinds, those which
express a possible and those which express an impossible condition.
Of sentences expressing' a possible condition, there are sixteen con-
structions according to the form of the verb, or copula, that is employed.
1. When tbere isaPerfectintheprotasis, there may beintheapodosis:
(1) A Perfect.
(2) An Imperfect.
^ 138.] ELEMENTS OF SYBIAO. ^99
(3) A Participle.
(4) A nominal sentence.
2. When there is an Imperfect in the protasis, there may be in the
apodosis:
(1) A Perfect.
(2) An Imperfect.
(3) A Participle.
(4) A nominal sentence.
3. When there is a Participle in the protasis, there may be in the
apodosis:
(1) A Perfect.
(2) An Imperfect.
(3) A Participle.
(4) A nominal sentence.
4. When there is a nominal sentence in the protasis, there may be
in the apodosis :
(1) A Perfect.
(2) An Imperfect.
(3) A Participle.
(4) A nominal sentence.
5. The impossible condition is expressed by aX or ]J aX. In the
protasis is found the Perfect, with or without jcoi, or the Participle
with ]o3i, or a nominal sentence; in the apodosis, the Perfect, or the
Participle with |ogi.
INDEX.
a-clas8 vowels, 29. 1, 5.
2-2, nouns with, 68.
H-a, nouns with, 69.
a-a, nouns with, 70. 1.
a changed to e in nouns, 67. 1.
a changed to e in verbs, 41. 2.
a-e, nouns with, 68. 3.
a-i, nouns with, 69. 4.
a-ti, nouns with, 69. 5.
a-I, nouns with, 70. 2.
a-i, nouns with, 71. 2.
a-u, nouns with, 71. 1.
a becomes o, 29. 5. (1).
a, when found, 29. 1.
a obscured to e, 29. 2.
a contracted with w into 6, 29. 5. (3).
a contracted with 'a into 6, 29. 5. (4).
a contracted with y into e, 29. 3.
a contracted with y into i, 29. 4. (4).
a becomes u through o, 29. 7. (3).
a volatilized, 30, 31, 42. 1, 69.
Absolute state, masculine singular, 76. 1.
Absolute state, feminine singular, 76. 2. (1).
Absolute state, masculine plural, 76. 3.
Absolute state, feminine plural, 76. 4.
Absolute state dual, 76. 5.
Absolute state often definite, 93. 1.
Absolute state generally indefinite, 93. 2.
Absolute infinitive, 49.
Absolute infinitive used to intensify the mean-
ing of the verb, 119. 1.
Absolute infinitive used alone, 119. 2.
Abstract nouns, 75. 4.
Abstract ideas sometimes denoted by the
plural, 92. 2. (2).
Accent, 14.
Accents, system of, 15.
Accusative, position of, 123. 1, 2.
Accusative, different ways of denoting it, 123.
1,2.
Accusative cognate, 126. 4.
Accusative of specification, 117. 8.
Accusative of condition, 116. 3. (2) b.
Accusative of the pronoun, 36. 1, 51.
Active stems, 41. 1, 2, 3.
Active stems, how made passive or reflexive,
41.4.
Active signification of passive forms of in*
transitive verbs, 41. 5. Rem. 2.
Active participles, how formed, 50.
Active participle of simple stem, 50. 1, 70. 2.
Active participles of guttural verbs, 52. 3.
Rem. 1.
Active participle of fi fi verbs, 54. 3.
Active participle of fi Wau verbs, 59. 4.
Active participle of fi Olaph verbs, 56. 4.
Active participle of Lomadh Olaph verbs,
60.5.
Active participle, syntax of, 116.
Addition, 20.
Addition of Olaph, Nem, Mim, Rish, Gomal,
and He, 20. 2. of Tau, 20. 3.
Addition for stem, 41. 3-5.
Additions for inflection of perfect, 43. 1.
Additions for inflection of imperfect, 45. 2.
Additions for noun formations, 74, 75.
Adjective, verbal, 72. 2. (4).
Adjective, agreement of, 99. 1.
Adjective, definiteness of, 93. II. 3.
Adjective, position of, 94. 5, 99. 1.
Adjective clauses, 97. B. Rem. 1.
Adjective predicate, 93. II. 3. (2), 99. 2.
Adjectives with two short vowels, 68. 2.
Adjectives ending in 6n, 75. 1. (2).
Adjectives ending in 6y, 75. 3.
Adjective, syntax of, 99.
Adjective, comparison of, 100.
Adjective sentences, 136. (See under relative
sentences.)
Adverb, 88. II. Rem. 2, 89. A. 1^.
Adverb with the substantive verb, 127. 8.
Adverb with 'Ith, 128. 4.
Adverbial accusative. (See under Accusative.)
Adverbial sentences, 137, 138.
Adversative sentences, 134. 3.
Affix, (See sufformative and suffix.)
Agency expressed. (See Nomina agentis, an^
121. 4.)
Agreement, 121.
Alphabet, 1.-4.
INDEX.
Alternative sentences, 134. 1, 2. 132. 5. Rem.
Annexion, 96.
Annexion, to express the superlative degree,
100. 2. (1).
Annexion, periphrasis for, 98.
Anomalous nouns, 86, 87.
Anomalous verbs, 64.
Aph'el stem, 41. 3, 42, 44.
Apocopation. (See Rejection.)
Apocopation of the Tau of the feminine,
76. 2. (1).
Apodosis, 137, 133.
Apposition, 94.
Apposition of a noun with a pronominal suf-
fix, 94. 6.
Apposition of substantive clauses, 135. 5.
Aspirates, 2. 2.
Aspiration, how denoted, 10.
Aspiration of the Tau in the first person sin-
gular of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 2,
Rem. 3.
Assimilation, 18, 53. 2.
Asyndeton, 133. 1, Rem. 1.
BSth, 1, 2. 2, 4. 3. (2), 5. 1, 10.
Cardinals, 83. 1, 110. A.
Causative verb-stem, 41. 3, 42, 44.
Changeable vowel sounds, 7. 3.
Changes of vowels in the inflection of the
verb, 42, 45. 1, 3, 52. 3, 58. 2, 59, 60.
Changes of vowels in the inflection of the
noun, 28. 3. (1), 67. 1, 2. (5), 68. 5, 76. 2. (1),
79. 8. 1, 82. Rem. 2.
Characteristic of the stems, 42.
Classification of nouns, 66. B.
Closed syllables, 17. 2.
Cognate accusative, 126. 4.
Collective, 90.
Collective with suflaxes, 77. 7.
Collective nouns, agreement of, 90. 4, 121. 2.
Command, how expressed, 114. 1, 115.
Commutation. (See Permutation.)
Comparative degree, how expressed, 100. 1.
Compound words drop letters, 23. 4.
Compound nouns, gender of, 91. 4.
Compound sentences, 133.
Conditional sentences expressing possibility
have sixteen constructions, 138. 1-4.
Conditional sentences expressinof an impos-
sible condition have six constructions,
138.5.
Conjunctions, 89. 5.
Conjunctive sentences, 133.
Conjunctions with adverbial clauses, 137, 138.
Consonants, 1.-5, 9-12.
Consonants, euphony of, 18-27.
Consonantal character of Olaph lost, 25. 1.
Consonantal character of Wau and Yudh lost,
25. 1, 2.
Construct state of nouns, 76. 1-5.
Construct state of numerals, 88. I Rem. 3.
Construct state of participles, 96. 4 Rem. 2.
Construct state of prepositions, 89. B.
Construct infinitive, 49.
Construct infinitive with suflixes, 51. F. 74. 2,
85 Rem. 2.
Construct infinitive, syntax of, 120.
Construct infinitive always takes the preposi-
tion /before it, 120. 1.
Construct infinitive as a gerundive, 120. 1. (4).
Construct infinitive to denote "can," "must,"
"have to," etc., 120. 1. (4).
Construct infinitive after the comparative,
120. 1. (6).
Contraction of Wau and Yudh to form a long
vowel, 29. 3. (1), 4. (4), 5. (3) (4), 7 (1) (2).
Contract nouns, 67. (5) (7), 68. 5.
Contraction of personal and demonstrative
pronoun, 57. 3.
Contract verbs, 54, 56-61.
Dative ethical, 124. 5.
Declension of nouns, 78. sq.
Defective verbs, 64.
Definitetiess of nouns, how expressed, 93.
Demonstrative pronoun, 37.
Demonstrative contracted with personal pro-
noun, 37. 3.
Demonstrative pronoun, syntax of, 102.
Demonstrative pronoun as an article, 102. 2.
Denominatives, 63. 2.
Dentals, 5. 1.
Dependent question, 135. 1, 3. (2).
Desire, how expressed, 114. 3. (1).
Determination of noun?, 93.
Determination of adjectives, 93. II.
Diacritical points, 6. 6.
Diminutives, how formed, 69. 6, 75. 2.
Diphthongs, 8.
Diphthong in iu, 60. 2. Rem. 1.
Direct object, 123, 125. 1, 3, 4.
Direct objective sentence, 135. 3.
Distribution, how denoted, 92. 3.
Dolath, 2. 2, 4. 3. (3), 4. 4, 5. 1, 10, 18. 3, 19. 5,
21. 1, 22. 4.
Dolath as the inseparable relative, 34.
Doubling of consonants, 10. 2. (4).
Doubly weak verbs, 62.
Dropping of Olaph et al. (See Rejection.)
Dual, 76. 5, 77. 3.
e, how written, 6. 1. Note, 4, 5. (l)-(8).
, how pronounced, 6. 3. (2).
e, quantity of, 7. 1.
e, origin of, 7. 2.
INDEX.
e, value of in inflection, 7. 3.
^'followed by w, 8. 1. (2).
e anomalous in certain forms, 28. 3. Rem.
e before doubled radical, 28. 3. (3).
g, where found, 29. 2.
e, how formed, 29. 3.
e heard, but not written, 31. 3. Rem. 1.
e as helping vowel, 33.
% 3, 4. 1, 3. (6), 5. 1, 11. 4, 22. 5, 23. 4, 26. 3.
t. verbs, 54.
fi nouns, 79. B. Rem. 2, 80. Rems. 1. 2.
Olaph verbs, 55.
fi Olaph nouns, 79. B. Rem. 2.
fi Olaph verbs which are also Lomadh Olaph,
62.4.
fi Wau verbs, 59.
Wau nouns, 79. B. 1, Rem. 1, 80. Rems. 2. 3,
82. Rem. 2.
Wau verbs which are also Lomadh Olaphi
62.3.
Yudh verbs, 59.
Yudh nouns, 79. B. Rem. 1. 80. Rem. 2.
Elision. (See Rejection.)
Emphatic state, 76. 1-4.
Emphatic state, sjmtax of, 93.
Enclitics, 23. 4, 35. 2.
Endings for gender, number, and state of
noun, 76.
Endings to denote person, gender, and num-
ber of the verb, 43, 45.
Endings for forming noun-stems, 66. A. 1,
B. 4, 75.
Eshtaph'al, 41. 5.
Ethical dative, 124. 5.
'Ethidh used to emphasize the future,
129. 1.
Ethpa'al, 41. 4, 42, 44.
Ethpe'el, 41. 4, 42, 44.
Ettaph'al, 41. 4, 42, 44.
Etj^nology, 34-89.
Euphony of consonants, 18-27.
Euphony of vowels, 29.
Exhortation or excitement, 114. 3. (4). 112. 3.
Rem. 2.
Feminine ending, 76. 2.
Feminine ending dropped, 76. 2. (1).
Feminine ending retained in the construct
and emphatic states, and before suffixes,
76. 2. (2).
Feminine nouns, 78. II.
Feminine nouns, declension of, 82-85.
Feminine nouns, anomalies of, 86. 6-10, 13.
Feminine nouns, syntax of, 91. 2.
Fractional numbers, how formed, 88. II.
Rem. 3.
Frequentative action denoted by the partici-
ple, 116. 2.
Future, sometimes denoted by the imperfect,
113. 3.
Future may be denoted by the perfect, 112. 3.
Future often denoted by the active participle,
116. 1. (2), 2. (2).
Future, emphasized by 'Ethidh, 129. 1.
Future perfect denoted by the perfect,
112. 3. (2).
Gender of noun, 76, 78.
Gender, anomalies of, 86. 7, 8, 10, 12.
Gender, syntax of, 91.
Gender, neuter, how denoted, 91. 5.
Gender of compound nouns, 91. 4.
Gender of plural follows that of the singular,
91.5.
Gender of nouns used figuratively often that
of the thing which they represent, 91. 6.
Geader of verb, 43, 111. 1.
Gender of verb having two subjects of differ-
ent genders is masculine, 121. 6. Rem. 2.
Genitive relation expressed in four ways, 96.
Genitive expressed by annexion. (See An-
nexion.)
Genitive expressed by the relative, 97. A.
(Used when there are two or more geni-
tives, or with indeclinable nouns, or when
words intervene.)
Genitive expressed by means of the pronomi-
nal suffix and the relative, 97. B.
Genitive expressed by means of prepositions,
98.
Genitive subjective and objective, 96. 4.
Gomal, 2. 2, 5. 1, 10, 20. 2.
Gutturals, 4. 5, 5. 1, 26, 52, 57, 68. 5. (2). 40. 3,
41.2.
Half-open syllables, 17. 4.
Half-vowel, 7. 1. (3), 9.
He, 1, 3, 4. 4, 4. 5, 5. 1, 11. 1, 18. 1 Rem. 19. 1,
20. 2, 21. 3, 22. 5, 25. 4.
Heightened vowel-sounds, 7. 2. (4).
Heightening of vowels, 2J. 4. (3), 29. 5. (2).
Helping vowels, 33, 34. 3, 4.
Heth, 3, 4. 5, 5. 1, 19. 4.
II^wo, as enclitic, 127. 1.
H'^wo before the predicate, 127. 2.
H^uo used in the perfect to emphasize the
past tense, 127. 3. (1).
IBwo used in the perfect after an imperfect to
emphasize a past subjunctive, 127. 3. (2).
H'wo used in the perfect after an active parti-
ciple to express a past state, 127. 3. (3).
Hnvo used in the perfect before adjectives or
participles to express a wish, command, or
admonition, 127. 4. (1). 112. 3. (2) Rem. 2.
H^wo used in the perfect before a participle to
express the frequentative subjunctive,
127. 4. (2).
204
INDEX.
W[tvx> nsed in the perfect after an active parti-
ciple to express frequentative action in the
past, 127. 3. (3) b.
H'wo used in the imperfect with a following
participle to express a future frequentative
action or state, 127. 5.
B*wo used in the active participle before an
active participle to emphasize the future
of a state, 127. 6.
i, how written, 6. 1. Note, 4, 5, 29. 4.
i, how pronounced, 6. 3. (3).
i, quantity of, 7. 1. (2), 29. 4.
i, origin of, 7. 2.
i, euphony of, 29. 4.
1 found in the Nestorian, 7. 2 Note.
, class segholates, 67. 1, 2 (5).
t derived from e, how written, 6. 5. (1).
I as first vowel in nouns, G9, 72. 2. (2) (6), 74. 2.
(6) (7), 3. (7) (8).
I as second vowel in nouns, G9. 4, 71. 2, 72. 2.
(4), 74. 2. (2), 3 (2) (5).
Imperative, sufformatives of, 48. Note 2.
Imperative, stem of, 48.
Imperative with .suffixes, 51. E.
Imperative of guttural verbs, 52. 4.
Imperative of Pe Nun verbs, 53. 1.
Imperative of fi verbs, 54. 1.
Imperative of Pe Olaph verbs, 55. 1. Note 2.
Imperative of Pe Yudh verbs, 58. Rem. 2. (2).
Imperative of fi Wan verbs, 59. 2.
Imperative of Lomadh Olaph verbs, GO. 4.
Imperative of Lomadh Olaph verbs with suf-
fixes, 61. 3.
Imperative, syntax of, 115.
Imperative expressed sometimes by means of
h'lco and a participle, 115. 5, 127. 4. (1).
Imperative denoted by participle, 115. G, 116. 5.
Imperative expressed by imperfect, 114. 1,
115. 2.
Imperative emphasized by means of auxiliary
verbs, 120. 1. (5). 129. 2. (1).
Imperfect, formation of, 43.
Imperfects in A and E, 46.
Imperfect of derived forms, 47.
Imperfect ^vith suffixes, 51. C. D.
Imperfect of guttural verbs, 52. 4.
Imperfect of Pe Nun verbs, 53. 2.
Imperfect of verbs, 54. 2.
Imperfect of Pe Olaph verbs, 55. 2, 3.
Imperfect of Olaph verbs, 56. 3.
Imperfect of Pe Yudh verbs, 58. 2.
Imperfect of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 2, 3.
Imperfect of Lomadh Olaph verbs with suf-
fixes, 61. 2.
Imperfect, person, gender, and number of de-
noted by pref ormalives and sufformatives,
111. 1.
Imperfect denotes incomplete or dependent
action. 111. 3, 113.
Imperfect U!?ed for past events after certain
temporal particles, 113. 1.
Imperfect, use of in present time doubtful,
113. 2.
Imperfect 'sometimes used for the future in-
dicative, 113. 3.
Imperfect denotes future, especially in condi-
tional clauses, 138.
Imperfect denotes most of the variations for
mood, 114.
Imperfect as imperative, 114. 1.
Imperfect as potential, 114. 2.
Imperfect as optative, 114. 3.
Imperfect as subjunctive, 114. 4.
Imperfect in conditional sentences, 138.
Impersonal verb, 122.
Impersonal use of adjectives, 122. 4. Rem.
Impersonal verbs with a direct object, 126.
3. (2).
Impersonal use of ''1th, 128. 1.
Impersonal use of the passive, 122. 5.
Impersonal use of participles, 122. 4.
Indeclinable nouns, 86. 6.
Indeclinable nouns use the absolute state for
the emphatic, 93. 1. (4).
Indeclinable nouns use the construction with
the relative, 97. A. Rem. 3.
Indefinite pronouns, adjectives, and nouns,
107, 108. 2, 109.
Indirect object, 124, 125. 2, 3, 4.
Indirect object a substantive sentence, 135.
3. (4).
Indirect question, 132. 6.
Infinitive construct. (See Construct Infinitive.)
Infinitive absolute. (See Absolute Infinitive.)
Inflection of nouns, 6G. A. sq.
Inflection of verbs, 43. sq.
Inseparable particles, 34.
Insertion of Olaph, Nun, Mim, Rish, Gomal,
He, and Tau, 20. 2, 3.
Insertion of vowels, 33. 3, 4.
Intensive stem, 41. 2, 63. 2.
Intensive of fi fi verbs, 54. 4.
Interrogative particle, 89. A. 4, 132. 1, 7.
Interrogative pronouns, 39, 132. 1, 103.
Interrogative adjective, 39, 103. 2.
Interrogative contracted with personal pro-
noun, 39. Rem. 4.
Interrogative sentence, 132.
Irregular nouns, 86, 87.
Irregular verbs, 64.
'/i(/i, inflection of, 65.
'Ith, syntax of, 128.
''Ith used impersonally, 128. 1.
''Ith followed by h'wo emphasizes the past of
" to be," 128. 2.
INDEX.
205
Uth followed by I expresses " to have,"
128. 3. (1).
^Ith followed by b or I'woth expresses " to
have," 128. 3. (2).
'Ith followed by an adverb, 128. 4.
^Ith followed by the infinitive construct ex-
presses ''can.''''
Kaph, 2. 2, 4. 1, 4. 3. (2), 5. 1, 10.
Kul, u^es of, 108.
Kushoy, 10. 1, 44. Rem. 1, 47. Rem. 1.
Labials, 5. 1.
Lengthening, 28. 3.
Letters at beginning of syllable, 16. 2.
Letters at end of syllable, 16. 3.
Letters, peculiar form? of, 4. 1-4.
Letters, distinction of, 4. 3, 4.
Letters, classification of, 5.
Letters, doubling of, 10. 2.
Linea occultans, 11, 19.
Linguals, 5. 1.
Linguo-dentals, 5. 1.
Lomadh, 41, 2, 3. (1), 5. 1, 18. 4, 19. 6, 23. 2. (3).
Lomadh as inseparable preposition, 34.
Lomadh with pronominal suffixes, 36. 3.
Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60.
Lomadh Olaph verbs with suffixes, 61.
Lomadh Olaph verbs which are also Olaph,
62.4.
Lomadh Olaph segholates, 79 B. 2.^.
Lomadh Olaph nouns of two syllables ending
in e' or ay, 81.
Lomadh Olaph feminine segholates, 82. Rems.
3, 4, 5.
Lomadh Olaph feminine participles, 83. Rems.
Long and short vowel nouns, 70.
Long vowels, 7. 1. (2).
Long ,?, 29. 3.
Long I, 29. 4.
Long 0, 29. 5.
Long v., 29. 7.
Long vowels in nouns, 67. 2. (5), 69, 70, 71, 72. 2,
74. 2. (4) (5) (7) (9), 74. 3. (1) (2) (3) (6), 75.
Man, who ? 39.
Marhitono, 12. 2.
Masculine gender, 76. 1, 3, 78.
Masculine gender preferred, 126. 6. Rem. 2.
MecVmn, 109.
Mehagj'ono, 12. 1.
Middle A verbs, 41. 1. (1).
Middle E verbs, 41. 1. (2), 43. 5, Note 2, 59. 6.
Rem. 1.
Middle U verbs, 41. 1. (3).
Monosyllabic nouns, 67, 68, 69, 79, 80.
Mood, generally denoted by the imperfect, 114.
Mood sometimes denoted by the participle,
116. 5.
Mood sometimes denoted by the perfect, 112. 3,
Remarks.
Mood emphasized by auxiliary verbs, 120. 1. (5),
120. 2. (1).
Names of letters, 1.
Names of vowel signs, 6. 2.
Naturally long vowels. 7. 3. (2). 29. 3, 4, 5, 7.
Negative commands, 115. 3.
Negative interrogative sentences, 132. 3.
Negative sentences, 131. 2.
Negative double, 132. 5.
Neuter, 91. 5.
New vowels, 33.
Nomina agentis, 70. 2, 71. 1, 7^. 2. (1), 75. 1.
Nominal inflection, 66. A.
Nominative of the pronoun, 35.
Nominative absolute, 95.
Noun, inflection of, 66. A.
Nouns, classification of, 66 B.
Nouns with one short vowel, 67, 79, 80, Rems.
1,2.
Nouns formed with two short vowels, 68, 79,
Rem. 3, 79. B. 3, 4, 80. Rem. 3.
Nouns with one short and one long vowel, 69,
80, Rem. 4.
Nouns witl} one long and one short vowel, 70,
81.
Nouns with two long vowels, 71, 80, Rem. 5.
Nouns with second radical doubled, 72, 80,
Rem. 5, 81.
Nouns with third radical doubled, 73. X, 81.
Nouns with two radicals doubled, 73. 2.
Nouns with prefonnative, 74.
Nouns with tufformativo, 75.
Nouns, anomalies of, 86, 87.
Nouns, gender of, 76, 86.
Nouns, number of, 70, 92, 121. B.
Nouns, declension of, 78-85.
Nouns indeclinable, 86. 6.
Nouns, state of, 76, 86. 17, 93.
Nouns, dual of, 76. 5, 77. 3.
Nouns as adverbs, 89. 1, 2.
Noun-stems classified, 66 B.
Nouns plural in form but singular in signifi-
cation take verb in singular, 121. B.
Number of noun, 76.
Number, anomalies in, 86. 1-5, 9, 11, 14, 92.
6,7.
Number in verb, 43, 111. 1.
Number of verb and adjective agreeing with
collective, 90. 4.
Number of nouns denoted in four ways, 92. 1.
Number, grammatical, sometimes different
from logical, 92. 2.
Numerals, the, 88.
Numeral cardinal in construction, 88. L
Rem. 3.
806
Numeral cardinal in emphatic, 88. 1. Rem. 4.
Numeral cardinal with suffixes, 88. 1. Rem. 6.
Numeral cardinal in dual, 90. 5,
Numeral ordinal. (See Ordinal.)
Nun, 4. 1, 5. 1, 11. 1, IS, 10. G, 20. 2, 23. 1. (3),
23. 2. (3). 3. (2), 53, 62. 1, 67. 2. (3) (6).
Object of the verb, 123.
Object indirect, 124.
Objects, two or more, 125.
Object with passive or reflexive, 126.
Object, various positions and ways of uniting
it when indefinite and direct, 123, 1.
Object, when definite and direct, how written,
123.2.
Object after impersonal verbs, 126. 3.
Object as cognate accusative, 126. 4.
Objective pronoun, 36. 1, 51.
Obscured vowels, 7. 2. (2).
Occultation, 11, 18.
plaph, orthography of, 2, 4. 1, 4. 2, 4. 3, 4. 4,
4. 5, 5. 1, 5. 2, G. 5. 11. 2, 19. 1, 20. 1, 21. 2,
22. 1, 2, 3, 5, 23. 1, 2, 3, 24. 1, 25. 1,
26.2.
Olaph as sign of causative stem, 41. 3.
Olaph, for the second radical in participle of
t verbs, 54. 3. a.
Olaph falls away in some forms of Pe Olaph
verbs, 55. 1. Rem. 2. 55. 2. Rem. 55. 3.
Rems. 1, 2, 3.
Olaph as third radical in verbs, 57.
Olaph written for Yudh in the participle of fi
Wau verbs, 59. 4.
Olaph as vowel letter in Lomadh Olaph verbs,
60.
Olaph as first radical of segholates, 67. 2. (1).
Olaph as third radical of nouns with two
short vowels, 68. 5. (2).
Olaph in nouns with one short and one long
vowel retains the original vowel, 69.
Omission. (See Rejection.)
Open syllable, 17. 1.
Optative, 112. 3, Rem. 2, 114. 3, 115. 6, 116. 5,
127. 4. (1), 129. 2. (3).
Ordinal, 88. II.
Ordinal, formation of adverbs from, 88. II.
Rem. 2.
Ordinal, formation of fractional numbers
from, 88. Rem. 3.
Ordinal, syntax of, 110. B.
Ordinal used for distribution, 110. B. 1.
Ordinal used for multiplication, 110. B. 2.
Origin of vowels, 7. 2.
Origin of vowel signs, 6. 1.
Original vowels in verb-stems, 42.
Original vowels of noun-stems, 67-74.
Orthography, 1-33.
Otiose letters, 24.
Pa' el stem, how formed, 41. 2, 42. 2.
Pa'el, inflection of, 44.
Pa'el, of guttural verbs, 52. 3. Rem, 1.
Pa'el of Pe Nun verbs, 53.
Pa'eloffifi verbs, 54. 4.
Pa'el of Pe Yudh verbs, 55. 3.
Pa'el of fi Olaph verbs, 56. 4.
Pa'el of Lomadh Olaph guttural verbs, 57.
Pa'el of Pe Yudh verbs, 58. 4.
Pa'el of t Wau verbs, 59. 5.
Pa'el participle of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 5.
Palatals, 5. 1.
Participles with enclitic subject, 35. 2.
Participles, how formed, 50. 1, 2, 69. 4, 70. 2,
72. 2. (4), 74. 2.
Participles, how inflected, 50. 3, 81, 83, 84.
Participles with suftixes, 77. 6, 36. 1, 50. 3,
51. F.
Participles of guttural verbs, 52. 3. Rem. 1.
Participles of Pe Nun verbs, 53.
Participles of fi verbs, 54. 3.
Participles of Pe Olaph verbs, 55. 1. Rem. 3,
55.3.
Participles of fi Olaph verbs, 56. 4.
Participles of ;fi Wau verbs, 59. 4.
Participles of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 5.
Participle a^ predicate, f3. II. 3. (2).
Participle in construction, 96, 4. Rem. 2.
Participle, person of denoted by the personal
pronoun. 111. 2.
Participle, active, use of, 116.
Participle as objective complement, 116. 3, 4.
Participle denoting mood, 116. 5.
Participle as accusative of condition, 116. 3. b.
Participle as noun, 118.
Participle as adjective, 118. 4.
Participle with direct object, 123. 2. Rems.
Participle in conditional sentences, 138.
Participle, passive, 117.
Participle, passive, used with hnvo to denote
the pluperfect, 117. 2.
Participle, passive, used in an active sense,
117. 4.
Participle, passive, used like the gerundive,
117. 6.
Participle, passive, with accusative of specifi-
cation, 117. 7.
Particles, inseparable, 34.
Particles, 89.
Particles between nouns in construction, 96. 2.
Rem., 97. B. Rem. 2.
Passive stems, 41. 4, 41. 5.
Passive participle. (Tee Participle, Passive.)
Passive with object, 126.
Passive, followed by I denoting the agent,
121. 4.
Passive with cognate accusative, 126. 4. (2).
Passive used impersonally, 122. 5.
INDEX.
207
Pg, 2. 2, 5. 1, 10.
Pe Nun verbs, 53.
Pe Nun verbs which are also Lomadh Olaph,
62.1.
Pe Nun verbs which are also fi Wau or fi fi,
62.2.
Pe Nun noun forms which have the Nun
dropped or assimilated, 67. 2. (3), 71. 1, 2.
Pe Olaph verbs, 55.
Pe Olaph nouns, 79. A. Rem. 1.
Pe Olaph verbs in causative stems, like Pe
Wau verbs, 65. 3, 58. 3.
Pe Olaph verbs sometimes like Pe Yudh verbs,
58. 4. Rem. 2.
Pe Olaph verbs which are also Lomadh Olaph,
62. 1.
Pe Yudh verbs, 58.
Pe Yudh nouns, 79. A. Rem. 2, 82 Rem. 1.
Pe Wau verbs, 58.
P'al stem, 41. 1, 42.
pe'al perfect, 43.
P'al of guttural verbs, 52.
Pe'al of Pe Nun verbs, 53.
pe'al of verbs, 54. 1-3,
Pe'al of Pe Olaph verbs, 55. 1, 2.
P'al of Pe Wau and Pe Yudh verbs, 58. 1, 2.
pe'al of Wau verbs, 59. 1-4.
Pe'al of t Yudh verbs, 59. 5. Rem. 2.
pe'al of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60. 1-4.
Peculiarities of gutturals and of Wau and
Yudh, 26, 27.
Perfect, inflection of, 43, 44.
Perfect with suffixes, 51. A, B.
Perfect of Lomadh Olaph verbs, 60.
Perfect, persons, genders, and numbers of de-
noted by sufformatives, 43, 111. 1.
Perfect denotes completed action. 111. 3.
Perfect may be used for past, present, or
future time. 111. 3, 112.
Perfect in promise or prophecy, 112. 3. (1).
Perfect to express wish or exhortation, 112. 3.
Rem. 2.
Perfect with hwo to denote purpose or result,
112. 3. Rem. 1.
Perfect in conditional sentences, 138.
Permutation, 22, 44 Rem. 2. 47. Rem. 3.
Person in verb, 43, Itl. 1.
Person in participles denoted by the personal
pronouns, 111. 2, 121. 7.
Person, first preferred to second or third, and
the second to the third, 121. 6.
Personal pronoun, 35.
Personal pronoun, sjTitax of, 101.
Personal pronoun used independently, 35. 1.
Personal pronoun, enclitic, 35. 2.
Personal pronoun contracted with participle
or adjective, 35. 2.
Personal pronoun used as suffix, 36.
Personal pronoun used as a possessive, 36. 1,
77.
Personal pronoun as suffix of nouns, adjec-
tives and participles ending iu Yudh, 77.
5,6.
P'thoho, 6.
Phrases. (See Sentences.)
Place, sentences of, 137. 1.
Pluperfect, 112. 1. (3), 117. 2, 137. 3 (1) 6.
Plural, sign of, 13.
Plural. (See Number.)
Plural of paucity, 92. 3.
Plural of majesty, 92. 4.
Plural of compound ideas, 92. 5.
Possessive, 36. 1, 38. 2, 101. 2, 104, 3. Rem. 106.
Potential mood, 114. 2, 120. 1. (5), 128. 5,
129. 2. (2).
Precative perfect, 112. 3. Rem. 2.
Predicate, participle as, 93. II. 3. (2).
Predicate adjective, agreement of, 99. 2.
Predicate adjective, deflniteness of, 93. II.
3. (2).
Predicate in adjective clauses after the rela-
tive, 97. B. Rem. 1.
Predicative accusative, 94. 4.
Prefix. (See Preformative.)
Preformative of stem, 41.
Prefoi-mative of imperfect, 45. 2, 3, 47. Rem.
4,5.
Preformatives in formation of nouns, 74.
Prepositions, 89. B.
Prepositions with pronominal suffixes, 77. 4,
36.3.
Prepositions inseparable, 34.
Prepositions between nouns iu construction,
96. 2. Rem.
Prepositions before a relative clause, 97. B.
Rem. 3.
Prepositions denoting the genitive relation, 98.
Present, 112. 2, 113. 2, 116. 1. (1), 116. 2. (1).
Primitive adverbs, 89. A. 4.
Prohibition, how denoted, 115. 3, 5.
Pronominal fragments, 35. 2, 36, 45. 2, 43. 5.
Rem. 1.
Pronoun, personal, 35, 36. (See Personal Pro-
nouns.)
Pronoun, possessive. (See Possessive Pro-
noun.)
Pronoun, demonstrative. (See Demonstrative
Pronoun.)
Pronoun, relative, 34, .38. 1.
Pronoun, interrogative, 39, 103. (See Inter-
rogative Pronoun.)
Pronoun, indefinite, 39. Rem. 1, 107, 108. 2,
109.
Pronoun, reflexive, 105.
Pronominal suffix, 36, 77.
Pronunciation of letters, 2, 3.
208
INDEX.
Prophetic perfect, 112. 3. (1).
Prosthetic Olaph, 20. 1.
Protasis, 137, 138.
Pure vowels, 7, 2. (1).
Quadriliterals, 63.
Quiescence, 25.
Rebbuy, 13, 77. 7.
Reflexive stems, 41. 4, 5.
Reflexive with object, 126. 2.
Reflexive with cognate accusative, 126. 4. (2).
Rejection, 23, 53, 55, 8. Rem. 3, 58. 1. (2).
Rem. 2. (2), 60. 3, 4, 67. 2. 64. 1, 2.
Rehitive pronoun, 34, 38. 1.
Relative pronoun used to denote the genitive
relation, 97.
Relative sentences, 136.
Resh, 4. 3. (3), 4. 4,5. 1, 11. 5, 13. 2, 19. 6, 20,2,
21.3,23.2. (3), 26. 1.
Roots, 40.
Rukhokh, 10. 1, 44. Rem. 1, 47. Rem. 1, 68. 1.
Segholates, 67.
Sentences, verbal and nominal, 130.
Sentences, simple, 131.
Sentences, declarative, 131. 1.
Sentences, negative, 131. 2.
Sentences, interrogative, 132.
Sentences, compound conjunctive, 133.
Sentences, alternative and adversative, 134.
Sentences, complex, 135-138.
Sentences, substantive, 135.
Sentences, adjective or relative, 136.
Sentences, adverbial, 137.
Sentences, conditional, 138.
Shaph'el, 41. 5.
Shin, 3, 4. 3. (5), 5. 1, 20. 1. Rem. 1.
Sh^wa, 7. 1. (3), 9, 31.
Sharpened syllables, 17. 3.
Shifting of vowels, 32.
Short vowels, 7. 1. (1).
Sibilants, 5. 1, 21. 1.
Sign, vowel. (See Vowel.)'
Sign, consonant. (See Alphabet.)
Signs, orthographic, 10 sq.
Sign of definite object, 89. C.
State of noun, 76.
State, anomalies of, 86. 17.
State. (See Absolute, Emphatic and Con-
struct.)
Stative perfect, 41. 1. (2), 43. 5. Rem. 2.
Stems, verb, 41.
Stem, simple verb, 41. 1.
Stem, intensive, 41. 2.
Stem, causative, 41. 3.
Stem, reflexive or passive, 41. 4.
Stem, Shaph'el, 41. 5.
Stem, Taph'el, 41. 5. Rem. 1.
Stems, verb, general view of, 42.
Stems, original forms of, 42.
Stems, first forms of, 42, 43. 4, 43. Rem. 2.
Stems, names of, 42.
Stems, force of, 42.
Stems, characteristics of, 42.
Strong verbs, 40. 2.
Subject of the verb, 121.
Subject when a collective, 121. 2.
Subject when plural in form and singular in
signification, 121. 3.
Subject when the predicate is a participle,
121. 7.
Subject from cognate root, 122. 5. Rem.
Subject, substantive sentence used for, 135. 1.
Subject and predicate in nominal sentences,
130.1.
Subjects, two or more, 121. 5, 6.
Subjunctive, 112. 3. Rem. 1, 114. 4, 127. 3. (2),
127. 4. (2), 129. 2. (3). Rem.
Substantive clause in apposition, 135. 5.
Substantive sentences, 135.
Substantive sentences used as subject, 135. 1.
Substantive sentences used as object, 135. 3.
Substantive sentences used as predicate, 135. 2.
Substantive sentence used as dependent queS'
tion, 135. 3. (2).
Substantive sentence used as a quotation, 135.
3. (3).
Substantive sentence used as an indirect ob-
ject, 135. 3. (4).
Substantive object clauses after adjectives or
participles, 135. 4.
Suffix, 36, 77, 51,61.
Sufformative of perfect, 43. 1 , 4.
SufEormative of imperative, 48. Rem. 2.
Sufformative of imperfect, 45. 2, 3, 47. Rems.
4,5.
Sufformatives of perfect, peculiar forms of,
43.5.
Superlative, 100. 2.
Syllable, how formed, 16.
Syllables, kinds of, 17.
Table showing classification of letters, 5.
Table showing personal pronouns, 35,
Table showing pronominal suffixes, 36.
Table giving general view of the verb-stems, 42.
Table giving the formation of the perfect
p^'al, 43.
Table giving the first forms of the perfects of
the derived stems, 44.
Table giving the pe'al imperfect, 45.
Table giving a summary of the pronominal
fragments used in the perfect, 43. 5.
Rem. 1.
Table giving the pronominal fragments used
in forming the imperfect, 45. 2, 47. Rem. 5.
INDEX.
209
Table showing the p al imperfects in A and
E,46.
Table giving the first forms of the imperfects
of the derived stems, 47.
Table giving the preformative of stem and
the vowels of the stem, 47. Rem. 4.
Table show ing the formation of the impera-
tive, 48.
Table showing the infinitive, 49.
Table showing the participles, 50.
Tables giving the verb with suffixes, 51.
Table giving the firi?t forms of fi t. verbs, 54.
Table giving the first forms of Pd Yudh verbs,
58.
Table giving the first forms of tl Wau verbs,
59.
Table giving the first forms of Lomadh Olaph
verbs, 60.
Table giving the Lomadh Olaph verbs with
suffixes, 61.
Table giving 'Ith with suffixes, 65.
Table showing the classification of nouns,
66. B.
Table showing the changes of the noun for
gender, number and state, 76.
Table of nouns with suffixes, 77.
Table showing the declension of the noun,
79-85.
Tables of anomalous nouns, 86.
Tables of numerals, 88. 1.
Taph'el stem, 41. 5. Rem. 1.
Tau, 2. 2, 4. 4, 5. 1, 10, 18. 3, 19. 5, 20. 3, 21. 1,
22. 4, 23. 2. (4), 23. 3. (3). 41. 4, 47. Rem. 2,
60. 2. Rem. 3.
Tense, 111. 3.
Teth, 5. 1, 18. 3, 21. 1, 22. 4.
Time, how expressed, 111. 3.
Transposition, 21, 44. Rem. 2, 47. Rem. 3.
u, how written, 6. 1, 6. 4, 6. 5. (6).
u, how pronounced, 6. 3. (3).
V, quantity of, 7. 1.
u, origin of, 7, 2.
u, value of, 7. 3.
M, in an open syllable always dropped, 28. 3.
u, euphony of, 29. 6, 7.
Unchangeable vowels, 7. 3.
Union of subject and predicate, 130. 1.
Verb, strong, 40. 2.
Verb, sorts of, 40. 1.
Verb, weak, 40. 3.
Verb stems, 41.
Verb stems, general view of, 42.
Verb, quadrilitcral, 63.
Verb, anomalous, 64.
Verb, defective, 64.
Verb, syntax of, 111 sq.
Verb, subject of, 121.
Verb, impersonal, 122.
Verb, direct object of, 123.
Verb, indirect object of, 124.
Verb with two or more objects, 125,
Verb, passive or reflexive, with object, 126.
Verb, substantive, 127.
Verbs in e, 43. Rem. 2.
Verbs in w, 41. 1. (3).
Verbal adjective, 72. 2. (4).
Voluntative. (See Optative.)
Vowel letters, 4. 5, 5. 2.
Vowel signs, 6.
Vowel sounds, 6. 3.
Vowels, names of, 6, 2.
Vowels, changes of, 7. 3, 29-33, 42, Rems. 45.
1,3.
Vowels, defectivelj' or fully written, 6. 5.
Vowels, quantity of, 7. 1, 28.
Vowels, quality of, 7. 2, 3.
Vowel-half, 7. 1,16. 1,31.
Vowel, position of, 6. 4.
Vowel-helping, 9. 2 Rem. 32.
Vowels, euphony of, 29.
Vowels, loss of, 30.
Vowels, shifting of, 32.
V'owels, new, 33, 77. 2, 82. Rems. 1-3.
Wau, 4. 3 (4), 4. 4, 4. 5, 5. 2, 6. 5. (6) (7) (8)
(9), 8, 11. 3, 16. 2, 19. 7, 22. 1, 2, 23. 1 (2), 2,
(2), 3 (1), 24. 2, 25. 2, 27. 2, 40. 2. (4). 58, 59.
60, 67. 2. (2) (5), 79. B.
Wau, before unvowelled consonants, 34.
Weak verb, 40. 3.
Weakness of Wau and Yudh, 27.
Wish, how expressed. (See Optative.)
Yotk,89. C.
Yudh, 4. 3. (5), 4. 5, 5. 1, 5. 2, 6. 5. (4), (5), (8),
8, 11. 3, 16. 2. Rem. 2, 19. 7, 20. 1. Rem. 2,
22. 1.-3, 22. 5, 23. 1. (2), 2. (2), 3. (1), 24. 3,
25. 3, 26. 2. (2), 27. 1, 3, 30. 2. (5), 58, 59. 6.
Rems. 1, 2, 60, 67. 2. (2) (4) (5), 75. 5, 6, 7,
77. 5, 6, 79. A. Rem. 2, 79. B.
THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE
STAMPED BELOW %-
AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS
WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN
THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY
WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH
DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY
OVERDUE.
.^:c 5 .M
WftR 20 1944
AU(J 14 1944
MN 9 19 4 7
\&m^'
24S>'t3HV
REC'D L.D
m
2b'64-4^'^
^^S
tf^^-
RECE/VED
m 2 '66 -4 PM
LOAN DEPT.
LD 21-100m-7,'39(102F)
311351^
UNIVERSITY OF CAUFORNIA UBRARY
